Digital PDFs

XX-A7FB9-AD

1984

354 pages

Original

62MB

Document:	Rainbow Handbook 19
Order Number:	XX-A7FB9-AD
Revision:
Pages:	354
Original Filename:	http://bitsavers.org/pdf/dec/rainbow/Rainbow_Handbook_1984.pdf

OCR Text

Rainbow Handbook

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation
assumes no responsibliliy for any errors that may appear in this document.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
ALL-IN-1, the Digital logo, DEC, DECmailer, DEC mate, DECnet, DECservice, DECsystem-lO,
DECSYSTEM-20, DECUS, DECwriter, DIBOL, LA50, LA 100, Letterprinter 100, LQP02,
MASSBUS, pelOO, PDP, Professional, P/OS, Rainbow, ReGIS, RSTS/E, RSX, RT-ll, RX50,
SOFTSENSE, UNIBUS, VAX, VMS, VT, and WPS.
ADS is a trademark of ADS Software, Inc.
Advanced Legal Software is a trademark of Advanced Legal Software.
Agri-Star is a trademark of AgriData Resources, Inc.
Apple II is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
AUTOSORT-86 and FABS-86 are trademarks of Computer Control Systems, Inc.
CompuServe is a trademark of CompuServe, Inc.
CONDOR is a registered trademark of Condor Computer Corporation.
Construction Management Information System is a registered trademark of Construction Data
Control, Inc.
Context MBA is a trademark of Context Management Systems.
CPA-ll is a trademark of Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.
CP+ is a trademark of Taurus Software.
CP/M, CP/M-86, CP/M-80, and CBASIC are registered trademarks of Digital Research, Inc.
CB-80, CB-86, CBASIC-86, Concurrent CP/M, GSX, PASCALlMT+, PASCALlMT+86,
PLll-80, PLll-86, DESPOOL, SID, SID-86, ZSID, XLT86, Access Manager, and Display Manager
are trademarks of Digital Research, Inc.
Daisy-Aids is a trademark of Escape Computer Software, Inc.
dBASE II is a trademark of Ashton-Tate.
DESQ is a trademark of Quarterdeck Office Systems.
Dow Jones N ewslRetrieval Service is a trademark of Dow Jones & Company, Inc.
DPATCH is a trademark of Advanced Micro Techniques.
EasyWriter is a trademark ofInformation Unlimited Software.
Electric Blackboard is a trademark of Santa Cruz Software Services.
FinalWord is a trademark of Mark of the Unicorn.
Financier is a trademark of Financier, Inc.
FORTRAN-80 is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
GraphPlan, MicroPlan, and ProfitPlan are trademarks of Chang Laboratories, Inc.
GraphWriter is a trademark of Graphic Communications, Inc.
IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. IBM PC is a
trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
IMS is a trademark of International Micro Systems, Inc.
List Manager is a trademark of Peachtree Software, Inc.
MBASIC is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. MS and Multiplan are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation.
MBSI and RealWorld are trademarks of Micro Business Software, Inc.
Millionaire and Tycoon are trademarks of Blue Chip Software.
Money Decisions is a trademark of Eagle Software Publishing, Inc.
Multi Journal Accounting (MJA) is a trademark of Prod at a, Inc.

Rainbow Handbook

Preface

How to Use This Handbook
This handbook is designed to introduce you to the features and capabilities of the
Rainbow personal computer and to familiarize you with the many solutions
Rainbow can bring to your business. The handbook is divided into two major
parts.
Part I (chapters 1 through 6) gives you the kind of user-oriented information
you need to decide if the Rainbow is the right personal computer for your
business. Starting from the moment Rainbow arrives in its box - to its actual use
in individual or corporate business environments, you'll find concrete examples
of Rainbow's ease-oF-use and exceptional performance. We've also tried to
anticipate some of the questions you might have about Rainbow by including a
Question and Answer chapter which responds to the questions most commonly
asked by Rainbow customers. Part I also fully describes Digital's customer
services and support.
Part II (chapters 7 through 9) contains the detailed technical specifications
for Rainbow's system hardware, options, printers, and DeS software. A chart
of available third party software, categorized by application, is also provided.
The information in Part II is organized as a series of/act sheets which give functional descriptions, performance characteristics, prerequisites, and ordering
information.

Contents
Preface

Part I
Chapter 1 Rainbow-An Asset to Any Business
Introduction to the Rainbow Personal Computer ..................... 1-1
Chapter 2 A Closer Look At Rainbow- From the Box to Your Desk
First, Here's What You Get When You Buy a Rainbow ................. 2-1
The Rainbow System Unit-The Heart and Brain ofthe Computer .......2-2
The Rainbow Video Monitor-Your Window to the System ........... .2-4
The Rainbow Keyboard-Your Communication Link to the System ..... .2 -5
Rainbow Media and Documentation-Getting You Started ........... .2-6
If You Have a Ballpoint Pen, You Can Install a Rainbow ............... .2-6
Rainbow Runs Its Own Self-Test Diagnostics ........................ .2-9
Learning to Use Rainbow ........................................ 2-9
Chapter 3 Rainbow for the Individual
The Family Farm ............................................... 3-1
Rainbow Revolutionizes Construction .............................. 3 -5
A Rainbow and the Law ......................................... .3-9
AGrowingBusiness ............................................ 3-13
The Accountant's Business System ................................. 3-17
Rainbow Goes to College ........................................ 3 -21
Otapter 4 Rainbow in Large Organizations
The Analyst in the Central Office ................................. .4-1
Business Forecasting for Manufacturing ........................... .4-5
Managing the Human Resource .................................. .4-9
Otapter; Common Questions About the Rainbow Personal Computer
The Systems .................................................. .5-1
Operating Systems ............................ " ............... .5-2
Applications Software .......................................... .5-2
Compatibility: Software and Data Files ............................ .5 -3
Communications .............................................. .5-4
Hardware .................................................... .5-4
Documentation ............................................... .5-5

vii

Chapter 6 Personalized Service forYour Rainbow Personal Computer
Field Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..................... 6-1
Software Services .............................................. 6-4
Educational Services ............................................ 6-5
DECUS-DigitalEquipment Computer Users Society ................. 6-9

Part II
Chapter 7 Rainbow Systems and Options
Introduction to the Rainbow Systems and Options .................... 7-1
Rainbow Systems ............................................... 7-2
Rainbow Base Systems ......................................... 7-2
System Unit ................................................. 7-6
Keyboards .................................................. 7-21
Video Monitors .............................................. 7-26
Foreign -Language Options ..................................... 7-34
Rainbow Options ............................................... 7-37
Graphics Option ............................................. 7-37
Memory Expansion Options .................................... 7-42
Storage Options for Floppy-Based Systems ........................ 7-47
Technical Character Set ........................................ 7-54
Extended Communications Option for Floppy-Based Systems......... 7-55
System Unit Floor Stand ....................................... 7-56
Technical Documentation Kits for Rainbow 100 .................... 7-58
Third-Party Hardware and Add-Ons ............................. 7-61
Rainbow Personal Presentation System ............................. 7-64
Chapter 8 Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
Introduction to Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies ................... 8-1
LA50 Personal Printer ........................................... 8-2
Letterprinter 100 ............................................... 8-6
LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer .................................... 8-12
LVP16 6-pen Graphics Plotter .................................... 8-15
Furniture and Supplies .......................................... 8-16
Chapter 9 Rainbow Software
Introduction to Rainbow Software ................................. 9-1
Digital Classified Software ....................................... 9-2
Operating Systems ............................................ 9-4
MS-DOS ................................................. 9-4
CP/M-86/80 .............................................. 9-7

viii

Integrated Productivity Packages ................................ 9-12
1-2-3 ..................................................... 9-12
GraphPlan-86 ............................................. 9-13
Context MBA. ............................................. 9-15
Spreadsheets ..................................... , .......... 9-17
Multiplan-86 and Multiplan .................................. 9-17
MicroPlan-86 .............................................. 9-18
SuperCalc and SuperCalc2 ................................... 9-19
CalcStar .................................................. 9-20
Equation -Solving ............................................. 9-22
TK!Solver-86 and TK!SolverPacks ............................. 9-22
Word and Text Processing ...................................... 9-24
WordStar Word Processing System and Options .................. 9-24
SAMNA WORD II ......................................... 9-27
SELECT ................................................. 9-28
The BENCHMARK Word Processing System and Options ......... 9-30
EasyWriter ................................................ 9-32
Electric Blackboard ......................................... 9 -32
Database and Information Management .......................... <) -34
PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT. ............................... .C)- 34
dBASEII-86 .............................................. <)-3'5
Condor 1 and 3 ............................................ 9-36
IMS Mailing List Management. ............................... 9-38
ListManager .............................................. 9-39
Financial Management and Accounting ........................... 9-41
Tax Decisions .............................................. 9-41
Financier Tax Series......................................... 9-42
TARGET Financial Modeling ................................. 9-42
Money Decisions ........................................... 9-43
MBSI RealWorld Business Software ........................... 9-45
Multi Journal Accounting (MJA) System ........................ 9-47
IMS Job Accounting and Fund Accounting Systems ............... 9-49
Attorney's Time and Billing .................................. 9-50
IMS Dental Office Management System ......................... 9-51
Manufacturing and Distribution ................................. 9-52
IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control ......................... 9 -52
IMS WholesalelRetail Distribution ............................ 9 -'5 3
Languages and Programmer Aids ................................ ') -55
MBASIC-86 ............................................... 9-55
CBASIC-86 ............................................... 9-55
MWC-86 ................................................. 9-56
RM/COBOL .............................................. 9-57
PASCAL/MT +86 .......................................... 9-58
FABS-86 .................................................. 9-58
AUTOSORT-86 ............................................ 9-59
ix

Utilities ..................................................... 9-61
DPATCH ................................................. 9-61
CP+ ..................................................... 9-61
SIDEWAYS ............................................... 9-62
Graphics ................................................... 9-64
ReGIS ................................................... 9-64
GSX-86 .................................................. 9-66
Daisy-Aids ................................................ 9-69
Communications ............................................. 9-71
poly-COM ................................................ 9-71
poly-BSCI3270 ............................................ 9-73
poly-BSC/RJE ............................................. 9-75
PhoneLink CP1M Communications and The Bridge CP1M Emulator .9-76
Entertainment ............................................... 9-78
Infocom Games ............................................ 9-78
Blue Chip Software Games ................................... 9-80
Referral Software ............................................... 9-81
ConcurrentCP/M-86 ......................................... 9-82
Rdl'l'ral Software Chart ......................................... 9-83
Accounting Software .......................................... 9-83
Communications Software ..................................... 9-93
Construction ................................................ 9-94
Database Management ................... " ................... 9-95
Education (K-12) ............................................. 9-99
Engineering ................................................ 9-101
Farm, Agriculture ........................................... 9-103
Finance .................................................... 9-105
Games and Entertainment .................................... 9-107
Government ............................................... 9-108
Graphics .................................................. 9-108
Home, Personal. ............................................ 9-109
Insurance .................................................. 9-110
Languages and Programmer Aids ............................... 9 -11 0
Legal...................................................... 9-114
Medical, Dental. ............................................ 9-115
Manufacturing .............................................. 9-118
Miscellaneous Applications ................................. ; .9-119
Project Management ......................................... 9-121
Real Estate ................................................. 9-122
Sales ...................................................... 9-123
Spreadsheets and Modeling ................................... 9-123
Statistics ................................................... 9-126
System Software ............................................ 9-126
Taxes and Tax Planning ....................................... 9-127
Word and Text Processing ..................................... 9-129
Producers of Referral Software ................................... 9 -13 3
x

Chapter 1

Rainbow-An Asset to Any Business

Because the decision to buy a personal computer is so important to your business, you want to be certain that the one you select meets your job requirements
and expectations. However, the connection between your needs and the computer's supply of processing power, Kbytes of memory, or disk capacity is not
always obvious.
You need a way to translate some of these features into meaningful business
applications. It helps to think of a personal computer in the same way you think of
any business machine.
So, what criteria do you use to evaluate a business machine?
You want a quality-crafted tool that adapts well to your workplace to increase
your productivity. You want a machine that is easy to learn and to use, requires
little maintenance, and can be expanded as your business grows. But most
important of all, you want a machine thatincludes the kind of service and support
you get only from a leading manufacturer. In other words, you want a machine
that will do the job well and give you the best return on your investment.
Although many personal computers on the market today have these qualities,
there is another feature to consider. That feature is software-the programs that
tell the computer what to do. A personal computer can meet all other selection
criteria but is of little use without software.
If you want a personal computer with superior design, outstanding performance, and exceptional service that runs an almost endless number 01' sofl ware
applications, you want a Rainbow.
The superior quality and design of Digital Equipment Corporation's Rainbow
Personal Computer match the scope and versatility of its software programs.
Rainbow is simple to use yet sophisticated enough to handle any task.

1-1

Rainbow -An Asset to Any Business

Rainbow Comes Ready for Business
To get work done in any business, you need tools that work with you, not
against
you. Rainbowworks the way you want to work -comfo rtably and efficientl
y. But
this comfort doesn't come at the expense of aesthetics. The craftsmanship
and
elegant design of Rainbow enhances any work environment. Since the
components are so small and lightweight, you can place them anywhere in your
office
without invading your work space. And, Digital's optional floorstand
lets you
place your Rainbow under a desk or table to free up precious space.
Rainbow is ready for business after simple installation procedures. You
just
plug in a few cables and turn on the power switch. So, you can use your
Rainbow
soon after it arrives, making you more productive from day one.

Rainbow Makes You Feel Like a Computer Veteran in No Time
With Rainbow, you won't lose valuable time trying to master your new compute
r
because Rainbow has the best on-screen teaching aids in the industry. Both
firsttime and experienced users can benefit from Rainbow's Comput
er Based
Instruction (CBI) course, "Learn Rainbow."
The course is structur ed so that you can learn at your own pace with
lessons
that are written in plain English and illustrated with animated graphics
. Each
lesson is summarized at the end for quick and easy reference to
Rainbow
commands and operations. The "Learn Rainbow" course includes
menus of
lessons, clear instructions, and built-in HELP functions to guide you every
step
of the way. Within 90 minutes, you're ready to use your Rainbow.

1-2

Rainbow- An Asset to Any Business

Rainbow Produces for You Today
With an Eye Toward Tomorrow
For your business to operate at peak productivity, you have to be ready to take
advantage of all resources-current and future. Rainbow is ready to help.
Rainbow runs an enhanced version of Microsoft's MS-DOS operating system.
The enhancements include a RDCPM utility to make it easy for you to convert
your CP/M® files to MS-DOS files, and more. The most popular MS-DOS
applications have been tailored to run on Rainbow and many more applications
are being added daily.
Rainbow's unique CP1M -86/80® operating system lets you use both 8- and 16bit software applications available on the market today. You don't even have to
change system diskettes because the operating system determines whether the
software is 8- or 16-bit and runs it automatically.
Not only do you getto choose from the best of all software worlds, but you also
get to select the Rainbow model that best meets your business needs-the
Rainbow 100B or the Rainbow 100+.
The Rainbow 100B is a floppy-based system that comes with 128 Kbytes of
memory. You can expand memory to 896 Kbytes for faster database processing
and to create large spreadsheet models using programs like Lotus 1-2-3. The
Rainbow 100B can run more than a thousand software applications. And those
applications run fast because of Rainbow's two processors that boost system
throughput. Rainbow's advanced features, such as its memory-mapped video
that repaints the screen as you work, give the application you're running even
higher performance.

1-3

Rainbow - An Asset to Any Business
The Rainbow 100+ has all the outstanding features of the Rainbow 100B plus
more. It includes an internal lO-Mbyte hard disk as a standard feature. The
internal 1O-Mbyte hard disk lets you transfer and access files faster and keep your
programs on one hard disk. That means no more swapping floppies.

If you already have a Rainbow 100B, you can upgrade your present system to
include a 10-Mbyte hard disk right in your office. The only tool you need is a small
screwdriver. Since both the Rainbow 100B and the Rainbow 100+ run software
on both the MS-DOS and CP/M-86/80 operating systems, the applications that
run on the Rainbow 100B also run on the Rainbow 100+.
Your investment is protected because Rainbow can keep in step-both
with your business as it grows-and with the new software applications as
they develop.

Rainbow Has as Many Talents as You Have
Tasks in Your Business
Planning, writing, organizing, and communicating are integral parts of your
work-no matter what your profession may be. You need to work quickly
with words and numbers to make effective business decisions. Rainbow, as its
name suggests, has a broad spectrum of software to handle the many tasks that

1-4

Rainbow - An Asset to Any Business
make up your business. With more software applications being developed for use
by Rainbow all the time, you may run out of "tasks" before Rainbow runs out
of "talent."
How does Rainbow have access to so much software? Because it works with
the industry's most popular operating systems for personal computers. The
choice of operating systems includes Microsoft's popular MS-DOS operating
system, Digital's unique CP/M -86/80 operating system, Concurrent CP/M -86
from Digital Research, Inc., and the p-System from SofTech Microsystems, Inc.
It makes sense. More operating systems mean more application packages.
More application packages mean more solutions for your business. Chapters 3
and 4 of this handbook will give you a better idea of what some of these
applications are and how they solve real problems in actual business environments. The remainder of this chapter explains some of the basic functions
Rainbow can perform for your business.

Forecast, Plan and Analyze with Rainbow
Whatever work you do with numbers, you can do faster and more comprehensivelywith Rainbow. If you're an advertising or sales manager, Rainbow can help
you analyze advertising responses or do monthly sales projections. If you're a
financial manager, Rainbow can perform break-even, cash-flow, or net presentvalue analysis.
Multiplan is a sophisticated spreadsheet program that takes full advantage of
Rainbow's unique 132-column display capability-ideal for financial applications. You can view an entire 12-month display of financial data with a 13th

1-5

Rainbow -An Asset to Any Business
column for totals, for example. And Multiplan can display eight windows on
Rainbow's screen so you can look at other parts of your spreadsheet for
comparison, without losing your place.
If you're an accountant or financial analyst in small business or Fortune 1000
company, the MicroPlan -86 financial spreadsheet program can make your work
less time-consuming. With MicroPlan-86's commands, you can do complex
depreciation, loan analysis, internal rates of return, tax computations, and
variance analyses automatically. And if you need to consolidate information from
various spreadsheets such as income statements and balance sheets, MicroPlan86 can work with several tables of information at once to tie together several sets
of data.
Rainbow also supports a number of other financial programs like Lotus 1-2-3,
Tax Decisions, SuperCalc, SuperCalc2, CalcStar, ProfitPlan, Money Decisions I
and II, TK!Solver, and the TK!SolverPacks. These programs can be great
timesavers for planning everything from taxes to loans to investments.

Write, Edit and Print with Rainbow
No matter what kind of work you do, more than likely you produce reports,
proposals, letters, or memos of some kind. But, word processing needs vary from
office to office. In legal offices, for example, extensive word processing is
essential, whereas in other offices, simple letters or memos are all that is required.
You'll want to choose a word processing package that meets your business needs,
a package that is easy to learn so you won't have to labor over instruction manuals.
With Rainbow, you have a choice.

1-6

Rainbow- An Asset to Any Business

If production word processing and office productivity are a must in your
workplace, you'll find that the SAMNA WORD II word processing package
simplifies the work you do. SAMNA uses function keys and mnemonics rather
than menus or command codes. And once you start a command by touching one
of Rainbow's function keys, SAMNA prompts you with the next keystroke. You
won't spend much time learning how to use SAMNA's features and functions.
The package is for both managers and secretaries because it combines ease-ofuse with sophistication.
One ofSAMNA' s most impressive features is its footnoting capability. You can
type a footnote, in any format you like, at the same time you type the reference to
the footnote. SAMNA prints the f00tnote at the bottom of the page or gathers all
footnotes on a separate page-whichever you prefer.
Another production word processing package for Rainbow is the WordStar
word processing package. Designed for both beginners and professional users,
WordStar has a set of help menus acting as guides to its commands. These menus
are adjustable so you can choose whatever level of assistance you want.
WordStar gives you flexible, on-screen formatting so what you see on the
screen is what you get on a printout. You can merge textfrom another file with just
a few simple keystrokes and can edit files at the same time another file is being
printed, to name just a few of its many features.
If you're a manager who wants to produce memos, reports, and letters quickly
and simply, the SELECT word processing package may be the best choice for
you. With SELECT, you'll find writing, editing, and revising documents quicker
and easier. And, you can proofread your documents for spelling errors using
SELECT's built-in dictionary. SELECT offers an interactive program
"TEACH," to get you started on the program in just about 90 minutes.
Other word processing programs available for Rainbow include Electric
Blackboard, Final Word, Superwriter, and Textwriter II.

Organize Information with Rainbow
Organizing and managing information-from appointment calendars to your
corporation's entire personnel files-can sometimes be chaotic and frustrating.
You'll want your Rainbow to take over this time-consuming task for you
with a program that can handle the amount of information you deal with in
your business. Once again, Rainbow offers you a selection of programs to
choose from.
PFS :FILE is a program that is ideal for storing and retrieving information such
as appointment calendars, customer listings, student data, patient information,
and more. With PFS:FILE, you can store about 2500 simple "forms" that you
design yourself on one of Rainbow's floppy disks. If you use PFS:FILE with the
PFS:REPORT program, which produces tabular reports and performs arithmetic functions on your PFS files, you have an easy-to-use yet powerful information
management system.

1-7

Rainbow -An Asset to Any Business
The dBASE II relational database management system can manage all of your
corporation's data from payroll information, to customer data, to invoicing. It
has a flexible command language so you can write programs to do time billing, job
costing, accounting, reporting, and more. And once you've set up a program,
untrained personnel can manage your data easily.
If your work requires organizing lists, the IMS Mailing List program can help.
Use IMS Mailing List to maintain mailing lists and print addresses on labels and
envelopes. You can create mailing lists from the customer and employee files used
in other IMS software packages including the IMS Job and Fund Accounting
packages. You can also use IMS Mailing List files with the WordStar word
processing package to combine names and addresses with form letters.
Other information management packages for Rainbow available through
Digital include the Condor 1 and 3 relational database management systems, the
MailMerge mailing list program, and the List Manager list processing package.

Communicate with Rainbow
In today's businesses, there's a growing need to access information not readily
available at your desk. Rainbow's communication capabilities and specialized
software put a world of information at your fingertips. You can access information stored in large computers across the hall or across the country, from outside
data sources, from hotel and airline reservation service networks, and from other
personal computers.
With one keystroke, Rainbow's built-in VTl02 terminal emulation allows
your personal computer to communicate with other Digital computers, including VAX and PDP-ll, without loading any new software. You have access to
the processing power and resources of mainframes and minicomputers at no
extra cost.
If you want to transfer files between a variety of hosts and operating systems,
use the poly-COM communications package available for Rainbow under both
the MS-DOS and CP/M-86/80® operating systems. Or, if your work involves
interactive communications with an IBM host computer system, use the polyBSC/3270 communications package which lets Rainbow emulate various members of the IBM 3270 family of display stations.
The New York Times Information Service, Dow Jones News/Retrieval,
Dunn and Bradstreet Listings, and business and travel listings from the Source
are as close as your Rainbow. If you'd prefer to subscribe to a single information resource, VIDTEX can link you with a videotex database of over 500
topics including financial data, international newswires, and movie and restaurant ratings.
If you want to use your Rainbow in a Local Area Network with other personal
computers, you can use the Corvus OMNINET. This network not only provides
a low-cost, effective communications tool, but also allows up to 64 Rainbows (or a
combination of other personal computers) to share peripherals such as hard disks
or printers.

1-8

Rainbow -An Asset to Any Business

Turn Words and Numbers into Pictures with Rainbow
Nothing makes a report more understandable than graphics. Rainbow's graphics
option module gives your Rainbow high-resolution, bit-mapped monochrome
and color graphics that are sharply defined and easy to read.
Rainbow's color monitor displays four colors at once chosen from an extensive
palette of 4,096 colors in high-resoulution mode. In medium-resolution mode, it
displays 16 colors at once chosen from the same extensive palette.
Both the color and monochrome monitors display text crisply in a 7-by-9 dot
matrix format. With the graphics option, you can display monochrome graphics
on Rainbow's monochrome monitor. These graphic displays translate to appropriate grey, green, or amber values so you can see the contrast.
GSX-86 graphics software, which is the graphics system extension for Rainbow's CP/M-S6/S0 operating system, is required for CP/M graphics applications, like GraphPlan-S6 and Graphwriter. You can use dot-matrix impact
printers and graphics pen plotters with these applications to make individual
copies of your graphs or to incorporate graphics into your reports.
A number of graphics packages running on the MS-DOS operating system like
Lotus 1-2-3, require the graphics option module to display high-resolution
monochrome or color graphics on Rainbow's screen. These packages do not
require any additional software, however.
The Rainbow ReGIS software package gives your Rainbow personal computer the ReGIS graphics capability of Digital's VT240/VT241 video terminals.

1-9

Rainbow- An Asset to Any Business
With ReGIS commands, you can draw graphics composed of lines, curves, and
circles. You can include slanted text characters in the pictures if you like. If you
want to include graphics in the programs you write, include ReGIS commands.
Use any programming language that incorporates ASCII text, such as MBASIC86 or MWC-86. Used with the poly-TRM program (part of the poly-COM
communications package), Rainbow ReGIS software lets Rainbow emulate a
Digital VT240IVT241 ReGIS terminal. This means that you have access to
ReGIS programs running on a large computer system right from your Rainbow.

Rainbow Handles More Than One Job at The Same Time
Think how much more productive you could be if you could write a letter, check
the spelling on another, send a memo to a colleague miles away, and print copies of
a bar chart at the same time. The Concurrent CP/MTM operating system from
Digital Research lets you perform up to four tasks simultaneously. While you
concentrate on one, the other tasks will keep right on working.
Sometimes you need to perform several tasks together, one right after the other.
Integrated applications incorporate the power of different software tools in one
package. Lotus 1-2-3, for example, combines the power of three programs-a
spreadsheet program, a graphics program, and information management commands into one easy-to-use package. 1-2-3 is so fast, you can call up information
from the spreadsheet and graph the results in a matter of seconds.
Windowing programs, such as DESQ from Quarterdeck, offer software
integration and more. DESQ is an open and flexible software integrator that
works together with the MS-DOS operating system to create a windowing
environment. Existing MS-DOS applications can be used on Rainbow with
DESQ including Lotus 1-2-3, WordStar, and PFS:FILE. With DESQ, you can
reference one or more documents visible in "windows" on Rainbow's screen.
You can "put aside"·a file to work on something else. Later, you can access that
file instantly-just as you would the papers on your desk. You can take information from one program and incorporate it into another program in a different
window.

Digital Stands Behind Every Rainbow
One of the most impressive things about Rainbow is its manufacturer: Digital
Equipment Corporation. With over 25 years of experience in designing and
building interactive, user-oriented computers, Digital has come to understand
that you don't buy a computer, you buy the results the computer gives you.
The Digital approach to quality and reliability begins with superior design.
Rigorous standards are maintained from manufacturing to service. During the
manufacturing cycle, each component of the Rainbow is checked with the same
stringent tests performed on our larger systems.
Every Rainbow personal computer system comes with a 90-day on-site
warranty that covers both hardware and Digital-supported software. A tele-

1-10

Rainbow -An Asset to Any Business

phone help line, staffed with Digital's trained support personnel, is included
with the warranty to help you every step of the way. Refer to Chapter 6 for more
information.
With a worldwide staff of over 20,000 service and support professionals,
Digital offers a network of support services unequalled in the computer industry.
Post-warranty service agreements and telephone Applications Advisory Support agreements are available from your Digital sales representative.
Educational Services offers courses and seminars to teach you how to take full
advantage of your system. And, if you want to discuss matters of mutual interest
with other Rainbow users, you can attend DECDS, Digital's "users group,"
where Rainbow users from all areas of business and academia get together to
exchange information.
From Field Service to Educational Services to DECDS, Digital provides you
with the support you need to get started and to maintain your system.
Now that you've been introduced to the many talents of Rainbow, it's time to
become better acquainted.

1-11

Chapter 2

A Closer Look At Rainbow-From the Box
to Your Desk

In Chapter 1, we told you how easy the Rainbow is to install, learn to use and
operate. In this chapter, you'll be able to see for yourself.
Rainbow's outstanding design makes it so comfortable to use that you can't
help being more productive. And learning to operate it is so easy that you won't
have to wait even one day. In fact, you can unpack your system, load your
application, and start working, all in the same morning.

First, Here's What You Get When You Buy a Rainbow
Rainbow combines superior quality hardware with more than a thousand
powerful, industry-standard software applications. Its elegant, compact styling
fits easily into your workspace. Every Rainbow system includes three basic parts:
a system unit, a video display, and a keyboard.
Rainbow's modular construction lets you to move your system around easily.
The components are light, compact and portable. The monitor even has a pullout carrying handle tucked under the back.
Rainbow gives you lots of possibilities for arranging your personal computer.
The system takes up so little space, you can put the system box on your desk and
the monitor on top. If you need more room, use the optional floor stand to place
the system unit beside your desk or under a table. Rainbow is so flexible that it
adapts to your workplace.
Digital not only gave Rainbow a beautiful design, but we optimized each of the
system components so you can work at top efficiency. Many of Rainbow' s features
avoid the strain and fatigue you may find when you use other computers.

2-1

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk

The Rainbow System UnitThe Heart and Brain of the Computer
The system unit, the central control for all the parts of your Rainbow personal
computer, performs the computing tasks and stores the information you type. It
contains the processors, main memory, disk drives, a printer port, and a
communication port.
Processors
Perhaps the most important element of the system unit is the processor, or in
the Rainbow's case-processors, contained within it. The Rainbow has two
processors, a Z80 and an 8088 which boost system throughput by dividing the
system's tasks. The Z80 controls the disk functions while the 8088 handles
other system tasks.
Main Memory
Both the Rainbow 100B and the Rainbow 100+ feature 128 Kbytes of main
memory expandable to 896 Kbytes.

2-2

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
Disk Drives

The Rainbow 100B comes with 800 Kbytes of floppy disk storage in a dualdiskette drive that holds two diskettes of 400 Kbytes each. You can expand your
floppy storage to 1.6 Mbytes by adding a second disk drive to the same system
unit. Or, you can upgrade your Rainbow 100B to include a lO-Mbyte hard disk.
The standard Rainbow 100+ comes with the same 800 Kbytes of floppy disk
storage plus an additional lO-Mbyte internal hard disk. You can upgrade a
Rainbow 100B to include a lO-Mbyte hard disk at any time by purchasing an
upgrade kit.

Printer Port
The printer port, which comes standard in the system unit, accepts a direct
connection with Digital's LA50 Personal Printer, Letterprinter 100, and LQP02
Letter-quality Printer. This means you can choose from various speeds, draft and
letter quality, and graphics printing capabilities. (See Chapter 8 for complete
details on Rainbow's printers.)
Communications Port
An asynchronous/byte-synchronous communications port is a standard feature

2-3

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
on the Rainbow. You can use your Rainbow to communicate with a remote
computer either by a telephone line using a modem, or by a direct connection.
System Expansion
Both the Rainbow 100B and the Rainbow 100+ have two slots available for
memory and graphics options. Each option is easy to install and you don't need to
buy any expansion boxes; it allfits in the same system unit. The Rainbow 100B has
a third slot for a hard -disk controller.

The Rainbow Video Monitor-Your Window to the System
The monochrome video monitor combines functional design with advanced
video technology, and is available with a white, green, or amber display on black.
Even though the video monitor measures a mere 11.5 inches high by 13.75 inches
wide (not much more than an in/out basket) the display screen is still a standard
12 inches measured diagonally. A push-button on the side of the monitor releases a post so you can adjust the angle of the screen to where you can see it
comfortably. You also can adjust the contrast and brightness as you would on
your television set.
A special anti-glare coating on the display screen reduces reflections, enhances
character contrast and improves readability. Screen flicker is reduced by a fast
refresh rate and the high resolution characters are crisp and clear to minimize eye
fatigue. Memory-mapped video brings individual characters and entire pages of
text to the screen immediately after the key is pressed. This accelerates entry and
editing time.

2-4

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
Rainbow incorporates all of the display characteristics of a Digital VTl02
video terminal. You can choose to work with an 80 or 132 column display to suit
your application. Highlight or emphasize characters on the screen by making
them bold, blinking, reverse video (black on white) or by underlining them. You
also can have characters with double the height and width, and full and splitscreen vertical and horizontal scrolling. On-screen Set-Up menus make it easy to
select and change these features with the touch of a key.
Both the monochrome and optional color monitor support high resolution bitmapping with the graphics option, so you can design your own superior-quality
graphics for charts and presentations.

The Rainbow KeyboardYour Communication Link to the System
The keyboard's design reflects Digital's attention to detail and superior engineering. The keyboard is thin, lightweight and detachable. You can plug the sixfoot coiled cord into either side of the keyboard so you can move the keyboard to
wherever you type most comfortably. Rainbow's low-profile keyboard is exactly
the right height for people who prefer the low-fatigue, palm-on-table typing
style. The keys feel good and the keyboard is arranged to reduce errors and
increase data entry speed.

2-5

Rainbow- From the Box to Your Desk
Many applications are designed to take special advantage of Rainbow's
keyboard. Rainbow's 105 keys are logically grouped into four categories that are
easy to learn and remember. The numeric keypad on the right is laid out just like a
calculator to make typing numbers fast and easy. The editing keypad is used for
functions such as moving the cursor, and inserting or erasing text. A row of
function keys across the top are used to perform various functions within a
program. A changeable label strip above these keys clearly explains each key's
purpose. The largest group of keys, the standard typing keys, is arranged like the
keys on a typewriter.

Rainbow Media and Documentation -Getting You Started
Probably the last, but certainly not the least, is your software and user documentation. When you order a Rainbow you'll get a Rainbow System Kit and
Installation Instructions. The kit contains easy-to-read and easy-to-follow guides
and manuals to get you started and keep you going. It also includes a software
box with a Rainbow Diagnostic diskette and a keyboard strip to identify the
function keys.
A second kit contains the media and documentation for the MScDOS and
CP/M-86/80® operating systems and the "Learn Rainbow" computer-based
instruction diskette.
Now you've unpacked everything you need to begin putting Rainbow to work
for you. Installing the Rainbow is almost as easy as taking it out of the box.

If You Have a Ballpoint Pen, You Can Install a Rainbow
Few computer vendors have engineered a personal computer as sensible and easy
to install as the Rainbow. Installing a system option or upgrade kit is as simple as
turning the thumbscrews and popping the component out with a ballpoint pen.
Rainbow operates on the power that normally comes into your building, so you
can plug a Rainbow into any standard wall outlet. The entire Rainbow system and
add-ons such as printers operate reliably in your office as well as in your home.
You can install the basic system and its options without any special tools. Easyto-follow procedures are illustrated step by step in Rainbow installation guides.
We've included some of the installation diagrams and key steps in this chapter to
demonstrate just how simple it is to install a Rainbow.

2-6

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk

The Rainbow Connection

Basic System Components and Optional Printer

The three basic components of the Rainbow-system unit, keyboard, and video
monitor-interconnect with two cables that come with the system as follows:
• The keyboard cable connects the keyboard to the video monitor.
• The video monitor cable connects the video monitor to the system unit.
• The system power cord plugs into a standard wall outlet .
• If you install a printer, the printer cable connects to the clearly labelled printer
port on the system unit's connector panel.

2-7

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk

VIDEO MONITOR

PRINTER

MODEM OR
COMPUTER

System Unit Connector Panel
Once you've decided where in your office you want your Rainbow to go, just
follow these eight simple steps:
1. Place the label strip above the keyboard's function keys.
2. Plug the keyboard cable into the socket on the monitor.
3. Connect the monitor to the system unit and tighten screws.
4. Remove the cardboard from inside the disk drive and label the disk drives A
andB.
5. Set the power switch to 0 (off).
6. Match the power cord and receptacle and check the voltage switch Oil the
system unit for correct setting.

2-8

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
7. Plug one end of the power cord firmly into the power connector on the system
unit and the other end into the wall.
S. Turn the Rainbow on by setting the switch to 1.
After a whir and a beep, the first System Menu is displayed and voila ... You've just
installed your first Rainbow. From box to desk in no more than an hour! And
Rainbow will even check itself out for you.

Rainbow Runs Its Own Self-Test Diagnostics
Digital has rigid quality-control programs in place to support you and your
Rainbow. Extensive self-test diagnostics check the system every time you turn
it on.
Additional self-testing is also available by selecting the "self test" option from
the System Menu. To activate the test, you first slide a blank diskette into Drive A
and a disLette into Drive B, making sure to line up the arrow on the diskette with
the stripe 011 the disk drive, then close both doors. Next you press the "S" key on
the keyboard and the word' 'testing" appears on the monitor. The testing process
checks whether circuits are working properly. At the end of the self-test procedure, the video monitor displays the System Menu again.

Learning to Use Rainbow
You've successfully installed your Rainbow; the monitor displays the System
Menu; now it's time to run your first piece of software, Learn Rainbow.

2-9

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
You run the Learn Rainbow software package with the CP1M -86/80<11> operating system. As shown on the Rainbow's main system menu, you can load the
operating system in any of two possible disk drives. If you purchase the dualdiskette drive option, you can also use Drive C and Drive D. There is also a Drive
W listed on the System menu for the Winchester hard disk.

Learn Rainbow with Computer-Based Instruction (CBI)
~earn Rainbow is an easy, friendly on-screen course that teaches you everything from fundamentals of personal computing to Rainbow features. The most
complete course of its kind with any personal computer, Learn Rainbow's
modular design lets you learn at your own pace.
You can complete the course in just 90 minutes and if you want to jump back in
for a refresher at a later time, you can review any module you want or just the
summary of each module.
The System Overview diskette contains the "Learn Rainbow" course. Once
you have loaded the diskette into a drive, you begin the course by typing
"LEARN." You can get help at any time while taking the course by siQlply
pressing the HELP key. To leave the course, you select the "Leave the Course"
option from the Main Menu or any of the module menus. Rainbow is the
friendliest tutor you could ask for.

2-10

Rainbow-From the Box to Your Desk
Now that you have a better idea of how Rainbow can become a working tool for
you, just wait until you see the Rainbow in action in the nexttwo chapters. You'll
wonder how you could do business without it.

2-11

Chapter 3

Rainbow for the Individual
Now that you have learned some basics about Rainbow personal computers, you
are probably wondering what Rainbow can do for you. The following stories will
help you answer that question.
Although the stories are not about actual businesses or people, they accurately
portray a Rainbow at work in a particular professional environment. These
environments include construction, law, small business management, farming,
the CPA firm, and the university. Rainbow in the large corporation is covered in
the following chapter.

The Family Farm
Bob and Joanne run a large farm, growing corn and soybeans, and raising hogs.
Along with 300 sows, they also have 800 acres of cropland. The farm has been in
the family for two generations; but because of advances in agricultural science
and farming equipment, running an enterprise of this type is far more complex
today than in Bob's father's time.
Bob handles the day-to-day management of the farm and Joanne manages the
paperwork; together, they do the planning. Their most important planning tool is
a Digital Rainbow lOOB personal computer. With agricultural-specific software
and the built -in terminal emulation available on the Rainbow, Joanne's workday
has become a lot more productive.
Bob and Joanne looked for a personal computer that would run the software
they wanted, and not a system that would control them. They also wanted a
system that would pick up where their manual system left off, grow with the
business, and support the workload. Joanne wanted something that would look
good in her office and not take up a lot of room.

Looking at the Options
A neighboring tract ofland is available, and Bob is interested in expanding their
holding. Knowing that the major portion of the purchase money will come from
the bank,] oanne takes a look at what their cash situation will be. Before Bob and
Joanne bought their Rainbow lOOB, financial projections such as this were based
on guesswork, because neither Joanne nor Bob had the time to sit down and
calculate all their options.

3-1

Rainbow for the Individual
First, Joanne takes a look at her current account balances using a farm
accounting package that maintains records in dollars, weights, and quantities.
Previously, Bob and Joanne used a manual accounting system that farmers have
been using for 60 years. Because the Rainbow software was so similar to the
manual system, they found the transition particularly easy.
Joanne and Bob are deciding whether planting corn or soybeans would be
more profitable. To help make the decision, and to see what pork bellies will be
selling for, Joanne uses the Rainbow's built-in terminal emulation mode to
connect to a commodities trading database for corn, soybean, and pork belly
contract prices. By typing in a few words, she gets the prices she needs. While
she's logged in, she also obtains a five-day weather forecast.
The next step, which used to take hours of repeated hand calculations, now
takes less than an hour. Using a crop profit forecast model that she built on an
electronic spreadsheet, Joanne inputs the quoted futures price for each commodity and directs the spreadsheet to recalculate the bottom line with a single
keystroke. Using Rainbow, Joanne can tell at a glance which combination - hogs
and corn, or hogs and soybeans-will be more profitable by harvest season. And,
she can easily repeat the calculations to see the impact of changes in commodity
prices, interest rates, or yields. After studying the model, Joanne and Bob can be
able to determine how much they can afford for the land purchase. With an LA50
Personal Printer, Joanne obtains a printout of the results.

Software for the Farm
Joanne's accounting software is Secretary of Agriculture TransAction, which
uses a checkbook-based single-entry accounting system. Along with TransAction, she uses the Swine Management Module. The electronic spreadsheet is
Multiplan, which is menu-driven so there are no special commands to memorize.
Joanne gets her futures prices from Agri-Star, a commodities trading database
which utilizes the Rainbow's terminal emulation mode.

The Farmer's Productivity Tool
Digital's Rainbow lOOB and LA50 Personal Printer are helping Bob and Joanne
to maintain the independent lifestyle of the family farm. After choosing their
software, they looked for a personal computer system that could run that agribusiness software. When Bob and Joanne decided on a Digital Rainbow lOOB,
they purchased a quality system that supports both MS-DOS and CP1M -86/80®,
two of the world's most popular microcomputer operating systems. This
versatility, combined with Digital quality, convinced them that a Rainbow lOOB
would be an asset in the day-to-day running of their farm.
The Rainbow lOOB comes with 128 Kbytes of online memory. Bob and Joanne
added the 128 -Kbyte Base Memory Module that expands the Rainbow's memory
to 256 Kbytes. The Rainbow lOOB's dual-floppy diskette drive provides 800
Kbytes of storage, which easily holds a full-year of multi-enterprise accounting

3-2

Rainbow for the Individual
records. And Bob and Joanne know that as their needs grow, they can expand
their Rainbow to include 896 Kbytes of memory and a lO-Mbyte hard disk.
A telephone modem and the Rainbow's terminal emulation ability help Joanne
get up-to-the-minute weather reports and commoditites prices, making her
planning more accurate. The LA50 Personal Printer lets Joanne produce work
schedules that Bob uses for reference while making his rounds. And, with
Digital's hot-line support and three options of service-on-site, carry-in, or
mail-in-they know that help is readily available. With the Rainbow lOOB, Bob
and Joannehave a very sound investment.

3-3

Rainbow for the Individual

Rainbow Revolutionizes Construction
A few years ago, it was difficult to imagine that the computer revolution would
affect even the small businessperson. But for Richard, the head of a growing
construction company, the computer revolution has reached him through his
personal computer. The system hasn't shortened his workday, but it has
increased his control over company projects. His system? A Digital Rainbow
100+, and Richard is still amazed at how much more he can accomplish today,
compared to the "old days".
Before he purchased the Rainbow 100+, Richard performed all job costing
on the same manual system he had used since he started doing business in the late
60's. Maintenance of this old system required detailed entries into notebooks
each week, and Richard regularly spent many hours comparing estimates with
actual costs. The margin for arithmetical error was great, since time was often at a
premium and Richard had to work fast. Today, with a Rainbow 100+ and
Richard's choice of software, those mistakes are only a memory.

Placing a Bid
Soon after he bought his Rainbow, Richard submitted a bid to the local town
council for a new town hall. Although he had finished his estimate the night
before it was due, Richard realized the next morning that his cost estimates on
fixtures were too low. Since the town council had placed a noon deadline on bids,
Richard knew that he had only a few hours to correct his figures.
Using the job estimating module of his construction software package on the
Rainbow, Richard sat down at the keyboard and' 'called up" the file that held his
estimate. He repriced his bid within minutes. By quickly reprinting his estimates
on a Digital Letterprinter 100, Richard delivered the bid to the town council well
before the deadline, and was ecstatic to find that his firm had been chosen to build
the town hall.
The lO-Mbyte hard disk on the Rainbow 100+ makes access time to the files
extremely fast. In fact, the Rainbow 100+ computer's hard-disk drive facilitates
the running of Richard's entire construction package.

Tracking the Job
Today, as the job on the town hall progresses, Richard enters costs in a job-costing
module as they occur. In addition to material and labor costs, Richard also inputs
information on payments as they are received so that the job-to-date status
remains current. When a vendor unexpectedly raises the price of cement
mixture, Richard examines some detailed comparisons of estimated costs and
actual costs. The report shows that with the price rise, materials for the project
will be far more than he'd planned for. He decides that he will have to find another
source for the mixture so that his costs won't eliminate the profit.

3-5

Rainbow for the Individual

Meeting the Payroll
When the payroll is due, Richard uses the payroll module from his construction
management software package. The previous manual system consumed several
hours' worth of time, but with the Rainbow 100+, Richard's secretary spends
only a fraction of the time she used to spend. The payroll module calculates the
amount owed each employee, taking into consideration taxes and deductions. At
Christmas, Richard uses the payroll module to calculate bonuses for his salaried
people. Finally, paychecks with full detail on the stubs are produced with an
accounts payable module that's part of the payroll module.

Accounts Payable and General Ledger
Richard made a large purchase of wallboard, which he plans to use for both the
town hall job and another project. In entering the cost information, Richard had
distributed the one invoice to the different general ledger accounts for each job.
Today, as Richard pays the bill to take advantage of the vendor discount, he can
see that this information is registered under both accounts. The software system
automatically subtracts the three percent discount he is allowed for paying the bill
within 10 days.

Forecasting the Cost of Capital Equipment
Richard is thinking of replacing some of the equipment he owns, particularly two
bulldozers. The bank is willing to loan him the money on a 42-month note at 10
percent, and Richard is wondering how this purchase will affect his cash flow for
the next year.
Richard "calls up" a cash flow projection model that he built with his
electronic spreadsheet. Before he inputs the numbers for the monthly loan
payments, he inserts a line into the model that will list the monthly interest
payments on the loan. He also enters another line that will calculate the principal.
He then has the model calculate the bottom line, using a single keystroke. With
the Rainbow's 132-column display, Richard quickly sees that his firm can easily
carry the debt for the coming year.

Software for the Constrl.lction Industry
With Construction Management Information System from Construction Data
Control, Inc., Richard has chosen to take a comprehensive approach to construction management. With the Rainbow 100+'s 10 Mbyte hard disk drive, there is
fast access to all of the modules.
Multiplan helps Richard clarify what different actions will mean to his
business. Even when the project is a big one, Multiplan and the Rainbow 100+
combine to provide an eight -window display of information from various parts of
the plan.

3-6

Rainbow for the Individual

A Rainbow 100+ on the Construction Site
For his purposes, Richard chose a Rainbow 100+ and doubled the standard 128
Kbytes of main memory to 256 Kbytes. But the 10-Mbyte hard disk drive that is
integral to the Rainbow was the biggest attraction for Richard. He knew that the
software he wanted performed best when used in conjunction with a hard disk.
No matter which Rainbow he chose, Richard knew his system was backed by
Digital's support programs, giving Richard a resource for all questions about the
Rainbow. Digital's "HELP" telephone line provides Richard with fast answers.
With the Rainbow 100+, Richard also purchased Digital's Letterprinter 100, a
desktop printer ideal for printing documents that require a wide carriage, such as
complex spreadsheets. The dot-matrix Letterprinter 100 also creates letterquality text, which is just what Richard wants when he bids on a project.
As Richard's business grows, his Rainbow 100+ will easily keep pace. With
both MS-DOS and CP/M -86/80 available on the Rainbow, Richard has a wide
variety of software packages to choose from. When the business expands, and
new and different applications are needed, Richard is confident that they will
run on the Rainbow.

3-7

Rainbow for the Individual

A Rainbow and the Law
The practice of law is demanding, something Ted knew when he entered the
profession. What he didn't know when he became a partner, was how much ofhis
time would be taken up with managing the business details of the firm: tracking
billable time and reimbursable costs, making sure invoices went out to clients on
time, following up on his associates' productivity. The ever-increasing number of
cases from his corporate and general practice made Ted think he was well on his
way to becoming an office manager rather than a lawyer. Then Ted and his partner
made a smart decision; they bought a Digital Rainbow 100+ personal computer
to perform their office management tasks. Now Ted spends the majority of his
time practicing law and a smaller portion of his day managing the practice. With
the legal software and the Rainbow 100+ he and his partner chose, he has
complete control over both areas.

Tracking a Client's Status
Recently, Ted received a call from an out-of-state client who is bringing in more
and more business. Deane Construction Company is a small but growing
concern. William Deane, the sole owner who now wants to incorporate and
change the company's name to Central Construction Company, Inc., is asking
Ted to handle the matter.
Ted asks Fran, his secretary, to first check the account status of Deane
Construction. Using a legal time and billing package with the Rainbow 100+ , she
can call up a customer statement on the construction company that lists financial
information regarding fees billed year-to-date, the amount received, and the
balance due. The report shows that Deane had been prompt about making
payments, which had been on a per-job basis.

Efficient Use of Research Time
Ted proceeds to research the regulations concerning the amendment of the
corporate name. Because the firm is out of state, Ted connects the Rainbow 100+
to a legal database that allows him access to regulations for different states. Once
connected, Ted executes a search and retrieve, and then prints any items
pertaining to his research, all within a half hour.
Ted keeps track of his activities on notepaper. At the end of the day he hands his
notations to Fran. Using the daily transaction sub-menu in the legal package, she
inputs the timesheet information on a case-by-case basis, with various work
codes differentiating the services were performed. Finally, Fran has the system
generate a daily transactions report with a summary of hours and fees for each
case.
Because Deane Construction has become a regular client, Ted decides that he
will bill it monthly as opposed to a per-job basis. Since he bills his clients at
varying intervals, Ted instructs Fran to code the account so that only the monthly

3-9

Rainbow for the Individual
billing run will include the Deane account. When Fran sends a statement to
DeaneConstruction atthe end of the month, she will be able to bill disbursements
only, fees only, or both. The system will even print a late notice or create an
accounts receivable aging.

Personal Productivity
Gail, one of Ted' s associates, has a salary review coming up. Ted uses an attorney
productivity report as the basis for teviewing his associates. From this report, he
can see monthly and year-to-date totals on billable and non-billable hours for
each associate within a matter of minutes. In looking at the billable totals for the
past months, Ted sees that Gail is steadily increasing her caseload and easily
fulfilling Ted's expectations of her. Ted then writes up his review of Gail and gives
it to Pran for typing.

Word Processing
As Fran types up the required documentation concerning the name change for
Deane Construction, she knows she can search forward and backward throughout the text to make the changes-even if some occurances of the phrase are
bolded.
Fran does much of her work using blank forms which she stores on the 10Mbyte hard drive of the Rainbow 100+. After the board's approval of the
incorporation and name change for Deane Construction, Fran calls up the blank
form she created for the Waiver of Notice, copies it into her work area, and fills in
the necessary information. She then makes her new form the first page of the
board meeting's minutes.
Fran prints out her work on a Digital LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer, which
uses a daisywheel print head that produces full-character printing. While her
documents are printing, Fran goes on the the next editing job at hand.

Software for the Law Office
Ted's firm uses Advanced Legal Software. Written specifically for the legal
environment, this system can do selective billing, time and cost adjustments, prebills, bill printing, and even late notices.
To access a wide variety of legal libraries, Ted uses WESTLAW, a legal
database for law firms requiring legal research information. With WESTLAW,
Ted has access to libraries on federal statutory law, regulations, case law, special
interest libraries, and WESTLAW state libraries.
For word processing, Fran chose SAMNA WORD II. With SAMNA, Fran
can assemble a document from standard paragraphs stored on disk, change the
spacing anywhere in the text, and be sure that printouts never have awkward
hanging lines at the beginning and end of a page.

3-10

Rainbow for the Individual

The New Associate
The Rainbow 100+ with 128 Kbytes of on-line memory and an internal 1O-Mbyte
hard-disk drive lets the members of this firm manipulate large quantities of files
that go hand-in-hand with practicing law. Using a telephone modem and the
Rainbow's terminal emulation, Ted has a wide variety oflegal research material at
his disposal. Ted likes to joke that his "new associate" has reduced the "paper
chase."
The LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer's user-interchangeable print wheels combine a variety of print styles with excellent print quality. Ted strives to provide his
clients with superior legal services, and Digital's Letter-Quality Printer makes
his paperwork look professional, too.
The one thing the Rainbow has increased for Ted and his secretary is available
time. Ted is free to practice law and Fran can better support him in that function.
Access to documents and files is only a few keystrokes away. Even learning how to
use the system was easy; "Learn Rainbow," a computer-based instruction course,
made Fran feel comfortable immediately. If productivity and quality are the key
words to becoming a partner in a law practice, the Rainbow is already there.

3-11

Rainbow forthe Individual

A Growing Business
Mark's company manufactures engineering research equipment. He started his
business three years ago with two other people and one product line. Today his
company has more than 50 employees, five product lines, and annual sales of
nearly 10 million.
Although sales are up and new orders are coming in every day, Mark feels that
his profit margins are too low. He suspects that product costs are eating away at
his profit margin, but isn't quite sure which product is responsible. He's decided
to isolate the cause of the problem and then find an answer-quickly, before the
margin gets any longer.

An Integrated Problem Solver
Luckily, Mark has a combination of innovative tools to help find a solution to the
situation. Using a Digital Rainbow 100E, which he has in his office, and an
integrated software package that combines an electronic spreadsheet, information management system, and graphics, Mark knows he will have an answer in a
short time.
The information management section of Mark's software package contains up
to two years' worth of data on sales, product costs, and expenses for his company.
With a few keystrokes, Mark selects the records he wants for each of his product
lines and then transfers these numbers onto the spreadsheet format. The
spreadsheet with the required data appears in a matter of seconds, and Mark
begins to check his production costs.
A sound knowledge of his business, coupled with some strong hunches, help
Mark to pinpoint the trouble area on the spreadsheet: An oscilloscope has
become increasingly labor intensive because it must be programmed.
Mark did not want to waste any time explaining his findings to the management
team. He quickly directed the system to create a bar chart for production costs
over the past two years, and in less than two seconds he had a visual presentation.
With the Rainbow's high-resolution color monitor, the colors of the chart were
crisp and clean, showing the oscilloscope problem with startling clarity.
Since two of his managers were working in the next office, Mark called them in
and showed them his findings. Someone suggested that they go back to the
spreadsheet, replace the oscilloscope's in-house production costs with an estimated price for subcontracting the product, and then create another graph to
show the difference.
In another few seconds, the second bar chart was on the screen and the
difference in savings was clear. Mark decided to print both versions of the chart
on his Letterprinter 100 so that he could review it during the next day's staff
meeting.

3-13

Rainbow for the Individual

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Now a few days later, Mark is preparing for a company presentation on a
proposed Employee Stock Purchase Plan. After formulating the plan on the
spreadsheet, Mark uses the graphics portion of his integrated software package
to create a line graph showing how each employee's investment will increase in
value. After printing the necessary spreadsheets and graphs, Mark asks his
secretary to create a transparency of the graph.
Before buying his Rainbow lOOB, Mark would not have had the time to prepare
this type of presentation. For Mark, there are still not enough hours in the day, but
the combination of software plus the Rainbow assure Mark that the time he
spends in front of his system is very productive.

3-14

Rainbow for the Individual

Software for the Busy Professional
Mark's software package is Lotus 1-2-3 from Lotus Development Corporation.
Lotus 1-2 -3 combines the power of three programs- a spreadsheet, information
management commands, and graphics. He found that 1-2 -3' s commands, which
are free from computer jargon, saved him the frustration of learning commands
from three different applications.

A Rainbow for the Owner/Manager
Mark uses Digital's Rainbow 100B and the MS-DOS operating system to run
Lotus 1-2-3. Knowing that he wantt;d to take full advantage of the graphics
portion of 1-2-3, Mark purchased the Rainbow's color monitor and graphics
option, which can display either graphics or text. The high resolution of the
monitor lets Mark work on the system for hours at a time without the headaches
or eyestrain that can result from long periods in front of many other video
displays.
The Rainbow 100B comes with 128 Kbytes of on-line memory, and Mark
added the 256-Kbyte Base Memory Module and two 256-Kbyte Chip Sets for a
total of 896 Kbytes. The expanded memory, along with 800 Kbytes of storage
from the dual-diskette drives, allow Mark to build and store very large spreadsheet models.
With the Rainbow and Lotus 1-2-3, Mark feels that he has better control over
his growing business. His system lets him get to the heart of a problem -whether
it be production costs or a presentation-in a minimum of time.

3-15

Rainbow for the Individual

The Accountant's Business System
Jack is a certified public accountant and financial consultant working for a small
CPA firm. He uses a Rainbow 100+ to prepare financial statements and plan
investment strategies for his clients.
One of Jack's clients is thinking of purchasing a small business and combining
it with his present retail enterprise. The client wants Jack to analyze his present
position, perform a valuation on the proposed acquisition, and make a recommendation.

Checking the Books
Jack first wants to check his present financial status. Using a client ledger package
that is specifically designed for a CPA firm,] ack checks to make sure he has up-tothe-minute financial data on his client. He then decides to run a six-month profit
and loss statement on the company.
Within minutes, he has printed this report on his Letterprinter 100 and is
directing the system to generate another report comparing the last two six-month
periods. As this second report is printing, Jack begins a closer examination of his
client's financial status.
From the data on his printout, he sees that the company is steadily increasing its
profit line and his client is not locked into any long-term debt. His only question
concerns the company's growing accounts receivable. He makes a notation to
point this out to his client so that he can reduce the amount. Otherwise, his
venture could be put in jeopardy.
After deciding that his client's present financial status is a basically good one,
Jack checks the books of the firm his client wants to buy. During the following
week, he does a valuation of the proposed acquisition and estimates the company's worth.

Stock Prices by Phone
Jack's client wants to make a personal contribution towards the purchase by
selling some stock. He has asked Jack to check the recent activity of the stocks in
his portfolio. Using the Rainbow's terminal emulation mode, Jack dials into a
New York Stock Exchange database service by telephone to get the information
he needs. Jack uses his printer to obtain a hard copy of the screen display.
The next step is to run an analysis on the stock portfolio using a special
software program to do just that. The program does a complete analysis of his
client's stocks in a few seconds. From studying the screen, Jack already can see
what combination of stock will yield the funds needed by his client, while at the
same time having the least effect on the intrinsic value of the portfolio.

3-17

Rainbow for the Individual

Forecasting the Bottom Line
U sing information obtained from the valuation, Jack consolidates the financial
statements of the two companies, using a software package that combines the
results of reports from various sources. With the electronic spreadsheet feature
of this package, Jack builds a pro-forma profit and loss statement with the
consolidated numbers.
First, Jack loads a model he previously built that will forecast a profit and loss
statement for the next two years. He makes a copy of the model in his work area
and proceeds to update it with information from the software package's files
containing the consolidated statements.
To complete the forecast, Jack enters the loan payments and interest percentage that he thinks will be necessary. The program begins to calculate a bottom line
as fast as he can input the information. With the Rainbow's I32-column video
display, Jack can see 12 months' worth of information, and the smooth scrolling
feature allows him immediate access to the second year of data. The highresolution screen lets Jack see that with the acquisition, his client's business will
dip into the red for the first two months. But if his trend analysis of future sales
proves correct, his client's firm will break even by the third month and show a
growing profit.
Jack prints out his forecast and places it in a folder with the other reports in
preparation for an early morning meeting with his client.

Software for the CPA Firm
Jack keeps his books with CPA-ll from Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.
CPA-ll lets Jack design and produce an unlimited number of reports. The
package also includes provisions for multicompany clients, after-the-fact payroll,
depreciation, and amortization schedules. Jack likes using CPA-II because the
package takes advantage of Rainbow's special function keys.
The Dow Jones News/Retrieval service lets Jack access a variety of information concerning financial news, market information, and company profiles. By
using the Rainbow's terminal emulation ability, Jack does not have to hunt for
yesterday's newspaper to get the latest stock prices.
For doing stock portfolio and other types of financial analysis, Jack uses
Money Decisions I and II. Jack likes the fact that he has a comprehensive
collection of business and financial problem-solving tools available. With Money
Decisions' English-like commands, Jack can evaluate several alternatives within
the space of a few minutes by changing just one variable instead of several hours.
MicroPlan-86 is a powerful and versatile financial modeling tool. When Jack
wants to tie together various sets of data, he uses the Consolidation/Tables
Module of MicroPlan-86.

3-18

Rainbow for the Individual

The CPA's Productivity Tool
The Rainbow 100+ takes the "pencil-pushing" out of Jack's daily routine, and
the Rainbow's design gives him room on his desk to spread out his client's
paperwork. The 128 Kbytes of on-line memory (expandable to 896K, ifhe ever
needs it) and 10 Mbytes of hard-disk storage let Jack run and store the large
amounts of data that many of his clients require. Jack needs a variety of financial
and accounting programs to do his work. Knowing that the Rainbow runs both
MS-DOS and CP/M -86/80 operating systems assures Jack that he will always
have a wide selection of software. In Jack's line of work, the Rainbow is his
partner.

3-19

Rainbow for the Individual

Rainbow Goes to College
Jeanne and Lesley are roommates at a large university. Jeanne is an engineering
major, and Lesley studies comparative literature. Their school has instituted a
computer literacy program that encourages students to use personal computers
in their work.
Computer systems are available to students at a discount through the campus
bookstore, so Jeanne and Lesley chipped in and bought a Rainbow and an LA50
printer. Both have found that the Rainbow computer helps them cope with their
heavy workloads.

Different Problems Require Different Solutions
For her math, engineering, and physics courses, Jeanne had been using a
calculator, paper, and penciL But now she uses her Rainbow, and a software
package designed for solving mathematical equations. Most of her classmates still
use calculators to grind through these assignments, but the Rainbow has given
Jeanne an advantage.
Because of the software program's clear layout-variables displayed above,
formulas below-Jeanne can quickly see the relationships involved in the
problem, and alter the values accordingly. She also can display and print out
graphs of functions for an even closer examination.
Lesley's liberal arts courses require her to write long papers such as essays,
literary criticism, research papers, and creative writing. For many students,
writing papers is the tough part, but with Lesley, it comes naturally. For her, the
hard part has always been getting the papers edited, rewritten, and clean-typed
in time.
Before she had the Rainbow, Lesley paid a typing service to prepare her
papers. It was expensive. She'd have to have papers redone because the typists
couldn't understand her handwriting. And the typing service was no help when
time constraints forced her to write papers the night before they were due.
Whenever Lesley typed her own papers, no matter how hard she tried they
inevitably looked sloppy, and no amount of correction fluid or erasable bond
paper helped.
But now Lesley has help from her Rainbow and the word processing package
she's selected. Her dormitory room is no longer buried in papers, because she
keeps all of her documents on easy-to-store diskettes. She can devote more time
to researching and writing, and less to the mechanics of getting the words down
on paper. The quality of Lesley's work has improved, too, and her grades show it.
She starts by typing a rough draft and storing it onto the disk. She doesn't
worry about getting things perfect the first time, because she knows she can go
back and easily edit at any time. So her writing is freer, less forced, and her ideas
come easily. She can continue to write and rewrite, make changes, try different
sentences, move paragraphs, even check her spelling-all on the screen. Only

3-21

Rainbow for the Individual
when the writing is perfect does she have to print it out. So now, she can
let her
papers go until almost the last minute; she can print out papers in the
morning,
knowing she'll have a picture-perfect copy to hand in that afternoo
n. Her
professors have even said what a pleasure it is to read such "neat" papers.

From Introductory to Advanced Programming
Both Jeanne and Lesley have enrolled in compute r programming courses
this
year. Jeanne programs in FORTR AN and COBOL for her engineering work,
and
lately, as she has become more interested in programming, she has
begun
studying systems programming using the C compiler. C is a language that
makes
use of modern block-structured programming techniques, which will
come in
handy as Jeanne takes more advanced courses in software design.
Lesley studies BASIC programming for her "Introdu ction to Program
ming"
course, just to learn more about computers.
Both students find the Rainbow a great asset in these courses. Since computi
ng
time on the school's central compute r system is always at a premium, Jeanne
and
Lesley write and debug their program s using software packages purchas
ed from
the booksto re at a large discount. Debugging programs often takes longer
than
writing them, so by using the Rainbow as an indepen dent system, they
save the
school a lot of money, and save themselves a lot of time by not having to wait
in line
to use the school's compute r terminals. And they free up compute r resource
s for
students who don't own their own computers.
Once their programs are written, debugged, and ready to be turned in, Jeanne
and Lesley use their Rainbow's built-in terminal emulation and a commun
ications software package to send their programs to the school's main compute
r.
With a few commands, their programs are transmit ted to the computi
ng center
on the other side of campus, directly into their professor's account.
The professors look the programs over, make comments, and grade the
work,
all by computer.
When Jeanne thinks back to last year-th e lines at the compute r center,
the
shortages of paper, the panic just before the assignments were due and wheneve
r
the computers went down-s he's glad she's got the Rainbow.

Software for Every Kind of Studen t
Jeanne uses the TK!Solver-86 Equatio n Solver from Software Arts, Inc.
for her
engineering, science, and math problems. She also uses FORTRAN-80
and
COBOL -80 from Microsoft for· her programming, as well as the
MWC-86
package by Mark Williams Company. Jeanne uses SELECT-86 word processi
ng
from Select Information Systems for her written assignments, and MBASIC
-86
from Microsoft for her introduc tory programming course.
Both students use poly-COM from Polygon Associates for commun
icating
their assignments electronically to the university's large timesharing system.

3-22

Rainbow for the Individual

A New Tool for Higher Education and Beyond
For Jeanne and Lesley, their Rainbow is a tool that helps them get their work
done, not unlike a calculator or a typewriter.
The difference is that the Rainbow's a lot more powerful and versatile,
and helps them solve a wider range of problems much more quickly. The
Rainbow helps them get the most out of their education, and helps speed
the learning process.
They've talked about who gets the Rainbow after they graduate, and
joked about buying out each other's interest in the computer. They also think
about someday upgrading their system by adding a lO-Mbyte hard disk to store
more information.
Lesley would love to buy a letter-quality printer someday, and Jeanne thinks a
graphics option, more memory, and some of the latest integrated software
packages would be terrific. What keeps both students happy is knowing that
when the time is right to move on and expand their Rainbow's capabilities, the
Rainbow won't get in their way. It will grow along with them, just as they have
grown at college.

3-23

,j).

Chapter 4

Rainbow in Large Organizations
along all
When Rainbow goes to work in the corpora te environment, it brings
other
with
icate
commun
to
ability
its
But
far.
so
work
at
seen
the features you've
persona l compute rs and with larger systems takes on a new importa nce.
compaWith Rainbow communications, you can have instant access to your
the hall or
ny's databases. You can share information with colleagues across
, using
across the country. And you can do these things without any extra software
n.
Rainbow's terminal emulatio
people,
The following stories, which are not about actual businesses or
, come
features
Rainbow
other
as
well
as
ciations,
commun
how
accurately portray
setting.
te
corpora
the
in
play
into

The Analyst in the Central Office
job is to
John is a one of several financial advisors in a large corporation. His
John
budget.
its
in
forth
analyze the compan y's perform ance against goals set
calculapencil,
pad,
ng
accounti
with
used to tackle these major analysis projects
weeks, and
tor, many erasers, and lots of patience. Each analysis took days or even
even then it was not exhaustive enough to satisfy him.
iThen John's requisiti on for a Rainbow 100B with spreadsh eet and commun
has
vity
producti
cations software packages came through. Since then, John's
he has
soared because now he can research a financial question until he is certain
seen all the implications.

Preparing the Quarterly Report
backlog
One of John's responsibilities is to update one division's revenue and
r
two-yea
a
of
on
projecti
a
is
which
analysis,
plan every three months. The
data
input
His
areas.
hic
geograp
three
in
s
product
t
differen
four
forecast, covers
He
consists of beginning backlog, bookings, shipments, and ending backlog.
and
backlog
year-end
for
goals
e
compares this data with the expecte d corporat
revenue.
In the
As part of this quarterl y update, John perform s sensitivity analysis.
to
happens
What
as:
s
question
such
asks
he
ts,
construc
he
s
spreadsheets scenario
happens
the backlog level if bookings fall off? What if bookings increase? What
to revenue if the pricing changes for some product s?
a week
Before John got his Rainbow computer, he created 20 such scenarios in
on
Rainbow
his
used
he
time
first
The
with each one requiring about three hours.
many
the
up
setting
day
a
about
spent
he
update,
the revenue and backlog
the data,
spreadsh eet formulas he needed. He spent the next morning entering
all.
in
s
and that afternoo n he generate d scenari os-lOa scenario

4-1

Rainbow in Large Organizations
Preparing next quarter' s update is even easier for John, now that he
has
constructed the spreadsheet. He needs only a morning to update the data
and an
afternoon to run the scenarios. With Rainbow, John no longer worries
about
missing a crucial point because he can explore many more "what if" scenario
s
than he could before.

The Spreadsheet in Action
The input data John uses is stored on a large mainframe database. It
includes
information concerning current backlog in all areas, previous period's booking
s,
shipments, and the other information he needs to formulate trends. Before
John
got his Rainbow, he used to wade through the massive printout from
the data
processing departm ent to fmd the reports on his division. Now, he connects
his
Rainbow to the mainframe with one of Rainbow's communications software
packages. John makes inquiries to the mainframe database and transfers
the
appropriate data to his Rainbow diskette.
Next, John retrieves the spreadsheet model for the baseline backlog
and
revenue plan that he constructed the previous time and updates it with
the new
data. The spreadsheet program automatically recalculates all subtotals
, totals,
and consolidations across geographical regions.
Now he begins to alter the spreadsheet to reflect various "what-if " question
s.
Each time he changes a value, his spreadsheet program recalculates all
entries
according to its formulas. He saves a copy of each spreadsheet model- each
with
new set of values- in a new me on the diskette and moves on to another question
.

Software for Financial Analysis
John's financial spreadsheet package is Chang Laboratories' MicroPlan-86.
Its
Tables Module helps him produce high-quality, customized reports. MicroPl
an86 also has an automatic table consolidation feature that makes it easy to
merge
his data covering different geographical areas. John performs interacti
ve data
communication with his corporation's mainframe computer using his Rainbow
and the poly-BSC/3270 ffiM communications package from Polygon Associat
es.

The Consultant's Analytical Tool
The Rainbow's unique 132 -column display makes it easier to view all the
columns
of a financial spreadsheet. For example, John can view all eight quarters
of his
two-year plan at the one time, without losing any valuable information.
And
Rainbow's crisp resolution makes the columns of numbers easier to read
than
they would be on many other personal computers.

4-2

Rainbow in Large Organizations

Business Forecasting for Manufacturing
Laurie is a financial analyst working closely with the manufacturing department
of a large company. She ordered a Rainbow lOOB to help with business forecasting, but has found it invaluable for word processing and communications as well.

Preparing the Forecast
Laurie is in charge of the business forcasting for two specific products. Each
product has a total cost based on the cost of different items: the product's bill of
materials, labor, added-value items such as freight and duties, and a host of fixed
business expenses. She has to compare every cost, plus the total cost of the
finished product, against the current corporate projections. Laurie prepares a
monthly report on these comparisons just a few days after the month's actual cost
figures come in.
Like John in the previous scenario, she used to use paper, pencil, and
calculator, taking two full days to plow through all the data. Much of this work
was the repetitive process oflaying out the intricate spreadsheet, copying in the
corporate part numbers, and entering the expected values from the corporate
plan.
When she first got her Rainbow computer, she spent about two days setting up
the format of the spreadsheet model and entering the part numbers, formulas,
and other data. But with Rainbow and her spreadsheet program, she has never
had to repeat that effort.
Every month since then, she simply updates the copy of the last report, which is
stored on a Rainbow diskette, and inserts the current month's actual costs. Her
spreadsheet program recalculates all arithmetic, and Laurie has a completely
updated report in one morning's time.
Once she has printed out a copy of her report, she prepares a management
memo using word processing software. Instead of writing her memo longhand
and then waiting for it to come back from the word processing station, Laurie
writes and edits her memo in one step, and then prints it herself.

Access to Corporate Computer Resources
Another part of Laurie's job is answering inquiries on items such as standard
costs and bills of materials (BOMs). She can access several different corporate
databases with her Rainbow using a communications package. Once she has
logged into the database, she enters the part number and the BOM of the item in
question, and the host system displays the standard cost.
With this communications package and her Rainbow, Laurie also has access to
the corporate electronic mail system. The system connects employees all over the
corporation in a fast, efficient electronic network. Using electronic mail, she can
send and receive messages much faster than by regular office maiL

4-5

Rainbow in Large Organizations

Software for Business Forcasting
Laurie uses the Multiplan spreadsheet calculator from Microsoft Corporation
for the analysis of her products. The WordStar wordprocessing package from
MicroPro International Corporation, with its on-screen formatting, helps her
prepare professional-looking reports and memos. Laurie knows that what she
sees on the screen is what she will get on a printout. And because WordStar can
process files created with Multiplan, she can combine spreadsheet tables with
text for a more informative report. With the poly-BSC/3270 IBM communications package, Laurie's Rainbow emulates one of IBM's 3270 family of display
stations. poly-BSC/3270 lets Laurie initiate such interactive functions with her
company mainframe as transaction processing and database inquiry using
Rainbow.

4-6

Rainbow in Large Organizations

Managing the Human Resource
As one of many personnel managers in a large company, Barbara provides
services to an engineering department. She found that a Rainbow 100+ computer is perfect for managing files and personnel activities-and it gives her
access to the large mainframe on which the corporate personnel database is
stored.

Tracking Employees and Candidates
One of the managers in the engineering group that Barbara services needs some
additional information on a job applicant he'd like to hire. Barbara searches
through the database file she created on her Rainbow for information on the
potential employee. There she has records of every person who's applied for a job
in the last six months, including such information as expertise, area of interest,
interview cycle status, references, and current correspondence. Within seconds,
she has a full report on this applicant's qualifications and status without having to
search through stacks of manila folders.
If the applicant accepts the position, Barbara can record data on the new
employee in the employee file she keeps with the same database management
software package on her Rainbow. This file contains each employee's name,
address, job level, salary, review date, and other pertinent information. With this
database file, Barbara can keep on top of such things as reviews due each month,
salary planning data, and Equal Employment Opportunity compliance information.
Next, she types in a command to print out the names of all employees in her
group whose last salary review was 11 months ago or earlier, along with the names
of their managers. At this point, notifying the managers that it is time to start the
salary review process for certain employees is easy. Barbara simply prints out a
report using the report writer software that works with her database management package. Then she sends copies to the appropriate managers using a
communications package and the company's electronic mail system.

Producing Standard Correspondence
By mid-morning the manager tells Barbara that he wants to hire the applicant,
and asks her to extend a formal job offer to him. Using a word processing
package, Barbara retrieves the blank form she has created especially for this
purpose. Now all she has to do is fill in a few simple details. Barbara also has blank
forms for the salary review process, for employee health insurance, and other
standard transactions.

Looking Up Information on a Larger System
Later that day, Barbara receives a call from one of the engineers in her group who
wants to use a vacation day. Using Rainbow's terminal emulation, Barbara can
access the corporate personnel database to find out how many vacation hours he

4-9

Rainbow in Large Organizations
has already taken this year. Before she had a Rainbow, she had to phone for this
information, which often meant endless rounds of "telephone tag" with the
payroll office.

So&ware for Personnel Management
Barbara handles her database information with PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT
from Software Publishing Corporation. With the SAMNA WORD II word
processing package from SAMNA Corporation, Barbara can create form letters
and even print envelopes and mailing labels. And she connects up to the
corporate computer using poly-COM from Polygon Associates, Inc.

The Manager's Productivity Tool
Database management is an application that usually requires a large amount of
memory for the program, and a large amount of storage for the data files. The
Rainbow 100+ with its lO-Mbyte hard disk has ample room for all the personnel
data she needs to store, and the 896 Kbytes of memory make database inquiries
fast and efficient.

4-10

Chap ter 5

Com mon Ques tions abou t the
Rain bow Personal Com puter

The following questions are frequently asked by our customers who
are
interested in the Rainbow personal computer. Many ofthem should also
be asked
of any manufacturer whose persona l compute r you are considering for
purchase.
We think you'll find the answers you get for the Rainbow will leave you
satisfied.

The Syste ms
Q. Should I buy a Rainbow 100B or a Rainbow lOO+?

A. Rainbow 100E is the model to choose if you wish to buy a complete system

at a
moderate price. The Rainbow 100E, with 128 Kbytes of memory (expand
able
to 896 Kbytes) and 800 Kbytes of storage (expandable to 1.6 Mbytes with
the
addition of another dual-dis kette drive) has enough storage space to
handle
most personal computi ng tasks.
If you plan to run programs that require a large storage capacity, the
Rainbow 100+ is the answer. With 10 Mbytes of internal hard-dis k storage,
the Rainbow 100+ can hold about 12 times as much information
as the
Rainbow 100E's standard 800-Kbyte dual diskette drive.

Q. Can I upgrade my Rainbow 100B to include the large storage capacity

of a
hard disk?
A. Yes. Digital offers an upgrade kit that includes lO-Mbyte hard disk, controll
er
board, software, and cables. You can install the kit yourself, using only
a small
screwdriver.

5-1

Common Questions About the Rainbow Personal Computer

Operating Systems
Q. Why does Digital offer both CPIM@and MsrM-DOS as its main operating
systems for the Rainbow?
A. We want you to have a choice of as many different applications as possible.
More than 1000 CP/M 8- and 16-bit and MS-DOS applications run on the
Rainbow today, with many being added daily. Rainbow also runs the Concurrent CPIM'M operating system available from Digital Research Inc. and the
p-System from SofI'ech Microsystems, Inc.
Q. Has Digital done anything special with the Rainbow's MS-DOS?
A. Rainbow's MS-DOS is the standard MS-DOS operating system from Microsoft Corporation with several enhancements. We have adapted the MS-DOS
editor to use the Rainbow's function keys, included a sophisticated BACKUP
utility to make copies of your hard disk files, and added the RDCPM utility
which reads Rainbow CP1M disks.
Q. Which operating system is best?
A. The one that helps you get your job done. It's important to remember that an
operating system is just a support service to allow you to run your applications. Asking which one is best is like asking whether a phonograph is better or
worse than a cassette player-the answer depends on your needs and
preferences.
When deciding on an operating system, you should first select the applications that will best meet your needs. Then you can pick the operating system
which supports those applications.

Applications Software
Q. Where can I purchase Rainbow software?
A. You can ca1l800-DIGITAL toll-free to receive the address of the Rainbow
software distributor nearest you.

Q. What is the difference between the Digital Classified Software and software that's not a7;ailable through Digital?
A. The Digital Classified Software (DCS) program certifies that software bearing its silver seal has been checked against Digital's standards of clarity,
reliability, and use of Rainbow's function keys and other ease-of-use features.
Inexperienced users can purchase an Applications Advisory Support contract at a small monthly fee for telephone assistance with DCS software.

5-2

Common Questions About the Rainbow Personal Computer
There are many other fine application packages on the market which, while
not part ofDCS, also run well on the Rainbow. Their producers back these
products with their own reputation for quality.

Compatibility: Software and Data Files
Q. Can I use data files from an IBM PC running PC-DOS.on a Rainbow
running MS-DOS? For example, ifI have been using Multiplan under PCDOS can I take the models that I have developed and use them with
Multiplan on my Rainbow?
A. Yes, usually. The file directory structure of MS-DOS is the same as the file
directory structure of PC-DOS, so that is no barrier. There is a slight
possibility, though, that developers of a particular application changed the
way the application stores data in its files preventing the data from transferring.
Q. Can I use data files that I have created on my Rainbow under CP! M if
I switch to MS-DOS? For example, if I have been using Multiplan under
CP/M, can I take the models that I have developed and use them on my
Rainbow under MS-DOS?
A. Yes, but only after converting the files to the MS-DOS format because the file
structure on a CP1M disk is very different from that of an MS-DOS disk. The
RDCPM utility in the MS-DOS operating system reads CP/M files. You can
then save these files in MS-DOS format.
Q. Can I run all of the software that is available for the IBM PC or other MSDOS machines on the Rainbow running MS-DOS?
A. Not necessarily. If the application's developers have been careful to use only
standard MS-DOS capabilities, then the application should run on the
Rainbow. Keep in mind, though, that current versions of MS-DOS do not
have standard graphics support. Therefore, any MS-DOS application that
uses graphics does so by directly manipulating the hardware. Since the actual
graphics hardware varies from one personal computer to another, graphics
software for one personal computer will not work on another.
Even software that doesn't use graphics may require the use of function
keys and special screen characteristics, and thus would not perform properly.
You can avoid this problem by purchasing a specifically Rainbow-compatible
version of such applications. This is to your advantage, anyway, because the
Rainbow version would make better use of the Rainbow's unique features.
Q. Can I run a CP! M application and then an MS-DOS application on the
Rainbow?
A. Yes, after you restart the system by pressing SET-Up, CTRLISET-UP.

5-3

Comnion Questions About the Rainbow Personal Computer

Communications
Q. Do I need to buy a software package to give my Rainbow communications
capability?
A. No. A standard built-in feature of the Rainbow is emulation of Digital's
popular VT100-series video terminal. This allows the Rainbow to communicate as a terminal with any of the many larger computers that work with
VT100-style terminals. When your Rainbow is connected to such a host
computer, you can access the host's files, use its networking and electronic
mail services, and any other services it provides to regular terminal users. And
all these capabilities require no extra software.
Q. What is the benefit of buying communications software, such as polyCOM, poly-BSCIRjE, and poly-BSCI3270?
A. Communications packages provide several additional capabilities that Rainbow's built-in terminal emulation does not. You can communicate with
another personal computer (such as the IBM PC), or with an IBM mainframe
using 3270, 2780, or 3780 protocol. You can set up terminal characteristics
more easily. You can send files of text stored on your Rainbow through the
communications line to the host computer. You can receive text from the host
and automatically store it in a file on your Rainbow. On the Rainbow's
keyboard, you can define special keys to have specialized functions. You can
even access your Rainbow from a different location.
Q. Can the Rainbow transfer and store data from Dow jones, The Source, and
other such public networks and databases?
A. Yes, using the poly-COM communications package.

Hardware
Q. Which color monitors can be used on the Rainbow?
A. Any RGB (red!greenlblue) monitor with synchronization on green will work.
However, Digital's own color monitor for the Rainbow is recommended-it
has the high resolution needed to display 132 characters per line and to
support sophisticated graphics packages. The less expensive color monitors
will not provide acceptable resolution (probably no better than a standard TV
set) and may not be able to handle even an 80-character line.
Q. Can you use a monochrome video monitor on the Rainbow made by
another manufacturer?
A. No.
Q. Can you use other printers?
A. You can use any serial printer that uses XON/XOFF protocol.

5-4

Common Questions About the Rainbow Personal Computer

Q. Do I have to buy two monitors (color and monochrome) if my primary
interest is creating color graphics?
A. No. You can use Digital's color monitor, or the monochrome monitor, to
process both text and graphics on the same screen. So if you want to run color
graphics, you only need to buy the color monitor. And if you want to run
monochrome graphics, you only need Digital's monochrome monitor.
Q. Can the Rainbow be used as a multiterminal system?
A. No. Both CP/M and MS-DOS are single-user operating systems, so only one
user, working at the standard keyboard and monitor, can actually control the
system. However, an additional terminal may be connected to the communications line port, through which an applications program could communicate.

Documentation
Q. Is there technical documentation for the Rainbow available from Digital?

A. Yes, there are two, three-volume Technical Documentation Kits-one for the
CP/M-86/80 operating system and one for the MS-DOS operating system.
Both kits contain information on hardware, software, and standards of special
value to software and hardware developers. They are available through your
Digital sales representative, Digital Business Centers, and authorized Digital
retail outlets. Refer to Chapter 7 for more details.

5-5

I',

Chap ter 6

Personalized Service for Your
Rainbow Personal Computer

ment, and
Service capabilities built into your Rainbow during the design, develop
system.
Rainbow
your
of
use
effective
and
us
continuo
ensure
phases
engineering
need,
Digital lets you -the Rainbow user-de cide on the level of support you
,
ntenance
self-mai
own
your
doing
to
from complete system support by Digital
options.
service
of
variety
a
you
and offers

Field Service
Warranty Servic es-The Investment Protection Plan
a a 90-day,
When you purchas e a persona l compute r from Digital, you receive
software.
d
supporte
Digitaland
e
hardwar
both
covers
that
warranty
on-site
The warranty includes the following services:
e parts
• On-site hardwar e service including repair and replacem ent of defectiv
general
and
-up
set
• A telephon e help line to answer your questions about system
Digitalsystem operatio n, and to provide advisory support services for
support ed software
and Des
• Replacement of defective media for both operatin g system software
software
tion
• Perspective, Digital's persona l compute r newslett er that includes informa
hints
helpful
and
s,
schedule
training
and
s,
offering
course
services,
,
on products
on how to use your persona l compute r more efficiently

Post-Warranty Services
one of
When the warranty period expires, you can protect your system with
your
from
available
is
It
nts.
agreeme
support
system
off-site
or
Digital's on-site
Digital sales representative.
, and
The system support agreements include notices of updated software
subscrip
a
and
s,
question
your
answer
to
line
help
e
documentation, a telephon
er.
newslett
r
compute
l
persona
Digital's
tive,
Perspec
er
newslett
the
to
tion
Each
You choose the hardwar e support program that best meets your needs.
parts
g
includin
,
support
ensive
compreh
and
program gives you fast response
and labor.

6-1

i'•.:1·::'
i'

!
1
,I

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Comput er

DECser vice System Support
With the DECservice System Support , you are assured of on-site service
within
just four hours if your system is located within 100 miles of a Digital Servicen
ter. If
complex problems arise, field service technicians automatically call
for additional resources to speed service time. The field service technicians work
nonstop to repair your equipme nt no matter what time they arrive at your
location.
They also provide preventive maintenance. You can receive DEC service
System
Support 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
Basic System Support
The Basic System Support program also offers fast on-site service, and preventi
ve
maintenance. Additional resources are called in when needed to speed
service
time. Service is available during standard business hours, 8 a.m. to
5 p.m.,
Monday through Friday.
Carry-In System Support
This is a convenient, low-cost alternative to on-site service and offers
the same
benefits. When you need hardware service, you can carry your system into
any of
the 150 Digital Servicenters located around the country. Your system
will be
repaired and ready for you to pick up within 48 hours.
Per-Call Service
If you don't need comprehensive support , you can take advantage of one
of
Digital's Per-Call programs that support only your hardware. You can
get PerCall service on a non-contractual basis at your location or at one of
Digital's
Servicenters.

6-2

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer

On-site Per-Call Service
For on-site Per Call service, you pay for the time and materials required for each
service calL Service is available Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Carry-in Per Call Service
Carry -in Per Call service is available through the 150 Digital Servicenters located
around the country. You pay a flat rate for labor, plus the cost of all parts. All
carry-in service and parts come with a 90-day warranty.
DECmailer Service
This alternative is intended for more technically oriented customers. Once
customers have isolated the faulty component using system diagnostics, they
need only snap it out, and mail it to a Customer Return Center. Within five days,
customers will be mailed a replacement component. All service and parts come
with a 90-day warranty. And the DECmailer Service also includes 24-hour
emergency service.

Software Service
Because thousands of applications software products are available in the personal computer marketplace, customers often are confused about which personal computer to buy. The Digital Classified Software (DCS) Program was
developed to help you make this critical decision.
Personal computer software developed by Digital undergoes our exacting
Digital phase review process; upon successful completion, it qualifies for the
DCS SeaL
DCS also serves as a process by which third-party software is tested by Digital
and given a "seal of approvaL"
There are close to 100 software products for the Rainbow with the DCS seal,
and more are arriving every day. To acquire DCS approval, software products are
put through a careful evaluation process. When you purchase DCS software
from Digital, you are assured that the package meets the following criteria:

6-4

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer

Documentation:
Manuals are clear and complete. They list and explain all error messages, and
include such user aids as examples of program operation, tables of contents, and
page numbers.

Installation:
The process is straightforward and manageable, even to the inexperienced user.

Demonstration:
All program commands and functions perform as documented, without ambiguities.

Operation:
The program is easy to use for inexperienced users and is consistently reliable
during testing.

Applications Advisory Support Services
Applications Advisory Support Services for DCS software is available for a
small monthly fee. This telephone advisory support service can help you make
the most of your applications and development packages. We at Digital are
trained specialists on all aspects of computer software. So when you purchase
DCS software with one of our Applications Advisory Support Services, your
business gets the resources of Digital's trained support personnel to help you
every step of the way.

Educational Services
Digital's Educational Services provides one of the largest and most diversified
computer education programs available in the industry. Worldwide, these
resources include 27 educational centers, a staff of over 1,700 professionals, and
more than 500 courses.
All courses-from the Computer-Based Instruction you get with your Rainbow to classroom lecturellab instruction, on-site classes, self-paced packaged
courses, and management seminars-are intended to ensure your success and
satisfaction with your personal computer and to provide solutions to your
training needs.

6-5

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer
A listing of Educational Services courses is published quarterly in Digest, a
publication designed to help customers plan and schedule their training programs. Contact your nearest Training Center for further information about the
prices and availability of the courses listed here.

Educational Services Training Centers
California

Massachusetts

Los Angeles Training Center

Boston Training Center

4311 Wilshire Boulevard

12 Crosby Drive

Suite 400

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

Los Angeles, California 90010

Telephone: (617)276-4111

Telephone: (213 ) 937-3870

New York

Santa Clara Training Center

New York Training Center

2525 Augustine Drive

One Penn Plaza

Santa Clara, California 95051

New York, New York 10119

Telephone: (408) 748-4048

(212) 971-3545

Colorado

Texas

Denver Training Center

Dallas Training Center

8800 East Arapahoe Road

12100 Ford Road

Englewood, Colorado 80112

Suite 110

Telephone: (303) 773-6535

Dallas, Texas 75234

lllinois

Telephone: (214) 620-2051 (X301)

Chicago Training Center

Washington D.C.

5600 Apollo Drive

Washington D.c. Training Center

Rolling Meadows, Illinois 60008

8100 Corporate Drive

Telephone: (312) 640-5520

Landover, Maryland 20785
Telephone: (301) 577-4300

Rainbow Personal Computer Courses
TRAINING FORMATS
Computer-Based Instruction
(CEI)-Programmed instruction installed as an application on your system.
Digital Press
State-of-the-art books on a wide range of computing issues and topics.

6-6

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer

Lecture/Lab
A fixed-length course taught by an instructor using supervised laboratory
exersises.

Self-paced Audiovisual Instruction
Individual study with video cassettes allowing students to progress at their own
rates.

Seminar
An intensive, interactive lecture and discussion led by industry experts.

USER TRAINING
Getting Started on Your Rainbow
This lecturellab course prepares the first-time user for an immediate and
effective start in computing.

Using the CP/M Operating System
A lecturellab course that gives new users hands-on knowledge of the CP1M
operating system.

ALL-HANDS-ON Introduction toMS-DOS
This seminar includes all of the major features of the MS-DOS operating system.
In the hands-on environment at a training center, you will gain the experience you
need to improve your productivity in the work place.

APPLICATIONS TRAINING
Rainbow BASIC
A lecturellab course that introduces the new user to the concepts of programming a~d fundamental BASIC language statements. You will use the Rainbow
throughout the course to work on sample BASIC programs.

ALL-HANDS-ON dBASE II Introduction
This seminar is an intensive introduction to all features of dBASE II for the nontechnical user. The seminar is designed to provide you with the tools you need to
make the best use of dBASE II in your day-to-day work.

Introduction to Rainbow Multiplan
This Computer-Based Instruction course presents graphic displays and descriptions of the Multiplan applications package. You will learn how to set up
spreadsheets and solve problems through simulations of actual tasks.

Using Multiplan on Your Rainbow
This lecturellab course introduces the use of an electronic spreadsheet with the
Multiplan program and a Rainbow personal computer. You will learn to create
spreadsheet models, format data, perform calculations, and create formulae.

ALL-HANDS-ON Multiplan
This seminar is designed for people who have had several months experience
using the Multiplan spreadsheet program. The seminar examines the powerful
and often little-used features of Multiplan and explores the more advanced
applications of the package.

6-7

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer

Introduction to poly-COM Communications
This self-paced Computer-Based Instruction course teaches you the skills necessaryto use the poly-COM communications package with your Rainbow personal
computer.

Using Select on your Rainbow
This lecture/lab course provides first-time users with the skills required to use
this word processing package in a variety of offices.

Advanced Rainbow BASIC
This lecture/lab course is designed for those users already familiar with the
BASIC language on the Rainbow personal computer. The course discusses file
design; and storing, modifying, and retrieving records from a file.

ALL-HANDS-ON Introduction to 1-2-3
This seminar is an intorduction to the Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet, graphics, and
information management program. It reinforces the concepts included on the
Computer-Based Instruction disk that comes with the program and presents new
concepts as well. You have access to an instructor for all of your unanswered
questions.

MANAGEMENT SEMINARS
Executive Computing for the Non-Data-Processing Manager
This three-day application design and programming seminar is designed for the
manager whose focus in not data processing. You will gain an in-depth understanding of how to get things done using the BASIC programming language. The
seminar deals with such management applications as finance, manufacturing,
decision-making, and marketing.

Effective Management with Personal Computers
This seminar is designed for managers who want the advantage of personal
computers. You will learn about personal computers by examining and solving
business problems while utilizing personal computers.

SELF-PACED AUDIOVISUAL COURSES
Office Automation
This course explains office automation, identifies its major technologies, and
examines the impact of automation on the work place.

Office Automation Implementation
This course presents guidelines for successfully automating the office and offers
the advice of leading office automation consultants.

DIGITAL PRESS PUBLICATIONS
Office Automation: A Survey of Tools and Technology, by David Barcomb
The first comprehensive introduction to the techniques, principles, terminology,
and components of the office automation revolution.

Your First Business Computer, by Peter Luedtke and Rainer Luedtke
This book is designed to help professionals, department managers, and small
business managers choose the right computer system for their business.

6-8

Personal Service for the Rainbow Personal Computer

DECUS-Digital Equipment Computer
Users Society
Digital also has its own computer society, DECUS, which is one of the largest and
most active computer users' groups in the world. Through DECUS you will meet
many other Digital equipment users and exchange ideas and information.
DECUS sponsors local, regional, national, and international meetings and
symposiums for its members. It also maintains a library of more than 1,500
software packages written and submitted by DEC US members for the use of
other members.
A new Personal Computer Interest Group will sponsor papers, develop a
newsletter, distribute public domain software, and generally work to exchange
information about Digital's personal computers.

6-9

Chapter 7

Rainbow Systems and Options
Digital's Rainbow personal computers are high-quality business machines
designed and built by the world's second largest computer company's professionals, for anyone who demands professional-quality performance. Whether
your present personal computing needs are relatively moderate, as in a smallsized business, or highly sophisticated, as in a large corporation or a scientific/
technical environment, Rainbow brings not only high-performance solutions to
your work, but also brings more standard features that can help you better
accomplish the tasks for which you want a personal computer.
Regardless of what capability you seek in a personal computer today, with any
Rainbow system you can still grow - and diversify - with options from Digital or
from independent hardware vendors.
This chapter introduces the standard features of the Rainbow base system,
then provides detailed information and technical specifications on each Rainbow
base system component. The second part of the chapter provides the same level
of detail on Digital's options for the Rainbow personal computers, plus a list of
third-party hardware products.

7-1

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow Base Systems
Each Rainbow base system is a complete solution to your personal computer
needs. Whichever model you choose-the Rainbow 100B or the Rainbow 100+
system -you get Digital's highly acclaimed keyboard; a high -resolution monitor,
either monochrome or color; high performance from 8-bit and 16-bit microprocessors; large-capacity system storage space; and 128 Kbytes of memory. The
communications and printer ports are also standard. The modular packaging
makes installation a snap. Advanced features like memory-mapped video and
132-column displays let you see more information at one time and see it faster.
With the terminal emulation capability, you get a personal computer and a
terminal rolled into one. Rainbow's superb design-inside and out-will help
you be more productive and will make your job easier.
Rainbow is reliable, a real workhorse for your business applications. Rainbow's self-test and power-up diagnostics verify the status of the system and let
you know if, and where, any problems exist.

Rainbow 100B
The Rainbow 100B personal computer, Digital's new floppy-based Rainbow
system, is a cost-effective investment in personal computing power for your
business and personal needs. This Rainbow comes with 128 Kbytes of memory
and 800 Kbytes of diskette storage. Three option slots on the system module
allow you to add: a graphics option; more memory (up to a total of896 Kbytes); an
extended communications option or a second dual-diskette drive or you can
upgrade to a full Rainbow 100+ with the addition of a 10-Mbyte hard disk drive.
If you have a Rainbow 100 (PC1 DO-A), the original floppy-based Rainbow
personal computer, refer to the options section of this chapter for information
about new products for your system.

Rainbow 100+
The high-performance Rainbow 100+ personal computer is a Rainbow 100B,
plus a 10-Mbyte hard disk drive. It too comes standard with 128 Kbytes of
memory and 800 Kbytes of floppy -diskette storage space. Two dedicated option
slots in the Rainbow 100+ system unit provide space for the addition of the bitmapped graphics option and incremental memory upgrades to a total of 896
Kbytes.

7-2

R:tinbow Systems

Rainbow System Specifications
System Unit

for Rainbow 100B
andl00+

Two microprocessors-Zilog 8-bit Z80A
and Intel 16-bit 8088
Main memory-128 Kbytes parity RAM,
expandable up to 896 Kbytes
Dual-diskette drive-800 Kbytes
removable floppy storage
Serial RS232/423 printer port
Async/sync RS232/423 communications
port
Memory-mapped video
Terminal emulation

for Rainbow 100 + only

lO-Mbyte internal hard-disk drive

Keyboard

for Rainbow 100B
and 100+

Low-profile, detached
N -key rollover
Sculptured key array
105 matte-textured, non-slip keys
Separate editing keys and numeric
keypad
Adjustable keyclick imd bell tone

Video Monitors

for Rainbow 100B
and 100+

80 or 132 column width display
High resolution, 7 x 9 dot matrix
Bit-mapped graphics capability
60 image-per-second refresh rate
High-efficiency, anti-glare filter

Monochrome

Monochrome composite, choice of white,
amber, or green display on black
12-inch (diagonal) screen

7-3

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow System Specifications
Color

REG Color
13-inch (diagonal) screen

----------------------~-------

Diagnostics

for Rainbow 100B
and 100+

Power-up self-test
Menu-selectable self-test
Diagnostic diskette

System Expansion & Options

for Rainbow 100B

Three option module slots, all options
user-installable
Memory expansion optionseight upgrades available to a system
total of 896 Kbytes
Graphics option
lO-Mbyte internal
hard-disk upgrade; or
extended-communications
option; or
third-party module
Additional dual-diskette drive fits in
system unit (if no hard disk) for a system
total of 1.6 Mbytes of floppy-diskette
storage

for Rainbow 100 +

Two option module slots, all options
user -installable
Memory expansion optionseight upgrades available, to a system
total of 896 Kbytes
Graphics option

7-4

Rainbow Systems

The Rainbow Personal Computer
(System Unit Mounted in Optional Floor Stand)

7-5

Rainbow Systems

System Unit
• Order Codes:
PClOO-B2 100B for USA
PCIOO-P2 100+ for USA

Both Rainbow personal computers, the Rainbow 100B and the Rainbow 100+,
utilize the same high-performance system unit. Itis a single slim box that contains
the system board with two microprocessors (one 8-bit and one 16-bit) and the
main memory, a dual-diskette drive that hold two diskettes on a single spindle, a
printer port, a communications port, the power supply, and additional slots for
adding options. The inclusion of a 10-Mbyte internal hard disk and its controller
module within the 100+ is the only difference that distinguishes the system unit of
the Rainbow 100+ from that of the 100B.
DUAL-DISKETTE DRIVE

FAN

Rainbow 100B System Unit
Internal View from the Back

The system unit is compact enough to be placed right on your desk, or you can
use Digital's optional floor stand to hold the unit vertically, alongside or under
your desk within easy reach.
The components and interior of the system unit are easily accessible. They have
been designed with snap-in/snap-out and slide-out features for easy installation
and maintenance. Install a system option or remove a module simply by turning a
screw and popping the component out with a ballpoint pen.

System Board
The system board is made up of electronic components and circuits. Its major
components are the two microprocessors (Z80A ® and 8088®), main memory
chips, and communications hardware. It also contains read only memory chips
(ROMS), including a ROM that supports three languages-USA English,
Canadian English and Canadian French (for PClOO -P2, -B2).

7-6

Rainbow Systems
VIDEO

POWER
SUPPLY
PORT

Rainbow 100+ System Board

Mounted on the system board is the RX50 controller module, which controls
reading and writing on the floppy-diskette drive. The Rainbow 100+ also has a
hard-disk controller module, which controls reading and writing on its hard-disk
drive. In addition, the system board has areas dedicated for mounting option
modules to further extend the capabilities of your Rainbow 100B or Rainbow
100+.
The system board lies horizontally near the bottom of the system unit and
slides out from the rear of the box.

Two Microprocessors
Rainbow's special dual-processor design uses a Zilog Z80A 8-bit processor
coupled with an Intel 8088 16-bit processor (see Architectural Overview
below). The Z80A executes 8-bit applications and the 8088 runs 16-bit programs. All MS-DOS applications run under the 8088 microprocessor. If you are
using the CP1M -86/80 operating system, it detects whether you have loaded an
8-bit or a 16-bit CP1M program and automatically selects the correct processor
to run that software. This allows you to use different CP1M software packages
without the inconvenience of swapping system diskettes.
To boost system throughput, system functions are divided by the two microprocessors using a parallel processing technique. Reading or writing to the

7-7

Rainbow Systems

diskette is controlled by the Z80A, while the video display, keyboard, serial
printer and communications ports, and the option modules are controlled by the
8088. On the Rainbow 100+, the 8088 also manages the controller for the hard
disk. Parallel processing makes the Rainbow an exceptionally fast and powerful
personal computer.

Main Memory
The Rainbow personal computers come standard with 128 Kbytes of main
memory. That's plenty of room for the operating system, plus storage for user
applications and document files.
Eight different increments of additional main memory are available, using an
optional memory expansion module and memory chips, to bring the system total
up to 896 Kbytes. See the Memory Expansion Options description for more
detailed information.

Disk Drives
There is room in the Rainbow system unit for two disk drives. Both the Rainbow
100B and the Rainbow 100+ come with a dual-diskette drive already installed.
The Rainbow 100+ includes a second disk drive as well-a lO-Mbyte internal
Winchester hard disk.
To the Rainbow 100B, you can add a second dual-diskette drive within the
system unit to expand your floppy storage to a total of four diskettes with a
maximum capacity of 1.6 Mbytes. Or, you can upgrade the Rainbow 100B to a full
Rainbow 100+, by adding Digital's lO-Mbyte internal Winchester disk.

Dual-Diskette Drive
The compact, reliable dual-diskette subsystem consists of one drive that accommodates two 5.25 -inch diskettes on a single spindle. Each flexible RX50 diskette
stores 400 Kbytes of information, so you get a total of 800 Kbytes of floppydiskette storage included standard with your Rainbow.

7-8

Rainbow Systems

Inserting Diskette into Drive A

7-9

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow Dual-Diskette Drive Specifications
Height

3.3 inches (8.3 em)

Width

5.8 inches (14.6 em)

Depth

8.5 inches (20.4 em)

Weight

3 .8Ibs (1.7 kg)

Diskettes per Drive

Number of Recorded
Surfaces

2 (1 per diskette)

Capacity
Per Drive

819 Kbytes

Per Track

10 sectors

Per Sector

512 bytes

Transfer Rate

250 Kbits per second

Random Access Time

264 msec

Rotational Speed

300 rpm

Density

96 tracks per inch

Rainbow 100+ Internal Hard-Disk Drive
The hard-disk drive system mounted within the system unit of the Rainbow 100+
personal computer provides 1O-Mbytes of formatted, fixed, internal system
storage. This high-performance hard disk handles large amounts of data-12
times the storage capacity of the floppy-diskette drive-accessed from one
source at high speed, so you can work more efficiently and quickly.
This winchester-type disk subsystem seeks out and transfers information
faster than floppy drives. And since the large storage capacity can eliminate the
need to continually exchange floppies, you'll work faster too.
You can transfer the operating systems and many of your applications directly
onto the hard disk. And for added convenience, disk storage can be divided into
four partitions, so you can access applications and files easily and quickly, as well
as separate different kinds of programs and data into logical units for simplified
file mangement and backup. Switching from one program to the next is quick and
easy. There is also substantial room for file storage, so you can create and manage
large databases or integrate documents and data from diverse sources into a
single file.

7-10

Rainbow Systems
DUAL-DISKETTE DRIVE

POWER SUPPLY

Rainbow 100+ System Unit
Internal View from the Front
The hard-disk drive subsystem consists of the 5 .25-inch disk, sealed within the
drive unit, and its controller module, which manages reading and writing to the
disk. The design of these drives has several advantages that ensure the safety of
valuable data and enable users to access data when needed. For instance, the
drive has a disk head assembly that cannot be changed by the operator. This
means information is safe from accidental damage incurred while inserting or
removing media. The disk drive requires no preventive maintenance or adjustments.
The floppy-diskette drive and the hard-disk drive together on the Rainbow
100+ provide more options for organizing and storing documents and programs.
Most data and applications can be easily transferred from the diskettes to the
hard disk for internal storage, or from the hard disk to the floppy diskettes for
removable storage.

Rainbow 100+ Internal Hard-Disk Drive Specifications
Height

3.3 inches (8.3 cm)

Width

5.8 inches (14.6 cm)

Depth

8.5 inches (2004 cm)

Weight

4.51bs (2.3 kg)

Formatted Capacity

10 Mbytes

Performance
Peak Transfer Rate

5 Mbits per second

7-11

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow 100+ Internal Hard-Disk Drive Specifications
Rotational Latency

8.33 milliseconds

Average Access Time

85 milliseconds

Media Characteristics
Density

345 tracks per inch,
9074 bits per inch

Recording Method

MFM

Start Time

15 seconds

Stop Time

20 seconds

Rotational Speed

3600 rpm

Number of Data Platters 2
Number of Data Surfaces 4
Number of Heads
per Surface

Printer Port
The printer port accepts a direct connection with Digital's LA50 Personal
Printer, Letterprinter 100, and LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer, providing various
speeds, numerous type sizes and fonts, draft- and letter-quality print, and
graphics printing capabilities.
You don't have to make complex hardware modifications to install your Digital
printer. The peripheral cable supplied with the system unit may be used to
connect either a printer or a modem to your Rainbow. To hook up a printer,
simply plug the appropriate end of the cable into the connector labeled
PRINTER on the back of the system unit. Two small thumbscrews will secure it
there. Then connect the other end of this cable to the back of the printer. You
don't even need a screwdriver.
Rainbow's printer port may also interface to a variety of non-Digital printers
that use the XON/XOFF flow control protocol or DTR control flow protocol
and that are equipped with serial RS232 interfaces (Rainbow does not support
parallel printers). To connect to a non-Digital printer, certain modifications to
speed, parity, and stop bits may be required. Some printers may require
modifications to the software. Consult the printer manufacturer's interface
instructions and the Rainbow User's Guide and Owner's Manual for Rainbow
set-up instructions.

7-12

Rainbow Systems
The Rainbow printer port is a general-purpose, asynchronous port and may
also be used to interface to other devices, such as non-Digital pen plotters and
tablets, that can be programmed to appear as printers to the software. Consult the
device manufacturer's interface instructions.

Communications Port
An asynchronous/byte-synchronous communications port is a standard feature
on the Rainbow. You can use your Rainbow to communicate with a remote
computer either by a telephone line-using a modem -or by a direct connection.
In either case, the communications connector (labeled COMM) on the back of
the system unit is used.
With Rainbow you can enhance your interoffice communication. Rainbow can
communicate with a great number and variety of machines. This means that large
amounts of information can be exchanged at high speed over limited distances,
and that small or large groups of users can share data, programs, and peripherals.
A standard feature of the Rainbow is emulation of Digital's popular video
terminals. This feature allows the Rainbow to become a terminal on another
personal computer or a mainframe acting as a host. Rainbow then uses its
keyboard and screen as input and output devices to the host computer. It
transmits keyboard entries to the host, and displays characters received from the
host computer on its screen or prints them on a printer. When Rainbow is
connected to a host computer, you can access files on the host computer, run
programs on the host computer, use the host computer's networking services,
and use other services the host computer provides.
Rainbow can operate in two terminal modes. First, it can operate as a Digital
VT102 video terminal out of its ROM (read-only memory) boot routine accessed
from the Main Menu. No diskette is needed to run VT102 terminal emulation
mode. And you can change speeds and terminal characteristics from the keyboard using Rainbow's Set-Up Menu.
Alternately, Rainbow can communicate under program control of a communications application. Under the control of the poly-COM communications package for CP/M and MS-DOS, Rainbow can emulate other terminals in addition to
the VTl02, including a wide variety of ASCII start/stop terminals. This
communications package also allows Rainbow to communicate with other
personal computers, such as those from Apple Computer, Inc. and IBM Corporation, and with other Digital personal computers. Under the poly-BSC/3270
and poly-BSC/RJE IBM communications packages, Rainbow can emulate
binary synchronous 3278 terminals or 2780/3780 RJE devices.
Rainbow also gives you easy access to on-line information sources such as the
New York Times Information Service"M, the Dow Jones News RetrievaPM service,
and the legal database WESTLAWTM.
As with the printer port, a variety of additional devices can also be accessed
through this connector.

7-13

Rainbow Systems

Without the Floor Stand

With the Floor Stand
Rainbow Personal Computer Cable Connections

7-14

Rainbow Systems

Power Supply
The power supply converts alternating current (AC) into the direct current (DC)
the system uses. It also transforms the DC power into lower voltages for the
system board, keyboard, monitor, and drives.
Rainbow's system unit plugs into a standard wall socket. Its power supply can
accommodate both 115 or 230 volts AC current. A slide switch in back of the
cabinetlets you easily adjust the power supply to the appropriate voltage. You can
select 50 or 60 Hz from the on-screen Set-Up parameters.

Diagnostics
The Rainbow personal computer is a rugged machine that you can depend on for
reliability. Rainbow runs self-test and power-up diagnostic tests to verify the
status of the system and let you know if, and where, any problems exist.

An internal diagnostic test runs upon power-up, reset, or self-test. When the
system is turned on or reset, a quick, power-up diagnostic test checks the internal
logic. From the Main Menu, you can initiate a more extensive test.
The diagnostics diskette contains separate testing programs, so you can check
the diskette drive and the memory. It also allows you to add new diagnostic tests
to the diskette when you add some new options to your system.

System Expansion
The Rainbow personal computer was designed to grow with you and your
business, so many hardware options-a few of which have already been
mentioned-are available to expand the capabilities of your Rainbow 100B or
Rainbow 100+. Most of these options fit into a slot on the system board, or they
connect to the system unit through one of the ports.
See the Rainbow Options section in this chapter for detailed information
about Rainbow options available from Digital Equipment Corporation, and
for a listing ofproducts developed by independent hardware producers for the
Rainbow personal computers.

Architectural Overview
The following information is provided for those who are interested in the more
technical details of the Rainbow system architecture.
The Rainbow architecture is based on a dual-microprocessor design in which
each microprocessor controls both program execution and certain system
resources. Each microprocessor accesses its own bus and private memory, as well
as a common memory area.
The two microprocessors in the Rainbow are the 8-bit Zilog Z80A and the 16bit Intel 8088. The Z80A runs at a speed of 4.012 MHz and the 8088 at 4.815
MHz. The Z80A accesses an 8-bit on-board data bus, to which are connected the
RX50 disk -drive controller, 2 Kbytes of unshared RAM memory, and 62 Kbytes
of dual-ported RAM memory shared with the 8088. The Z80A has two primary

7-15

Rainbow Systems
functions: to control the ruGO floppy disk drive and to execute 8-bit application
programs. Each processor uses .its own unshared 2 Kbytes of RAM for special
system functions. The Z80A and the 8088 can interrupt each other: the Z80A is
interrupted when the 8088 requires a diskette access, the 8088 can be interrupted
when diskette operation is completed, or when the Z80A needs to access any of
the system resources-keyboard, video, communications or printer port, graphics, hard-disk drive-which are on the 8088 on-board )lata bus.
The 8088 microprocessor, which runs 16-bit programs; is attached to a second
8-bit on -board data bus. Connected to the same bus are the 2 Kbytes of unshared
RAM; the 62 Kbytes of dual-ported RAM, shared with the Z80A; 64 Kbytes
unshared RAM; 32 Kbytes of ROM; unshared expansion RAM with 128 Kbytes
to 768 Kbytes capacity (to a total of 896 Kbytes maximum memory for the
system); the video controller, screen, and screen RAM; the graphics option; the
printer port; the communications port; the keyboard; and the hard-disk drive
controller. The 8088 CPU accesses all of these components via this same bus.
Of these elements on the 8088 bus, the 62 Kbytes of shared RAM contains the
16-bit portion of the operating system and the corresponding 16-bit application
program, while the 2 Kbytes of unshared RAM is used to store interrupt vectors
and other system information. The 32 Kbyte ROM module contains the system
boot, diagnostics, and the VTl02 terminal emulation routine. The 64 Kbytes of
unshared RAM and the optional expansion RAM are used for additional
program storage to accommodate large 16-bit applications. The keyboard
operates over the bus on a programmed I/O basis as does the serial printer port.
The communications port will handle both asynchronous start/stop operation as
well as IBM Binary Synchronous Protocol at speeds up to 19,200 baud in a
programmed I/O mode.
The 8088 bus is also connected to the video controller which contains Digital's
proprietary VT100 chip set that controls the screen and gives it the attributes of
the VT100' s Advanced Video Option (see the Monochrome and Color Monitor
Jactsheets Jor details). A discrete display RAM memory, consisting of both
character and display attribute memory elements, is accessed directly by the
8088. A memory-mapped video technique is used for very fast screen reads and
writes. This technique consists of block-memory moves used to enhance video
performance. The graphics option allows bit-map graphics to be displayed on the
screen in high resolution under the control of the GSX -86 graphics software and
graphics application programs. The graphics option will operate with either the
monochrome or color monitor. It provides four colors in high resolution or
sixteen colors in medium resolution on the color monitor-selectable from an
extensive palette-and four or sixteen shades of grey, green, or amber (depending upon your choice of model) on the monochrome monitor.

7-16

Rainbow Systems

INTERRUPT

DMA

f--

SHARED 62KB RAM

I.:;' ~
-t'---

GENERALPURPOSE
OPTION SLOT"

I--

8088 CPU

Z80ACPU

2KB
UNSHARED RAM

RX50
DISKDRIVE
COIIITROLLER

B
I
T

f--

I
I

64KB
UNSHARED RAM

..:

2KB
UNSHARED RAM

8
B
I
T

D
A
T
A

32KBROM

D
A
T
A

KEYBOARD

ASYNCHI
BISYNCH
COMMPORT

I--

f---

B
U
S

OPTIONAL RAM
(128KB-768KB)

VIDEO CONTROLLER f--

~
f-

SCREEN
HAM

I--

ATTRIBUTE RAM

I--

NON-VOLATILE
RAM

I-- COLOR GRAPHICS

~
"6~~~~~p~~W~Tcfr?NTROI.LER, OR EXTENDED COMMUNICATIONS OPTION,

Rainbow 100B System Architecture

7-17

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow System Unit & Power Supply Specifications
Height

6.5 inches (16.5 em)

Length

19 inches (48.3 em)

Width

14.3 inches (36.3 em)

Max Weight
Rainbow 100B

30 lbs (13.6 kg)

Rainbow 100+

35lbs (15.8 kg)

Power Supply Type

Transistor, switch-type AC to DC
converter

AClnput

Switch-selectable
Single-phase, 3 -wire
100-120V nominal (90-128V rms) or
200-240V nominal (180-256V rms)
47-53 Hz low line frequency
57-63 Hz high line frequency

Line Current

3A@115Vacor2A@230Vac

AC Power Consumption

237 Watts

Regulated Voltages

+5V, 12V, and -12VDC

Circuit Protection

Circuit breaker, externally accessible

7 LIGHTS

VIDEO
CONNECTOR

System Unit, Back View

7-18

Rainbow Systems

The Rainbow System Unit (PC100-B2 for 100B or PC100-P2
for 100+) includes:
• System box with
- Zilog Z80A 8-bit and Intel 8088 16-bit microprocessors
-10 Mbyte hard-disk drive (for Rainbow 100+ only)
- Dual-diskette drive (2 x 400 Kbytes)
- 128 Kbytes memory
- Asynchronous/synchronous RS232/423 communications port
- RS232/423 serial printer port
- Power supply
- expansion slots
- three slots for Rainbow 100B
-two slots for Rainbow 100+
• Monochrome monitor cable
• lO-foot peripheral cable (either for printer or modem)

7-19

Rainbow Systems

Keyboards
Rainbow Keyboard Country Kit
• Order Code: PCIKl·BAjor USA
The keyboard is your direct link to the Rainbow personal computer. Useroriented design and quality craftsmanship make it the foremost personal computer keyboard in the industry. Its superior design allows you to work
comfortably and efficiently. You'll especially appreciate the separate numeric
keypad and clearly labeled editing and funct10n keys.
The keys are sculptured to fit your fingers, with a non -slip surface for positive
touch-your fingers don't slide offin hot weather or when you're tired. The lowprofile keyboard is exactly the right height for people who prefer the low-fatigue,
palm-on-table typing style. And the keyboard is truly quiet. The only noise it
makes is an electronic key click, which you can turn off or set to the volume you
prefer. Rainbow's keyboard attaches to the monitor by a six-foot coiled cord, so
you can place it where it's comfortable and fits best. It's even light enough to hold
on your lap.
The keyboard is arranged to eliminate errors and increase data entry speed.
There are 105 keys divided into four easy-to-remember areas: traditional typing,
numeric keypad for data entry, screen! cursor control keys for editing, and
special command and function keys. These areas are laid out for convenience in
accessing commonly used functions. And words, instead of codes, are used to
label editing and special function keys.

Traditional Typing Keys
The traditional typing keys provide the uppercase and lowercase alphabets,
numbers, and punctuation, arranged like the keys on a typewriter. Typing key
functions are similar, too, except that the LOCK key shifts alphabetic keys to
uppercase but doesn't affect the numeric or punctuation keys.
Two keys you won't find on a typewriter are the CONTROL (CTRL) key and
the COMPOSE CHARACTER key. When used in conjunction with certain
other keys, the CTRL key performs special functions. CTRL is used to reset your
Rainbow (SET-UP plus CTRL/SET-UP). In terminal emulation mode, CTRL is
used for printing (CTRL/PRINT SCREEN). And many application programs
use CTRL for specialized functions.
The COMPOSE CHARACTER key on the Rainbow 100B and 100+ gives you
access to many international characters and symbols, stored in read-only memory. This means that under control of some applications you can use the USA
keyboard to type, for example, symbols such as the section, general currency,

7·21

Rainbow Systems

copyright, micro, and paragraph signs (§, (8), ©, /1-,
as well as to type many
foreign-language characters that include diacritics, such as German umlauts,
French accents, and Spanish tildes.

SPECIAL COMMAND
AND FUNCTION KEYS

CONTROL KEY

INDICATOR LIGHTS

TRADITIONAL TYPING KEYS

NUMERIC KEYPAD
SCREEN/CURSOR CONTROL
KEYS FOR EDITING

COMPOSE CHARACTER KEY

Numeric Keypad
The data entry keypad on the far right is laid out like a calculator keypad and
makes number-handling or accounting programs easier to use. The numeric keys
duplicate the functions of the corresponding traditional typing keys. All of the
keys on the numeric keypad can also be redefined by application programs to
perform special tasks unique to that program. Keys PFI to PF4 are expressly
designed to be special function keys for program use.

Screen/Cursor Control Keys
The location of the screen and cursor control keys, between the traditional typing
keys and the numeric keypad, allows fast, productive editing with the right hand,
while the left hand is in the typing area. The four keys that control cursor
movement are arranged in a handy "inverted T" formation for fast cursor
positioning with minimum finger motion and are clearly labeled with arrows. The
six editing keys activate important screen functions and are used to simplify the
operations of a variety of applications such as WordStar, Select and Multiplan.

Special Function Keys
The speCial function keys positioned horizontally across the top are versatile softcoded keys, as are the top four keys on the numeric keypad. Each of them
generates a unique code sequence, which can be interpreted by a program to
perform various functions.

7-22

Rainbow Systems
A speciallabel strip to identify the function keys comes in the Rainbow System
Kit. It goes in the slot at the top of the keyboard. The HELP and DO keys are
positioned directly above the editing keys for easy reach and are pre-labeled
because they are commonly used by most programs. The HELP key is particularly important; with many of Digital's software applications, and with many
third-party programs, the HELP key brings messages to the screen to get you out
of difficulty by explaining your options at any point in the program.

Indicator Lights
Small red indicators in the function key label strip light up as a reminder to you
when you are using the LOCK, HOLD SCREEN, and WAIT functions. The
LOCK light indicates that the alphabet will be all uppercase. The HOLD
SCREEN light indicates that the display has been temporarily "frozen" to allow
you to read data that may have been scrolling by quickly. The WAIT indicator lets
you know that the program will not accept data entries from the keyboard until
the light goes out.

Keyclick and Bell
A speaker is built into the keyboard to increase your awareness of what the
computer is doing: you can hear a slight keyclick when you press a key and a bell
tone when you turn on the Rainbow or approach the margin. An application
program may also use the bell to notify you if you press the wrong key.
The volume for keyclick and the bell tone can be turned on or off with the SETUP function, and it can be adjusted to any of eight different volume levels. You
can hear the volume as you set each level to make your choice easier.

Rainbow Keyboard Specifications
Height:

0.5 -1.6 inches (1.25 -4 cm)

Length:

21 inches (53.3 cm)

Width:

6.75 inches (17.1 cm)

Weight:

4.5lbs (2 kg)

Home Row Key Height:

1.2 inches (3 cm) above desktop

Keys:

105 keys with matte-textured finish and
concave surface
0.50 inches (1.27 cm) square
0.75 inches (1.9 cm) center-to-center
spacing between keys for single-width
keys
Wobble less than .020 inches (0.5 mm)
7-23

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow Keyboard Specifications
Keypad:

Sculptured key array in four groups
N -key rollover

Numeric Data Entry Keys: 18 keys on far right keypad
Function Keys:

20 keys positioned across top

Typing Keys:

57 keys

Screen/Cursor
Control Keys:

10 keys on the middle keypad

Cord to Video Monitor:

6foot (1.9 m), coiled
4-pin telephone-type modular connectors

Electronics:

8-bit microprocessor
4 Kbytes of ROM
256 bytes of RAM
4 light-emitting diodes
Speaker for audio feedback

Diagnostics:

Power-up self-test,generates
identification code upon passing test

International Standards
Conformance:

Meets European 30 mm home row
requirement and provides clearance for
diskette drive media insertion, without
having to move keyboard away from
system

Gold Key Keyboard
• Order Codes:
PCIKI-CA USA Country Kit for Rainbow 100B and 100+
LK201-BA USA Keyboard for Rainbow 100

The Gold Key keyboard makes it easy to use your Rainbow personal computer as
an ALL-IN-! terminal. ALL-IN-!, an office automation software product that
runs on Digital's VAX computers, integrates many VAX applications through
easy-to-use men~s that can be customized for individual applications.
The Gold Key keyboard has the same superb design as the other Rainbow
keyboards. The only difference is that the keys on the Gold Key keyboard are
specially labeled to make it easier to use the ALL-IN-! editor and other VAX

7-24

Rainbow Systems
word processing packages that resemble the DECmate WPS system, while using
your Rainbow as a terminal. The ALL-IN -1 editor commands are designed
around the keyboard's gold key, a powerful special function key that works in
conjunction with other keys to execute many text and file management functions
with just a few keystrokes.

When you're not using your Rainbow as an ALL-IN -1 terminal, this keyboard·
functions as a Rainbow keyboard.
A keyboard Country Kit containing the Gold Key keyboard and the same
Rainbow documentation included with the PC 1K 1-BA Country Kit is available
for the Rainbow 100Bor 100+. Ifyou already have a Rainbow 100 (PClOO-A) and
wish to purchase a Gold Key keyboard, order part number LK201-BA for the
keyboard only.

The USA Country Keyboard Kit for Rainbow (PCIKI-BA) or for Gold Key
(PCIKI-CA) includes:
• USA keyboard (either LK20 1-AA for Rainbow or LK20 1-BA for Gold Key)
- Keyboard cord to plug into monitor
- Keyboard feet (2)
-Power cord

• System Kit and Installation Instructions
- Rainbow ™Installation Guide
-Rainbow™ Owner's Manual
- Documentation Map
-Keys to Digital's Warranty Service packet
- System test diskette
- Diskette drive labels
- Label strip for keyboard function keys
-Reply card

7-25

Rainbow Systems

Video Monitors
The Rainbow personal computers' video monitors combine superb styling and
functional design with advanced video technology.
The precise, high resolution displays of these monitors surpass the video
quality offered by most other personal computer monitors. The crisp 7-by-9 dotmatrix character display is kept steadily defined by a 60-image-per-second
refresh rate which reduces screen flicker. A special antiglare coating on the
display screen reduces reflections, enchances character contrast, and improves
overall readability. So whether you view a white, green, or amber display on a
black screen or use reverse video to see dark characters against a colored
background, the definition is sharp and the characters easy to read, even those
with descenders that fall below the text line (such as the "tails" on the letters
g,y,j,p,q).
You can vary the screen display from 80 to 132 columns, an increase that lets
you view about 50 percent more information than on a typical80-column display.
This capability is ideal for some financial, accounting, and numerical analysIs
applications that demand all 12 months of data with a 13th column for totals
displayed on the screen at the same time.
Rainbow also incorporates all of the display characteristics of Digital's VTl 02
video terminal. For example, text highlighting features-bold, blink, reversevideo, vertical lines, borders, and double-height and double-width characterslet you add emphasis on a character-by-character basis under software control,
so you can tailor the visual display to the job at hand.
Rainbow supports smooth or jump scrolling. You can scroll through your text
horizontally or vertically, as well as through a full or split screen, so you view
information the way you want to see it. Many of Rainbow' s video display features
are directly selectable using on-screen set-up menus.
The Rainbow personal computers give you truly fast keyboard-to-screen
response with memory-mapped video. Memory-mapped video brings individual characters or entire pagesof text to the screen immediately after input from
the keyboard. Deletions disappear just as quickly. This speeds entry and editing
time because you don't have to wait to see the results of your keystrokes. You see
Rainbow's enhanced performance work as you work.
The monochrome and color video monitors all display high-resolution bitmapped graphics with the graphics option. For more information about graphics, see the Graphics Option description.

7-26

Rainbow Systems

Monochrome Video Monitors
• Order Codes:
VR201-A White
VR201-B Green
VR201-C Amber
Each monochrome video monitor has a full 12 -inch (diagonal) screen housed in
an elegant, small case that takes up very little room on your desk. The monitor is
compact and portable, and its recessed handle makes it easy to carry and move
around.
Digital offers a choice of display color-white, green, or amber-for your
Rainbow monochrome monitor.
The monochrome monitor adapts to suit your work style. A pushbutton on the
monitor's side releases a post to adjust the tilt of the screen to the most
comfortable angle. You can adjust the brightness and contrast by a set of dials on
the back of the monitor, as you would on a television set.
Graphics displayed on the monochrome monitor, with the graphics option, are
as sharply defmed as those on the color monitor. You can display up to four
shades of grey, green, or amber (depending upon your model) in high resolution mode, or 16 shades in medium -resolution mode.

7-27

Rainbow Systems

Iii!!D
11I1II1lilI11II1

~.~~~--- CARRYING
POST
PUSHBUTTON
TO RELEASE POST
TO ADJUST TI L T

HANDLE
(SNAPS
UNDER
MONITDR)

SYSTEM UNIT CABLE
KEYBOARD CORD

Monochrome Monitor
Rear View

7-28

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow Monochrome Video Monitor Specifications

Height

11.5 inches (29.2 cm)

Width

13.75 inches (34.9 cm)

Depth

12.25 inches (31.1 cm)

Weight

14lbs (6.4 kg)

Adjustable Tilt

+5 to -25 degrees

Standard Video Output

RS170 compatible, monochrome
character cell video

Video Screen

12 inches (diagonal)
Antiglare filtering to reduce eye fatigue

Video Display

High-resolution monochrome with bold,
underline, blink, and reverse-video and
split-screen capability
60-image-per-second refresh rate
reduces screen flicker

Characters

7x9 dot matrix, includes 2-dot
descenders

Format

80 or 132 columns wide, selectable,
by 24 lines for a total in excess of 3,000
characters

Graphics
(With Graphics Option)

800 x 240 pixels

Set-Up Parameters

Smooth or jump scroll, scroll rate, light
or dark screen, block or underline cursor,
autowrap, auto screen blank, .
menu -selectable

7-29

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow's Monochrome Video Monitor (VR201-A,- B,- C) includes:
• Monochrome video monitor-white, green, or amber display, respectivelywith recessed carrying handle and variable tilt post

Color Video Monitor
• Order Code:
VR241-AAfor USA
The color video monitor for the Rainbow personal computers has been specifically designed to display brilliant color graphics. It is the solution for those who
want a one-monitor Rainbow system for both text and color graphics. Used for
text, it provides the same high -quality display as the monochrome monitor, with
green characters on a black background. Used for graphics, it displays highresolution color graphics that are sharply defined and easy to read.

7-30

Rainbow Systems
The color monitor combines elegant styling and user-~riented design with
advanced video technology. The high bandwidth of the monitor (18-20 MHz)
allows the display of either 80 or 132 columns by 24 rows of high-quality text
characters, or high-resolution bit-mapped graphics. These precise displays far
surpass the video quality of competitive personal computer monitors.
The big, 13-inch (diagonal) display screen is attractively packaged and fits on
your desk. You can adjust the brightness and contrast with a set of dials on the side
of the monitor, as you would on a television set. The monitor's high-efficiency
antiglare HIter provides excellent contrast and thus reduces eye-fatigue in normal
lighting.
To design or run graphics on your Rainbow, you need the graphics option
module and appropriate application software. Rainbow offers two resolution
modes for graphics and a multitude of brilliant colors. In high -resolution mode800 by 240 pixels (picture elements) - four colors can be displayed at once from a
palette of 4096 colors. In the medium-resolution mode-384 x 240 pixels-16
colors can be displayed from the same extensive palette. You can also mix
graphics and graphics text on the same screen, so you can label your graphs and
charts for more effective graphics presentations.

Rainbow Color Video Monitor Specifications
Height

12.8 inches (31.9 cm)

Width

14.5 inches (36.3 cm)

Depth

17.0 inches (43.2 em)

Weight

36.61bs (16.6 kg)

Video Screen

13 inches (diagonal)
High-resolution color
High-efficiency, antiglare ftlter

Color Graphics
(With Graphics Option)
High-resolution Mode

800 x 240 pixels, 4 selectable colors

Medium-resolution Mode 384 x 240 pixels, 16 selectable colors
Palette

4096 colors (1024 colors for PClOO-A)

Text (Under Video

Control of System Unit)

7-31

RainbowSystems

Color Monitor

Rear View

7-32

Rainbow Systems

Rainbow Color Video Monitor Specifications
Format

80 or 132 columns wide, selectable,
by 24 lines
7 x 9 dot matrix, includes 2-dot
descenders

Video Display

Bold, underline, blink, reverse-video,
and split-screen capability

Active Raster Size

240 mm (W) x 150 mm (H)

Dot Pitch

.31 mm resolution (shadowmask)

Degaussing

Built-in, automatic

Interface

Standard RS170 RGB (red-green-blue)
cable connector with built-in line
termination and selectable external synch

Power Supply

Universal, switch-selectable 90-120 Vac,
47-63 Hz or 185-256 Vac, 47-63 Hz

Hardware Prerequisite

Graphics Option (PC1CXX-BA)

Rainbow's Color Monitor (VR241-AA) includes:
• Color monitor
• USA power cord

• Color Monitor VR241 Installation/Owner's Guide

7-33

Rainbow Systems

Foreign-Language Options
Digital Equipment Corporation offers Rainbow personal computers for foreignlanguage users.
Seventeen keyboard Country Kits are available, providing foreign'language
capabilities for many different countries, including two language options each
for Canada and Switzerland.
Each keyboard Country Kit includes a country-specific keyboard with the
appropriate language characters and key labels, documentation in that language,
and a power cord that meets the power requirements of that country.
The color video monitor also comes with documentation and a countryspecific power cord. (Since the monochrome monitor requires no documentation or power cord, there are no country-specific variations-order VR201-A,
-B, -C.)
Select the appropriate keyboard Country Kit, system unit, and color video
monitor from the charts below.

Installing a Foreign-Language Rainbow 100B or Rainbow 100+
The system units available for Rainbow 100B and Rainbow 100+ each have a
factory-installed ROM chip that supports several languages, so no hardware
installation is required. English (USA) is included for all systems.
Installing the foreign -language option for these systems is as easy as pressing a
key. The first time you power-up the Rainbow 100B or 100+ personal computer,
an Install Country menu will ask you-in the languages supported by the
system-to select the country/language that you wish to install. Just move the
cursor with the [~ ] key to your country choice. Press the Select key to install that
language. From now on, all system menus and messages will be displayed in that
language.

Foreign-Language System Components for Rainbow 100B
(PCI00-Bx) and Rainbow 100+ (PCI00-Px)

Keyboard
Country
Kit

Color
Monitor

System Unit

USA

PCIKI-BA

VR241-AA

PClOO-B2 (120V) or

Canada (French)

PCIKI-BC

VR241-AC

PCIOO-P2 (120V)

Canada (English)

PCIKI-BQ

VR241-AQ

Country

7-34

Rainbow Systems

Foreign-Language System Components for Rainbow 1008
(PCI00-Bx) and Rainbow 100+ (PCI00-Px)

PCIKI-BE

VR241-AE

PClOO-B3 (240V) or

Germany

PCIKI-BG

VR241-AG

PClOO-P3 (240V)

Switz (French)

PKIKI-BK

VR241-AK

Switz (German)

PCIKI-BL

VR241-AL

France

PCIKI-BP

VR241-AP

Australia

PCIKI-BZ

VR241-AZ

Netherlands

PCIKI-BH

VR241-AH

PClOO-B4 (240V) or

Belgium

PCIKI-BB

VR241-AB

PClOO-P4 (240V)

Sweden

PCIKI-BM

VR241-AM

PClOO-B5 (240V) or

Finland

PCIKI-BF

VR241-AF

PClOO-P5 (240V)

Denmark

PCIKI-BD

VR241-AD

PClOO-B6 (240V) or

Norway

PCIKI-BN

VR241-AN

PClOO-P6 (240V)

Spain

PCIKI-BS

VR241-AS

PClOO-B7 (240V) or

Italy

PCIKl-BI

VR241-AI

PClOO-P7 (240V)

Installing a Foreign-Language Rainbow 100
If you already have a Rainbow 100 personal computer (FClOO-A), it can be
converted to a foreign-language system by replacing a read-only memory (ROM)
chip that came on the system board with a different ROM chip, supplied with the
keyboard Country Kit. This chip contains a stored character set for the language
of your choice.

Foreign-Language Options for Rainbow 100 (System Unit PCI00-A)

Keyboard
Country
Kit

Color
Monitor

USA

PCIKl-AA

VR241-AA

Belgium

PCIKI-AB

VR241-AB

Country

7-35

Rainbow Systems

Foreign-Language Options for Rainbow 100 (System Unit PCIOO-A)

Country

Keyboard
Country
Kit

Color
Monitor

Canada (English)

PCIKl-AA

VR241-AQ

Canada (French)

PCIKI-AC

VR241-AC

Denmark

PCIKI-AD

VR241-AD

PCIKl-AE

VR241-AE

Finland

PCIKI-AF

VR241-AF

Germany

PCIKI-AG

VR241-AG

Holland

PCIKI-AH

VR241-AH

Italy

PCIKl-AI

VR241-AI

Switz (French)

PCIKI-AK

VR241-AK

Switz (German)

PCIKI-AL

VR241-AL

Sweden

PCIKI-AM

VR241-AM

Norway

PCIKI-AN

VR241-AN

France

PCIKI-AP

VR241-AP

Spain

PCIKI-AS

VR241-AS

Australia

PCIKI-AZ

VR241-AZ

7-36

Rainbow Options
Digital Equipment Corporation offers hardware options for the Rainbow personal computers so that you can expand your system to enhance the performance
of applications you are already working with, or so that you can add new
capabilities.
The floppy-based Rainbow 100B is a highly versatile system that can be
expanded to include another dual-diskette drive or a 10-Mbyte hard -disk option,
whichever best suits your needs.
Memory options for both the Rainbow 100B and 100+ let you step your system
all the way up to 896 Kbytes, in additional increments that you add as you need
them. Plus, you can add graphics capability, a technical character set, or a special
character set that you create yourself.
There is good news for owners of the Rainbow 100 (PClOO-A) as well.
Virtually all of the options for the Rainbow lOOB and the 100+ can be added to
your system. For example, a new memory adapter option specially designed for
the Rainbow 100 lets you take advantage of memory options that can increase
your system's main memory up to 832 Kbytes. And you can upgrade to hard-disk
capability.
Each Digital option for the Rainbow personal computers is described in the
following pages.
In addition to those products offered by Digital, many independent, thirdparty hardware producers are developing and marketing hardware options for
the Rainbow personal computers to meet some of the more specialized needs of
the large, and diverse community of Rainbow users. A chart at the end of this
chapter lists many of these producers and their products.

Graphics Option
• Order Code: PCIXX·BA
Graphic representations of data make numerical relationships easier to understand and visual presentations more effective. With graphics, you see the whole
picture. The graphics option equips your Rainbow personal computer with highresolution, bit -mapped monochrome and color graphics that are sharply defined
and easy to read.
The Rainbow graphics option comprises hardware and software: The graphics
module allows you to draw figures from simple vectors up to complex open and
closed curves on Rainbow's video screen and provides color graphics capability.
The GSXTM-86 software, a graphics system extension to the CP/M®-86/80
operating system, is used by 16-bit CP/M graphics applications, such as
GraphPlan TM_86.

7·37

Rainbow Options

The Graphics Module
The graphics module provides two resolution modes-medium (384 by 240
picture elements or pixels) and high (800 by 240 pixels) - for precise bit .mapped
graphic displays. Both levels of resolution far surpass the TV·quality pictures on
most personal computer monitors. In addition, the high. resolution mode gives
you an excellent graphics text display capability, allowing up to 132 characters
per line.
Rainbow graphics work with both the monochrome video monitor and the
color monitor. The graphics module produces beautiful colored displays of your
charts and graphs on the screen of Rainbow's color monitor. You get a multitude
of brilliant colors to choose from. In the high· resolution mode, four colors can be
displayed at once from a palette of 4096 colors. In the medium· resolution mode,
16 colors can be displayed from the same extensive palette.
Graphics displayed on the monochrome monitor translate to respective grey,
green, or amber values (depending upon which model you have). Four values are
available in high· resolution mode, and up to 16 values can be displayed in
medium· resolution mode. (If you already have a Rainbow 100, PClDO·A, and
wish to add the graphics option, the palette is lD24 colors on the color monitor
and four monochrome shades are available in medium· and high· resolution
mode on any of the monochrome monitors.)
You can mix graphics text and graphics on the same screen or page. In
graphics· text mode, character writing at several thousand characters per second
is fast and versatile. With the appropriate application software, you can create
character sets needed for special applications such as mathematic formulas or
scientific notation or foreign characters.
The graphics option module is a microprocessor· controlled subsystem based
on the NEC 7220 graphics chip with specialized circuitry for enhanced perfor·
mance.

MS-DOS Graphics
A number of MS·DOS programs, such as 1·2·3 from Lotus Development
Corporation, have graphics implemented in the application and involve no user
programming. These applications require the graphics option module but do hot
require any additional software.

GSX-86 CP1M Graphics
There are industry·standard 16·bit CP1M graphics applications that require the
CP/M·86 graphics software, GSX·86, in addition to the graphics module in
order to create graphics on the Rainbow. The graphics option includes GSX·86,
which is the virtual device interface for CP1M graphics on the Rainbow. As the
graphics system extension to the CPIM·8q/80 operating system, GSX·86 pro·

7-38

Rainbow Options

vides graphic output through standard operating system calls. Object code that
utilizes GSX-86 is highly transportable between personal computers running
CP/M-86 operating systems.
The major components of GSX are the Graphics Device Operating System
(GDOS) and the Graphics Input/Output System (GIOS). The GDOS and
GIOS path to graphics devices is parallel to the BDOS and BIOS path in CP/M.
BDOS handles logical operating system calls, and BIOS provides the devicedependent interface. GDOS intercepts and services graphics calls by first
loading the required device driver module, GIOS. GSX includes a set of
supported graphic output device drivers which are loaded from the disk prior to
execution. Only one device driver resides in memory at a time, maximizing the
memory available for application programs.
GSX-86 software supports dot-matrix impact printers-the LA50 Personal
Printer and the Letterprinter lOa-and graphics pen plotters, so you can make
hardcopies of the graphics you've designed on the screen.
For further information on GSX-86 graphics software, refer to Chapter 9.

7-39

Rainbow Options

Installation
Installation of the graphics option module is simple. The system board has a
dedicated slot for it. The graphics module snaps right into this space, with no
other connections required.

Rainbow Grapbics Option Module Specifications

Graphics Type

Bit-mapped

Resolution
High-resolution Mode

800 x 240 pixels, 2 planes

Medium-resolution
Mode

384 x240 pixels, 4 planes

Number of Colors
Displayable
High-resolution Mode

4 colors, selectable

Medium-resolution
Mode

16 colors, selectable

Palette

4096 colors (1024 for PC100-A*)

Scrolling Capabilities

Horizontal and vertical

Split Screen Scrolling

Regions vertically

Hardware Prerequisite
for Graphics

Color Monitor (VR241-Ax) or
Monochrome Monitor (VR201-A, -B, -C)
Memory required varies with application,
256 Kbytes recommended minimum

GSX-86 Graphics Software
Hardcopy Devices
Supported

LA50 Personal Printer
(as graphics printer)
LA100 Letterprinter 100
(as graphics printer)
LPV16 pen plotter**
Hewlett-Packard HP 7470A and HP
7220C pen plotters**

Software Prerequisite

CP/M®-86/80 Operating System

7-40

Rainbow Options
*The palette for the Rainbow 100 is 4096 colors if separate monitors are used for text
and graphics.
**Device driver delivered "as is." Requires BCC19-15 cable. LPV16 is supported as a
two-pen plotter.

Rainbow Graphics Option (PCIXX-BA) includes:
• Graphics option module
• Signal cable (BCC 17 -06) for the RGB color monitor
• Media and Documentation kit
-GSX-86 software and diagnostic diskettes (on RX50 media)
-GSX-86 license and Software Product Description

-GSX-86 Getting Started
-GSX-86 Programmer's Reference Manual
-Color/Graphics Option Installation Guide

7-41

Rainbow Options

Memory Expansion Options
Adding more memory to your Rainbowpersonal computer can give you access to
some of the most advanced applications available. For example, you may want to
use applications such as Lotus 1-2-3 or Concurrent CP/M-86, both of which
require 256 Kbytes. Some sophisticated software integraters require up to 512
Kbytes.
Another reason to add more memory is so that you can take advantage of the
fast performance of MDRIVE. With a minimum of 192 Kbytes of memory (or
more, depending upon your application and data files), you can use the MDRIVE
capability included in the MS-DOS V2.05 and CP/M-86/80 V2.0 operating
systems. MDRIVE is particularly valuable on the floppy-based Rainbow 100B
for speeding up the performance of tasks that heavily access the diskettes, such as
database sorting. You can also use MDRIVE to pass data rapidly between
programs-for example, inserting a CalcStar spreadsheet into a WordStar
document. (See the operating system descriptions in Chapter 9 for more information about MDRIVE)
For maximum flexibility, Digital offers several memory expansion options for
the Rainbow personal computers.

128- and 256-Kbyte

Base Memory Modules and Add-On Chip Sets
• Order Codes:

PCIXX-AC 128-Kbyte Base Memory Module
PCIXX·AD 256-Kbyte Base Memory Module
PCIXX·AY 64-Kbyte Add-On Memory Chip Set
PCIXX-AZ 256-Kbyte Add-On Memory Chip Set
The 128- and 256-Kbyte base memory options and add -on memory chip sets are
designed to provide up to 768 Kbytes of additional main memory, for a system
total of up to 896 Kbytes on the Rainbow 100B and 100+.
To use these options on the Rainbow 100 (PClOO-A) for a system total of up to
832 Kbytes, you need the memory adapter option. (See the Memory Adapter
Option descriptiori.)
These memory options provide a simple, cost-effective way to expand your
Rainbow's computing power, and to keep pace with the future. Eight different
increments of additional main memory are available so that you can select and
install the memory best suited to your needs.
Here's the way this memory expansion system works on the Rainbow 100B and
100+: A dedicated option slot on the system board holds one base memory
expansion module. Choose between the 128-Kbyte module or the 256-Kbyte

7-42

Rainbow Options
module. Snap one of these base modules onto the system board for an immediate
system upgrade of 128 or 256 Kbytes, respectively. Whichever base memory
option module you choose, simply add more memory chips to it for still greater
system expansion.
Two different memory chip sets-a 64-Kbyte chip set and a 256-Kbyte chip
set-are available for adding more memory to your base module. See the chart
below for the possible configurations.
No modifications to the set -up parameters are necessary after installation of an
upgrade. Your Rainbow 100B or Rainbow 100+ will automatically display a
message on the screen after installation, verifying the total amount of RAM now
available.
All memory options include parity detection, which may be used to ensure the
integrity of your data and application programs.
Note: These chips are MOS volatile RAMs and could be damaged when they
are added to the base modules. Digital recommends that installation be done by
an Authorized Digital Dealer or by Digital Field Service. Customers desiring
to install their own chips should carefully follow the instructions for installation.

Memory Configurations

System Total
Rainbow
Rainbow
100B, 100+
100*

128-Kbyte Base Memory Module
Options for PC1XX-AC:
• Add module "as is"

256 Kbytes 192 Kbytes

• Add one 64-Kbyte chip set to module

320 Kbytes 256 Kbytes

• Add one 256-Kbyte chip set to module

512 Kbytes 448 Kbytes

256-Kbyte Base Memory Module
Options for PClXX-AD:
• Add module "as is"

384 Kbytes 320 Kbytes

• Add one 64-Kbyte chip set to module

448 Kbytes 384 Kbytes

• Add two 64-Kbyte chip sets to module

512 Kbytes 448 Kbytes

• Add one 256-Kbyte chip set to module

640 Kbytes 576 Kbytes

• Add one 64-Kbyte chip set and one
256-Kbyte chip set to module

704 Kbytes 640 Kbytes

• Add two 256-Kbyte chip sets to module

896 Kbytes 832 Kbytes

-Requires memory adapter option

7-43

Rainbow Options

RXSO CONTROLLER MODULE

Installing a Base Memory Module
in the Rainbow 100B (or 100+) System Unit

128-Kbyte Memory Expamion Option (PC/XX-AC) includes:
• Base memory module with eighteen 64-Kbit chips of parity RAM
• Installation guide

256-Kbyte Memory Expanion Option (PC/XX-AD) includes:
• Base memory module with nine 256-Kbit chips of parity RAM
• Installation guide

64-Kbyte Chip Set (PC/XX-AY) includes:
• Nine 64-Kbit chips of parity RAM
• Installation guide

256-Kbyte Chip Set (PC/XX-AZ) includes:
• Nine 256-Kbit chips of parity RAM
• Installation guide

7-44

Rainbow Options

Memory Adapter Option for Rainbow 100
• Order Code:
PClXX-AK Memory Adapter Option for PClOO-A
The memory adapter option lets you upgrade your system to include up to 832
Kbytes of parity main memory. This option serves as an interface that allows you
to use the 128- and 256-Kbyte memory options and add-on chip sets-described
above-on your Rainbow 100 (PC100-A).
To install the memory adapter option, you remove the 8088 microprocessor
chip from Rainbow's system board and insert the memory adapter board into the
memory option slot on the system board. An 8088 microprocessor on the
memory adapter replaces the one removed from the system board. The Memory
Adapter Option Installation and Testing Guide takes you through the installation process.
Once the adapter option is installed, the additional memory configurations are
handled in exactly the same way as described in the section above, except that you
are adding the base memory modules to the adapter, rather than directly to the
system board.
A menu-driven utility program, included with the hardware, patches the CP/
M-86/80 or MS-DOS operating system to take advantage of the additional
memory.

The Memory Adapter Option (PCIXX-AK) for Rainbow 100 includes:
• Adapter module with 8088 microprocessor
• Utility diskette
• Memory Adapter Option Installation and Testing Guide

192-Kbyte Memory Option
• Order Code:
PCIXX-AB 192-Kbyte Memory Option
The 192-Kbyte memory module provides an alternative option to upgrade
the parity main memory of your Rainbow personal computer.
The memory option module mounts directly in the dedicated memory slot
on the system board, with no additional hardware required, and is easily
installable without special tools. No switches or jumpers are required.
Note: Evaluate your needs for additional memory carefully before selecting
a memory module for your Rainbow personal computer. There is only a single
memory expansion slot on theRainbow system board, so you can mount only
one memory expansion module.

7-45

Rainbow Options

The 192-Kbyte Memory Expansion Option (PCIXX-AB) includes:
• 192-Kbyte memory expansion module
• Rainbow Memory Extension Option Installation Guide

7-46

Rainbow Options

Storage Options
for Floppy-Based Systems
Digital offers storage upgrade options for your floppy-based system, so you can
expand your online storage capacity as your business and records grow. The
system unit has room to add a hard-disk drive option or an additional dualdiskette drive.
A hard-disk drive gives you faster, more convenient access to many of your
applications and data files, most of which can be loaded directly onto the hard
disk and selected from the keyboard. The hard-disk drive's fast access time also
speeds system performance, which is especially useful for disk-intensive tasks
such as database sorting or integrating spreadsheets into other documents. A
hard disk is required for some applications that have complex programs or that
work with large databases.
For added convenience, hard-disk storage can be divided into four partitions,
so you can access applications and data files easily and quickly, as well as separate
different kinds of programs and data into logical units for simplified file
management and backup. You can also copy part of each partition, or all of the
hard-disk files, onto removable floppy diskettes for transportability or separate
storage.
Digital's CP/M-86/80 V2.0 and MS-DOS V2.05 operating systems include
device drivers to support a hard-disk subsystem, as well as a number of features
that give you added flexibility when using the hard disk.
If most of your work utilizes just two or three primary applications and you
don't require the extra speed of a hard disk, a second RX50 floppy-diskette drive
is an alternative to a hard disk for convenience and easy access to applications and
data. With a second floppy-diskette drive, you can work more efficiently by
distributing two or three of the application programs you use most often, plus a
document or data diskette, among the four diskette drives. Each diskette can be
loaded directly into main memory from the keyboard, so you don't have to stop
work to exchange diskettes. Or you can use the four drives to access related
information stored on different diskettes.

10-Mbyte Hard-Disk Drive Option
for Rainbow 100B
• Order Code:
RCD51-BA lO-Mbyte Hard-Disk Drive Option
This internal hard-disk drive upgrades your Rainbow 100B to a full Rainbow
100+, giving you high-capacity system storage and Winchester boot capabilities,
. including choice of any partition and auto-boot, with virtually no cost penalty.

7-47

Rainbow Options
The option includes the lO-Mbyte hard-disk drive, a hard-disk controller
module, a cable, installation instnictions, and a utility diskette that takes you
through the procedures necessary to get started using the hard disk. This diskette
also includes diagnostic tests. The installation is a straightforward procedure,
requiring no more than an hour.
The CP/M-86/80 V2.0 and MS-DOS V2.05 operating systems purchased
with your Rainbow lOOB include device drivers to support the hard-disk drive.
The documentation that comes with these operating systems includes instructions for using the hard disk.

~ainbow

Ha~d

Disk Utility

Pro9ra~

(Version 1.0)

MelT' Screen
---)

Test and initialize the hard disk

Re-partltion ihe herd "diSk

Show herd disk status

Run the hard disk diagnostic

Re-inltielize the hard disk

Select auto-boot partitlon

To point to a selection, press the up arrow key. down arrow key
or e number key.

On any Une. p,."e!!! CHelp> for more l!'formation.
To begin the selected action, press cDo),
When finished with this program. insert a system diskette
and press <Set-Up> followed by cCtrl/Set-Up>.

int~

Drive A

Main Menu
Winchester Utility Program

10-Mbyte Hard-Disk Drive Option (RCD51-BA) for Rainbow 100B
includes:
• lO-Mbyte hard-disk drive
• Hard-disk controller module
• Cable

• Winchester Disk Option Installation Guide
• Winchester Disk Option Utility Program diskette

7-48

Rainbow Options

.5-Mbyte or 10-Mbyte Hard-Disk Upgrade Kit
for Rainbow 100 (PC1OO-A)
• Order Codes:
RCD50·BB 5-MByte Hard-Disk Upgrade Kit
RCD51·BB lO-MByte Hard-Disk Upgrade Kit
With the 5-Mbyte or lO-Mbyte hard-disk upgrade kit for the Rainbow 100
(PCl00-A) personal computer, you can easily increase the data storage capacity
and access time of your Rainbow 100 without trading in your equipment - and at
a very competitive price.
The primary differences between these two hard-disk subsystems are in
capacity and access time. The lO-Mbyte hard disk provides storage for up to
5,000 double-spaced pages of text, and its average access time, compared to the
5-Mbyte hard disk, is halved. See the specifications chart below for a detailed
comparison.
Whichever hard-disk upgrade kit you choose, it comes complete with everything needed to make the upgrade: state-of-the-art winchester-type hard-disk
drive (RD50 for the 5-Mbyte kit; RD51 for the lO-Mbyte kit), a disk-controller
module, a new power supply to meet the additional power requirements of the
hard disk, CP/MII!l-86/80 V 2.0 and MSTM_DOS V 2.05 operating systems, and a
supporting documentation kit that includes an installation guide and a system
test diskette. You can do the entire installion in about an hour.

7-49

Rainbow Options

Minimum Hardware
Required

. PCI00-A with a illinimum of 128 Kbytes
of memory

RD50 5-Mbyte and RD5110-Mbyte Hard-Disk Option
Specifications
.

'bisk

10-M';J.te

5- Mb te

Hard

Hard isk

Height

3.3 inches (8.3 cm)

Width

5.8 inches (14.6 cm)

Depth

8.5 inches (2004 cm)

Weight

4.5lbs (2.3 kg)

4.5 lbs (2.3 kg)

Formatted Capacity

5 Mbytes

10 Mbytes

Peak Transfer Rate

5 Mbits per second

Rotational Latency

8.33 msec

Average Access Time

170 msec

85 msec

Density

255 tracks per inch,
7690 bits per inch

345 tracks per inch,
9074 bits per inch

Recording Method

MFM

Start Time

15 seconds

Stop Time

20 seconds

Rotational Speed

3600 rpm

Number of Data
Platters

Number of Data
Surfaces

Number of Heads
per Surface

Performance

Media Characteristics

7-50

Rainbow Options

The 5-MByte Hard-Disk Drive (RCD50-BB) Upgrade Kit for the Rainbow
100 includes:
• RD50 5-Mbyte hard disk with controller module
• Power supply
• Documentation kit with installation guide and system test diskette
• CP/M-86/80 V2.0 and MS-DOS V2.05 operating systems

The 10-MByte Hard-Disk Drive (RCD51-BB) Upgrade Kit for the Rainbow
100 includes:
• RD511O-Mbyte hard disk with controller module
• Power supply
• Documentation kit with installation guide and system test diskette
• CP/M-86/80 V2.0 and MS-DOS V2.05 operating systems
Configuration Notes for all Hard-Disk Options
Whichever hard-disk option you purchase, the disk drive fits in the system box
next to the standard RX50 dual-diskette drive. Ifyou have already expanded your
storage with an additional floppy drive (Digital RX50-XA), it would have to be
removed in order to add the hard disk.
If you install the RCD50-BB or RCD51-BB hard-disk option in your Rainbow
100 personal computer or the RCD5IBA in your Rainbow 100B, you cannot add
the extended communications option (PCIXX-BB), because the hard-disk
controller is mounted on the system board in the same option slot.

7-51

Rainbow Options

Dual-Diskette Drive Option
for Rainbow 100 (PC100-A) or Rainbow 100B
• Order Code:
RX50·XA Dual-Diskette Drive Option
The RX50 expansion drive option gives you a second dual-diskette drive
subsystem, installed internally, that holds two diskettes. Four diskettes can now
be inserted into the system simultaneously for a total capacity of 1.6 Mbytes.
The RX50 dual-diskette drive is identical to the drive that~ comes standard
inside of the system unit: it accommodates two 400-Kbyte diskettes (RX50K) on
a single spindle for a total capacity of 800 Kbytes. The RX50 drive requires the
same physical space as most single-diskette units yet provides more than twice as
much storage.
You install the RX50 expansion drive by simply sliding it into the Rainbow's
system unit chassis and plugging in two simple connectors. The entire installation
takes less than five minutes.
Each diskette subsystem contains diagnostics that test and verify that all system
components are working during power-up. The diagnostics also provide continuous error checking during normal operation and maintain a "dialog" with your
personal computer to report error status.

The Dual-Diskette Drive Option (RX50-XA) for the Rainbow 100 or 100B
includes:
• Floppy-disk drive
• Labels for disk drive
• Ribbon cable
• Standard screwdriver

• RX50 Installation Manual

Rainbow Op tio ns

DRIVE A

DR IV EC

DRIVE D
DRIVE B

Rainbow lOOB
with Additional Du or lOOA
al-Diskette Drive

7-53

Rainbow Options

Technical-Character Set
• Order Codes:
PCIXX.PAfor Rainbow 100
PClXX·PB for Rainbow 100B and 100+
The technical-character set enables the Rainbow personal computer to display
technical and scientific characters, including a full set of Greek, mathematical,
logic, and component characters (characters that are several lines high). The
technical-character set is contained on three ROM chips that replace the system
ROM chips located on Rainbow's system board.
The technical-character set ROM chips contain four character sets: USA
character set, UK character set, technical-character set, and special line-drawing
character set.
It is best to use the technical-character set in conjunction with a text editor or a
software package that makes it easy to display technical characters on Rainbow's
screen with just a few keystrokes.
On the Rainbow 100B and 100+, you can enter most ofthe technical characters
into your text files by using the Compose Character key on the keyboard. For the
remaining technical characters, use a text editor that allows you to. enter the
appropriate ASCII code directly into the text file. You use this latter method to
enter technical characters into your Rainbow 100 text files.
Another way to enter technical characters into your text files is with the shift
method. You shift back and forth between the technical-character set and the
ASCII character set with escape sequences, using a text editor that accepts
control characters. The text editor won't display technical characters on your
screen if they are entered this way. To view them, use the Type command from the
CP/M-86/80 or MS-DOS operating system.
Once you have entered technical characters into your text file, you can print
them on a Letterprinter 100 that supports the technical-character set.
The Rainbow Technical Character Set Installation and User's Guide
included with the hardware guides you through the installation process. By
replacing the standard ROM chips, you lose the multinational character set
included with the Rainbow 100B and 100+, and the foreign-character ROM that
came with a foreign keyboard Country Kit for the Rainbow 100 (PClOO-A).

Rainbow's Technical Character Set (PCIXX-FA or PCIXX-FB) includes:
• Three ROM chips
• Technical Character Set Installation and User's Guide

7-54

Rainbow Options

Extended Communications Option
for Floppy-Based Systems
• Order Code: PCIXX·BB

The extended communications option is a dual-port program-controlled
device designed to provide communications capabilities beyond those of the
Rainbow personal computer's standard communications port. The selfcontained module is capable of handling a wide variety of protocols including
asynchronous/byte-synchronous such as DDCMP and Bisync, and bitsynchronous such as SDLC, HDLC, and ADCCP.
One application of the Rainbow's extended communications option allows
Rainbow, together with the appropriate software, to communicate with IBM
mainframes as an IBM 3270 terminaL Either Bisynch or SNA IBM communications protocols are possible. Using the extended communications option, you can
also develop software that communicates with public packet-switching networks (PPSN) that use the X.25 protocoL
The extended communications option provides Rainbow's Intel 8088 CPU
with two ports, a high-speed RS422 half duplex interface (port A) and a lowerspeed RS423 full/half duplex interface with modem control (port B). These ports
allow data to be transferred into and out of Rainbow' s memory in a D MA (direct

EXTENDED
. / COMMUNICATIONS
~
OPTION

COMPONENTS ON
UNDERSIDE OF
THE OPTION

RX50
CONTROLLER
MODULE

STANDOFF

Installing the Extended Communications Module
in the Rainbow 100B or Rainbow 100 System Unit

7-55

Rainbow Options
memory access) fashion for maximum system performance. This option
comes as
a single module and is easily mounted on the main system board. It is designed
to
connect with low- to medium-speed communication lines and allow connect
ion
to external devices that can be manipulated under program control.

Note: You can not use the extended communications option if you have,
or anticipate purchasing, a hard-disk option or hard-disk upgrade kit.
Only
one option module fits into the general-purpose expansion slot on the system
board-e ither the extended communications module or the hard-disk
controller module.
The Extende d Communications Option (PCIXX -BB) for Rainbo w 100
and
Rainbo w 100B includes:
• Extende d communications option module
• Communication cable
• Loop-ba ck connect or
• Option plate
• Media and Docume ntation kit

-Install ation Guide
-Programmer's Reference Guide
• Diagnostic diskette

System Unit Floor Stand
• Order Code: PCXXF-BA
The popular system unit floor stand is a low-cost option designed to
"clear the
desktop " by housing the system unit of the Rainbow persona l compute
r vertically beside or underne ath your workspace, within easy reach.
The floor stand provides a sturdy, attractive enclosure with a broad base
which
stabilizes and support s the system unit in a position designed to allow
proper air
circulation for the cooling fan through the stand's vents. A hinged door
with a
pass-through for cables gives easy access to the rear of the system unit
and keeps
cables stowed nearly in place.
Placing the system unit inside of the stand is easy and takes only a few minutes.

7-56

Rainbow Options

Rainbow System Unit Floor Stand Specifications

Height

25.8 inches (65.4 em)

Depth

17.5 inches (44.5 em)

Width

7.8 inches (19.7 em)

Width of base

12 inches (30.5 em)

Rainbow's System Unit Floor Stand (PCXXF-BA) includes:
• Floor stand

7-57

Rainbow Options

Technical Documentation Kits
for Rainbow 100
• Order Codes:
QV025-GZ Rainbow™ MSTM-DOS V2.01
Technical Documentation Kit, Complete Set
QV043-GZ Rainbow ™CP/M®-86/80 Vl.0
Technical Documentation Kit, Complete Set
The technical documentation kits for the Rainbow 100 personal computer
(pelOO-A) are two sets of manuals containing in-depth information about the
Rainbow 100's operating systems and system architecture. They will be
welcomed by users writing production software or developing add-on hardware
for the Rainbow computer, as well as by sophisticated end users who wish to
understand the technical details of their machines.
The Rainbow™ 100 MSTM-DOS V2.0J Technical Documentation kit is a
two-volume set of manuals that must be ordered as a set.
The Rainbow™ 100 CPlM-86/80 Vl.O Technical Documentation kit is a
three-volume set of manuals that are available either as a complete set or
individually. See order codes below for individual volumes.
Each volume comes with a three-ring binder and a document divider set.

7-58

Rainbow Options

Rainbow ™100 MSTM_D OS V2.01 Technical Documentation Kit, Volumes 1
and 2 (QV025-GZ) include:
• Rainbow ™100 Recommended Software Practices
• Rainbow ™100 An Introduction to Programming the Rainbow 100 Personal
Computer
• Rainbow ™100 Terminal Emulation Manual
• Rainbow ™ 100 PCI00 System Specification
• Rainbow™ 100 PCI00 System Module Specification
• Personal Computer Documentor's Guide
• Rainbow ™100 Guidelines for Producing Translatable Products
• Intel® specifications
-8274 Multi-protocol Serial Controller (MPSC)
-Synchronous Communications with the 8274 MPSC
-Asynchronous Communications with the 8274 MPSC
-8273A/8237A-5 High-Performance Programmable DMA Controller
• PCI00 Rainbow ™100 System Unit Illustrated Parts Breakdown
• Letterprinter 100 User Documentation Package
• Letterprinter 100 Operator and Programmer's Reference Card
• Letterwriter 100 User Documentation Package
• Installing and Using the LQP02 Printer
• Installing and Using the LA50 Printer
• LA 50 Printer Programmer Reference Manual
• MSTM-DOS V2.01 operating system reference manuals
- User's Guide
-Programmer's Reference Manual
-BIOS Listings

Rainbow ™100 CP/ M®-86/80 Vl.0 Technical Documentation Kit, Volume 1
(QV053-GZ) includes:
• Rainbow ™100 Recommended Software Practices
• An Introduction to Programming the Rainbow ™100 Personal Computer
• Rainbow™ 100 Terminal Emulation Manual
• Rainbow ™1 00 PCI00 System Specification
• Rainbow ™ 100 PCl 00 System Module Specification
• Rainbow™ 100 CP/ M®-86/80 Software Design & Maintenance Manual
• Rainbow™ 100 CP! M®-86/80 BIOS Listings

7-59

Rainbow Options

Rainbow ™100 CP/M®-86/80 Vl.O Technical Documentation Kit, Volume 2
(QV054-GZ) includes:
• Personal ComputerDocumentor's Guide
• Rainbow ™100 Guidelines for Producing Translatable Products
• Intel® specifications
.
-8274 Multi-protocol Serial Controller (MPSC)
-Synchronous Communications with the 8274 MPSC
-synchronous Communications with the 8274 MPSC
-8237A/8237A-5 High-Performance Programmable DMA Controller
• CP/ M®-80 Operating System Manual

Rainbow ™100 CP/M®-86/80 Vl.O Technical Documentation Kit, Volume 3
(QV055-GZ) includes:
• CP/M®-86 Operating System reference manuals by Digital Research, Inc.
-User's Guide
-Programmer's Guide
-System Guide
- Command Summary
• Letterprinter 100 User Documentation Package
• Letterwriter 100 User Documentation Package
• Installing and Using the LQP02 Printer
• Installing and Using the LA50 Printer
• LA50 Printer Programmer Reference Manual

Rainbow ™100 CP/ M®-86/80 Vl.O Technical Documentation Kit, Complete
Set (QV043-GZ) includes:
• Volume 1
• Volume 2
• Volume 3

7-60

Rainbow Options

Third-Party Hardware and Add-Ons
The following is a list of third-party hardware producers that are currently
marketing add-on products for the Rainbow personal computers. This material is
presented for your information only and is not intended as an endorsement of any
vendor's product. Digital Equipment Corporation does not make, test, sell, or
service any of this equipment and will not assume any responsibility if problems
occur.
All information, including availability, was supplied by the producers and is
taken at face value.
Note: The model number of your Rainbow (i.e., PC100-A, -B2, or -P2) and
the configuration ofyour particular system determines whether or not you can
use any given third-party option. Consult the producer for specific information
about whether you can use their product on your system, and for all other
information pertaining to the product.

VENDOR

PRODUCT

AVATAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
400-1 Totten Pond Road
Waltham, MA 02154
(617) 890-1210
BRIDGE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
10440 Bubb Road
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 446-2981

AVATAR PA1OO0 mM
3278 PROTOCOL CONVERTER

CORVUS SYSTEMS
2029 O'Toole Ave.
San Jose, CA 95131
(408) 946-7700

EXTERNAL WINCHESTER:
5.9MBYTE
12.1MBYTE
18.4MBYTE
THE MIRROR, WINCHESTER
BACK-UP SYSTEM
OMNINET
THE BANK, REMOVABLE
TAPE CARTRIDGE
MODEL 29A UNIVERSAL
PROGRAMMER

DATh I/O CORPORATION
10525 Willows Road N.E.
C-46
Redmond, WA 98052
(206) 881-6444

ASYNCHRONOUS OR SYNCHRONOUS RS-232 TO ETHERNET
COMMUNICATIONS SERVER: 8 TO
32 DEVICES. OPTIONAL CONNECT
TO IEEE-488, VERSATEC
PARALLEL INTERFACE, OR RS-449
SYNCHRONOUS PORTS
ASYNCHRONOUS RS-232 TO
ETHERNET COMMUNCIATIONS
SERVER: 4 TO 10 DEVICES
OPTIONAL CONNECT TO IEEE-488

7-61

Rainbow Options
DATA TRANSLATION, INC
100 Locke Drive
Marlboro, MA 01752
(617)481-3700
DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS
ASSOCIATES
120 W. Wieuca
Atlanta. Georgia
(404) 4481400
HAYES MICROCOMPUTER
PRODUCTS, INC
5923 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
Norcross, GA 30092
(404) 449-8791

PCDAX/DT311

AID AND D/A CONVERTER

IRMALINE IBM 3270
CONVERTER

SMART MODEM 300
SMART MODEM 1200
SMARTCOM II SOFTWARE

INTERLAN, INC
3 Lyberty Way
Westford, MA 01886
(617) 692-3900

NTS TERMINAL SERVER

INTERMEDIA SYSTEMS
10601 S. Deanza Blvd. #307
Cupertino, CA 95014
(408) 996-0900

Rl92 KBYTE MEMORY
EXTENSION OPTION

MICROSOFT CORPORATION
10700 Northup Way
Bellevue, WA 98004
(206) 828-8080

RS232 SERIAL MOUSE

MOUNTAIN COMPUTER, INC
300 El Pueblo Road
Scotts Valley, CA 95066
(408) 438-5650

MODEL 3200 DISKETTE
DUPLICATOR

NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
12109 Technology Blvd.
Austin, TX 78727
(800)531-5066
(512)250-9119

RAINBOW GPIB-PC:
IEEE-488 GENERAL PURPOSE
INTERFACE BUS

PERSONAL SYSTEMS
TECHNOLOGY
15801 Rockfield Blvd.
Suite A
Irvine, CA 92714
(714) 859-8871

PERSYST RAINBOW
MEMORY EXPANSION
MODULE: 64-192K

POLAROID CORPORATION
Industrial Marketing
575 Technology Square
Cambridge, MA 02139
(800) 225-1618

PALETTE SLIDE GENERATION
SYSTEM

7-62

Rainbow Options
QUADRAM CORPORATION
4355 International Blvd.
Norcross, Georgia 30093
(404) 923 -6666

MICROFAZER DATA BUFFER

QUCES, INC.
3 Quces Drive
Metuchen, NJ 08840
(800) 631-5944
(200548-2135

HARDRIVE 10-, 16-,20-,42-,57-,
AND 84-MBYTE HARD DISK
SUBSYSTEMS

STROBE INC.
897 Independence Ave., Bldg. 5A
MountainView, CA 94043
(415) 969-5130

M260 PEN PLOTTER
M200 PEN PLmTER

TPS ELECTRONICS
4047 Transport
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(415) 856-6833

PC-350 BAR CODE READER

UNIVATION, INC.
1037 North Fair Oaks Ave.
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 745-0180

MEMORY EXPANSION OPTIONS:
DMB 64-192K
DMB 192-192K
DMB 128-256K
DMB 256-256K
DMB 448-448K
DME 128-KIT
DMB 128-192K
DMB 384-384K
DMB 192-192K
5-MBYTE REMOVABLE HARD DISK
WITH RAM:
DRD5-64K
DRD5-192K
DRD5-320K
11M-BYTE INTERNAL HARD
DISKS WITH RAM:
DHD 11-64K
DHD 11-192K
DHD 11-320K
MEMPROM
RAMDISK SOFTWARE UTILITY

VOTRAX DIVISION OF FEDERAL
SCREW WORKS
500 Stephensen Highway
Troy, MI 48084
(800) 521-1350

VOTRAX TEXT-TO-SPEECH
PROCESSOR

7-63

Rainbow Options
All products are owned by or distributed by their producers. Digital Equipment
Corporation assumes no liability for losses or injury of any nature that may result
from use of these products. The information in this document is subject to change
without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital
Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions that may appear in this document.

The Rainbow Personal Presentation System
A Joint Venture Between Digital and Polaroid
The Rainbow Personal Presentation System is a compact computer image
recording system that lets you create 35mm color slides and prints of graphic
displays right at your desk.
The Rainbow Personal Presentation System consists of the Polaroid Palette
Computer Image Recording System, a Rainbow with at least 256 Kbytes of
memory, a graphics option, and compatible graphics application software. A
color monitor is recommended.
The Rainbow Personal Presentation System is so fast, you can create a single
slide in less than five minutes. A complete slide presentation takes only a few
hours-from creating the graphics to shooting and processing the film. Instant
color prints are ready within one minute.
The Rainbow Personal Presentation System can save you money. The price of
exposures from the Rainbow Personal Presentation System is about 80 cents per
slide; a custom slide house might charge you as much as $32 per slide. The
Rainbow Personal Presentation System eliminates the high cost of rush-service
fees to outside vendors, which can be as high as $100 per slide for last-minute
presentation preparation or changes. It also eliminates the hidden cost of missed
deadlines and delays.
The system protects confidential information because it never has to leave your
office. Information stays right in the Rainbow Personal Presentation System and
need not go to a film lab for processing or to an in-house or external slide maker.
The Personal Presentation System is an easy way to increase the impact of your
presentations. With color slides, your material can look more impressive than
with overhead transparencies.
To use the system, simply attach the35mm camera unit or the instant print unit
to the Palette box. You create the graphic image and control the film exposure
with graphics software running on the Rainbow. The exposure settings in the
camera unit are set automatically so you don't need to know anything about
photographic principles.

7-64

With Rainbow's color monitor, you can display up to 16 colors on the screen as
you compose your graphics. That's more than enough colors for almost any
application and a greater number than other personal computers can display.
Because you can display 16 colors on your screen at once, you can preview almost
any graphic you create to get exactly the picture you want before exposing the first
pieceofHlm.
For those rare applications that require even more colors, the Palette hardware
supports up to 72 colors at once with a resolution of 800 by 480 pixels.
Applications with sophisticated Palette support, such as GRAPHWRITER, let
you create these more complex images at the higher resolution, adapting the
screen preview to the 16-color medium -resolution of the Rainbow. The combination of a large color portfolio and high resolution gives a polished, professional
look to all graphic and text presentations.

GRAPHWRITER
GRAPHICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
200 Fifth Avenue
Waltham, MA 02154
617-890-8778
GRAPHWRITER can produce a wide variety of charts. The GRAPHWRITER
Basic Set includes formats for pie, bar, line, scatter plot, and word/text charts.
The GRAPHWRITER Extension Set has formats for such charts as Gantt,
organization, bubble, range, and table. Complete menus, format selection
guides, help messages, and function keys make GRAPHWRITER easy to use
after only minutes of training. A Palette menu within GRAPHWRITER simplifies the process of turning on-screen images into slides and prints.

CHART-MASTER and SIGN-MASTER
DECISION RESOURCES
21 Bridge Square
Westport, CT 06880
203-222-1974
You can use CHART-MASTER to produce pie, bar, line, scatter area, and high!
low!close charts for slides and prints. Charts can be very simple or highly
customized through a variety of easy-to-use options. Seven different fonts and 16
type sizes are available for producing titles.
SIGN-MASTER is a text-handling graphics application you can use to
produce typeset-quality images for slides and prints. You can produce textual
graphics using up to seven different fonts, special symbols, and 16 text sizesfrom 10 pitch up to 3 inches tall. It includes special features that let you use italics,
intermixed font types, underlining, text placement, and spacing.

7-65

ChapterS

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
Digital Equipment Corporation offers a full range of peripherals and supplies
designed especially for the Rainbow personal computer.
This chapter describes Digital's three high-performance printers for the
Rainbow: the LA50 Personal Printer, the Letterprinter 100, and the LQP02
Letter-Quality printer. Digital also offers the LVP16, a six-pen graphics plotter
that draws graphics on paper or transparencies with outstanding accuracy.
This chapter also contains a partial listing of other peripherals, such as
modems, and accessories and supplies for the Rainbow. For further information,
contact your Digital sales representative, Digital Business Center, or authorized
Digital retail outlet.

Printer and Plotter Specifications
LA50 Personal Printer

Dot matrix
100 cps draft quality and 50 cps memo
quality
Full bit-mapped graphics
40 to 132 columns
Variable character widths, pitch, and line
spacing
250 printable characters including line
drawing and international characters
User-installable

LA100 Letterprinter 100

Dot matrix
240 cps draft quality and 30 cps letter
quality
Full bit-mapped graphics
Courier 10, multinational, and line drawing characters
Multiple fonts and customized character
sets available
15 -inch platen
U ser-installable

8-1

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LQP02 Letter-Quality
Printer

Daisywheel
32 cps letter quality
10- or 12-character pitch, variable line
spacing
Printwheels available in various fonts and
character sets
User-installable

LVP16 Six-pen Graphics
Plotter

Six pens
Paper or transparencies
10 colors for paper
7 colors for transparencies
2 nib sizes
Accuracy to 0.001 inch
Speed of 15 inches per second
User-installable

LA50 Personal Printer
• Order Code: LA50-RA
The LA50 Personal Printer is a rugged, compact dot-matrix printer that adds
versatile and inexpensive printing to your Rainbow personal computing system.
Because the LA50 has its own microprocessor logic, it can change gears with
you as you shift from one job to the next. Use the lOO-characters-per-second

8-2

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
you
bidirectional print setting to make a quick, draft -quality copy of the outline
to
switch
and
ry
statione
d
letterhea
own
your
in
slip
Next,
meeting.
need for that
pront
importa
that
the 50-characters-per-second memo quality for a copy of
fully
posaL Memo mode's enhanced printing creates crisper, darker, more
8Y2-bystandard
on
eet
spreadsh
n
13-colum
your
out
formed characters. To print
ll-inch paper, choose 132-column compressed print.
charThe LA50 underlines, bolds, and prints double-width and compressed
g, j,
like
letters
on
"tails"
(the
ers
descend
True
s.
acters for headings and emphasi
ped
bit-map
quality
prints
also
LA50
The
.
readable
easily
text
p, q) make
curved
graphics. You can plot graphs and draw pictures that entail shading and
under
easily
and
quickly
changed
be
lines. All of these characteristics can
program control.
rs per
Design flexibility is a plus, too. You can choose the number of characte
rs per
characte
10
Print
inch or the number of lines per inch for each document.
rs per
characte
96
inch,
per
rs
characte
12
inch, 80 characters per line for pica, then
prints
LA50
the
page,
-wide
8Y2-inch
an
on
columns
132
line for elite. For printing
and
16.5 compressed characters per inch. Tabs are spaced eight columns apart,
in
stored
set
r
characte
ional
you can adjust the forms length setting. A multinat
special
load
to
have
don't
you
so
LA50,
the
read-only memory is standard with
character sets or change print mechanisms.
ter"
The LA50 printer accommodates office stationery, labels, fanfold "compu
inch.
0.20
of
s
thicknes
forms
m
maximu
a
to
up
forms
rt
multipa
paper, and
LA50 is
Automatic form feed and line feed make aligning the paper easy. The
done.
them
need
you
way
the
ready to take on the jobs you need done,
serial
The LA50 Personal Printer comes with a standard RS232/RS423
within
placed
be
to
designed
It's
.
Rainbow
interface for direct connection to your
easy reach of your personal computer.
and
You can install the LA50 yoursel f-all of the connections are easy
replace
can
you
tools
using
t
Withou
easy.
as
just
is
ance
Mainten
straightforward.
your own snap-in cartridge ribbons and change printheads.
ic
Whenever the power is turned on, the printer perform s a number of diagnost
You
lights.
r
indicato
operational checks. Any failure is signalled by control panel
paneL
can initiate a printing self-test (swirl pattern) using a button on the front
the
from
expect
you
service
The LA50 will give the kind of continuous, reliable
world.
the
in
turer
second largest compute r manufac

8-3

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LA50 Printing Samples (reduced 75%)

LA5 0

Per_on_~

Printer

Prof ••• ional F •• ~ur •• a~ Low Coat

Digita l's LA50 Person al Printe r works beauti fully
with the Rainbow Person al Compu ter. And this versat
ile
dot-ma trix printe r fits right on your desk.
VARIABLE PRINT STYLES
Memo qualit y - 50 cps for corresp ondenc e
The standa rd 10 cpi for Pica
Printing at 12 cpi in Elite

Compressed print for printing 132 columns on S 112 x 11' paper
DC>l ..1ble
W i d t h (5 cpi) for headin

Bold prin~ing for emphas is

Draft Qualit y - 100 cps bidire ctiona l
The standa rd 10 cpi for Pica
Printing at 12 cpi in Eli te

Compressed print (16 cpi) for printing 132 columns on 8 112 x 11' paper
D o u b l e W i d t h (6 cpi) for headin gs

Bold printin g for emphas is

Bit Map Dot-Ad dressab le Graphi cs

8-4

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LA50 Personal Printer Specifications
Height

5.6 inches (14.2 cm)

Width

16 inches (40 cm)

Depth

11.8 inches (29.5 cm)

Weight

18.71bs (8.5 kg)

Printing Area

9 inches (22.5 cm) wide

Printing Speeds

100 characters per second (draft quality)
50 characters per second (memo quality)

Print Density

7 x 9 dots per inch (draft quality)
13 x 9 dots per inch (memo quality)
144 x 72 or 180 x 72 dots per inch
(graphics mode)

Print Format

10 (pica), 12 (elite), or 16.5 characters
per inch; 5, 6, 8.25 for double-width
characters (horizontal pitch)
6,8, or 12 lines per inch (vertical pitch)
80,96, or 132 print columns

Character Sets

250 printable characters, including
94 ASCII, 81 international characters,
63 Japanese Katakana, and
27 line drawing characters

Buffer Capacity

2,047 characters

Baud Rates

110 to 4,800 bits per second

Interface

EIA, serial RS232/RS423

Parity

Odd, even, mark, or space with 7 data
bits per character, selectable;
Odd, even, or none with 8 data bits per
character, selectable

Paper

Cut-sheet office stationery and fanfold
10 inch (25.4 cm) maximum width
0.020 inch maximum thickness
(multipart forms)
8-5

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LA50 Personal Printer Specifications
Power Consumption

180 watts (maximum printing)

Voltage

120V nominal (90 to 128 Vac)

Frequency Range

47 to 63 Hz

Phase

Single

Diagnostics

Power-up electronics self-test
User-initiated printing self-test

Power Cord Length

6.6 feet (2 m)

Universal Power Supply

Not Available

Hardware Prerequisite

The Rainbow comes with a BCC04-1 0
cable for either printer or communication
connections. If you require both connections, order another BCC04 cable.

The LA50 Personal Printer (LA50-RA) includes:
• LA50 Personal Printer
• Power cord
• Ribbon
• Pinfeed paper
• Installing and Using the LA50 Printer
• LA50 Printer Programmer Reference Manual

Letterprinter 100
• Order Code: LAlOO-PC
With the Letterprinter 100 you have a top-of-the-line dot-matrix impact printer
to work with your Rainbow personal computer. It's about the size of a typewriter,
but the microprocessor-controlled Letterprinter 100 (LAlOO-PC) packs more
versatility into that space than any other printer in its class. You get a draft printer,
letter-quality printer, and graphics printer all in one unit.
The LAlOO printer can produce text in three different print qualities: draft
quality, letter quality, and optional memo (intermediate) quality. The LAlOO
produces really fast, clean draft-quality copy at 240 characters per second using a
7 x 9 dot-matrix bidirectional technique. It overlaps two sets of dots (33 x 18 dot
matrix) to produce crisp, letter-quality text at 30 cps. For optional memo quality,
it prints a denser dot pattern (33 x 9 dot matrix) at 80 cps.

8-6

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

The LAlOO handles graphics beautifully. Use its bit-map dot-addressable
graphics capability to faithfully reproduce charts, designs, and pictures you've
created on the Rainbow video monitor. You can even combine text with graphics
on the same page to add clarity and impact.
With the Letterprinter 100, you can design your documents to best communicate your ideas and to have the greatest impact. You can tell the LAlOO how many
characters per inch and lines per inch you need. You can change the margins,
tabs, and form length just as easily as you switch speeds. The LAlOO will store all
of these format characteristics, making the setup for a series of documents a onetime job. The LAlOO also prints double-width characters and expanded-height
capitals for greater effect in labels and headlines.
For maximum print versatility, the Letterprinter 100 can accommodate
various character sets and font styles. You can have up to five character ROMs
(read-only memory) installed at one time. The LAlOO-PC's resident capability
includes Courier-lO font, Digital multinational character set, and the special
(VTl 00) line drawing character set, utilizing three ROMs. The LAlOO-PC comes
standard with a multifont adapter on the front panel so you can plug in one or two
optional ROM font cartridges externally for even greater flexibility. Your choice
of optional fonts includes Symbols and English-language fonts for Courier 12,

8-7

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

Printing Samples (reduced 75%)

rDomOOmlO
DIGITAL
~UyrP~~~T .. ~Q8~QBaXSQNis~=d~
present ·1:11,,· LETTERP R I NTER 100. Designed with the famous
DECwR I TER tradition for performance and reliability. i t 1s the most
versatile printer in its class!!

240

30.CPS

BIT

l DUPLER 10 TYPE

CPS

MAP

~ONT

DRAFT

PRINTING

LETTER

PRINTING

GRAPHICS

C~O'JR

:t 0

:rHH

EXPANDEl)

'II!AHII! Ui TYf'F FUNT

URf'lTor;:

COURIER 10 TYPE FONT

COURIER

ORATOR 10 TYPE FONT

ORATOR

DR'F! QU'LIIY

F:Xp,o,NDr·[)

DRAFT QUALITY

EXPANDED

HIGH QUALITY

EXPANDED

KEEP TRACK OF SAT.F.S TRF.NnS .

t:'L7TTLlN
BALES (HIL.)

15.0

12. H--HI'ilC-IH-+--t-t-1H~
9.

9.0
6.0
3.0

0.0
1954

8-8

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
Gothic 10, Gothic 12, and Orator 10. You can change the external fonts any time
during printing. When the typeface variety offered by the font options is
combined with expanded/compressed character widths and graphics printing,
you can easily create many, many different styles. And any combination of styles
can be contained within a report, page, line, or even a single word.
The Letterprinter 100 accommodates office stationery, roll paper, fanfold
"computer" paper, and multipart forms. Its big, 15 -inch carriage is wide enough
for spreadsheet work or accounting applications. You can insert single sheets or
roll paper as easily as you would feed a typewriter. A tractor feed is standard for
the LA100-PC.
A standard EIA interface allows local connection to your personal computer.
The LA100 can be connected remotely through modems, and baud rates are
switch-selectable.
The Letterprinter 100 is fully modular and contains only four subassemblies.
Installation of the printer is very straightforward. When power is turned on, the
power-up diagnostic test of the printer's microprocessor checks random access
memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), and the nonvolatile memory for
operation, signalled by control panel indicator lights. The self-test modes permit
rapid operational tests. Bell tone indicators let you know when a buffer overflow
or head jam occurs. You can replace printheads in seconds. The snap -in cartridge
ribbon is also user-replaceable.
This printer provides the ease of use, reliability, and maintainability you expect
from Digital printers.

8-9

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

Letterprinter 100 Specifications.

Height

7 inches (17.8 cm)

Width

22 inches (55.9 cm)

Depth

155 inches (39.4 cm)

Weight

25lbs (11.3 kg)

Printing Speeds·

240 characters per second (draft quality)
30 characters per second (letter quality)
80 characters per second (optional memo
quality)

Print Density

7 x 9 dots per inch (draft quality)
33 x 18 dots per inch (letter quality)
33 x 9 dots per inch (optional memo
quality)
132 x 72 dots per inch (graphics mode)

Print Format

5,6,6.6,8.25, 10, 12, 13.2, or 165
characters per inch
2,3,4,6,8, or 12 lines per inch
66 to 217 print columns
Print! descenders .and underlines in all
modes

Aspect Ratio

Variable-1.02,1.12, 1.30, 1.53,1.83,
2.29,3.04, or 458

Character Sets

Courier 10, multinational character set,
and line drawing character set standard
Other fonts optional

Printhead

9-wire,·user-replaceable

Buffer Capacity

400 characters
4K character option (LAlOX-EB)

Baud Rate

50 to 9600 bits per second
Split speeds are available

Interface

EIA, serial RS232

8-10

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

Letterprinter 100 Specifications

Parity

Odd, even, mark, or space;
7 or 8 bits per character, selectable

Paper

Office stationery, rollpaper, fanfold
14.9 inch (37.8 cm) maximum width
3 inch (7.6 cm) minimum width
.020 inch maximum thickness (multipart
forms)

Power Consumption

55 watts (maximum printing)

Voltage

120V nominal (87-128 Vac range) or
240V nominal (191-256 Vac range),
switch -selectable

Frequency Range

47 to 63 Hz

Diagnostics

Power-up self-test

Power Cord Length

8 feet (2.4 m)

Universal Power Supply

Standard, switch-selectable

Hardware Prerequisites

The Rainbow comes with a BCC04 cable
for either printer or communication
connections. If you require both
connections, order another BCC04 cable.

The Letterprinter 100 (LA100-PC) includes:
• LAlOO printer
• Power cord
• Ribbon
• Installation Guide
• Operator's Guide
• Programmer's Reference Manual

8-11

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer
• Order Code: LQP02-AA
The LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer is a versatile desktop printer that uses
daisywheel technology. It is ideal for word processing applications or for any job
you do on your Rainbow personal computer which demands premium-quality
copy.
The LQP02 gives you the quality of type and the print features that you expect
from a good office typewriter, and flexibility that few typewriters can match. It
prints fully formed characters to produce letter-quality type. Upper- and
lowercase letters, symbols, and adjustable settings for margins, tabs, and length
are standard. And you can select the spacing between lines (vertical pitch) and
the amount of space that each character occupies (horizontal pitch).
The LQP02 produces bold characters with a new technique called "shadow
bolding." Each character is struck twice, as in normal bolding. But unlike normal

bolding, the second strike is slightly offset from the first. This makes the bold
print much more visible, even on photocopies.
The LQP02 prints at a rate of32 characters per second and uses a bidirectional
printing technique that skips over white space to save time.
The LQP02 accommodates office stationery, multipart forms, and labels up to
a maximum print width of 13.5 inches. The sheet feeder option handles letterhead stationery automatically. The bidirectional forms tractor permits the use of
fanfold paper and forms. The sheet feeder and forms tractor can trigger a visual

8-12

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
and an audible indicator that lets you know when the printer has run out of paper.
You can change print wheels as easily as you change paper. Daisywheels are
inexpensive, easily interchanged, and available in over 100 type styles and
special-purpose fonts.
An EIA interface allows local connection of the LQP02 printer to your
personal computer. Rainbow can communicate remotely with the LQP02
through modems; baud rates are switch-selectable.
You can install the LQP02 yourself and easily replace the ribbon cartridges.
The printer is modular in design, which makes maintenance, when necessary,
easy to perform. Whenever the power is turned on, the printer performs a
number of operational checks. The LQP02 has self-test for line feed, and all
characters on the print wheel.
All of this adds up to design flexibility and superior document quality in a
printer that enhances your Rainbow personal computing system.
A full set of options is available, so you can tailor the LQP02 Letter-Quality
Printer to suit your needs.

LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer Specifications
Height

7 inches (17.8 cm)

Width

25 inches (63.5 cm)

Depth

16 inches (40.6 cm)

Weight

48lbs (21.8 kg)

Printing Speed

32 characters per second (letter quality)

Print Format

10 or 12 characters per inch,
software-selectable
2,3,4,6, or 8 tines per inch,
software-selectable
132 print columns at 10 characters
per inch
158 print columns at 12 characters
per inch

Character Sets

Shannon Text standard
International, scientific, APL, and
barcode character sets available with
optional printwheels

Buffer Capacity

256 characters

8-13

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer Specifications
Baud Rates

75 to 9600 bits per second
Split speeds are also available

Interface

EIA, serial RS232

Parity

Odd, even, mark, or space;
7 bits per character, selectable

Paper

Office stationery
15 inch (39.1 cm) maximum width
0.025 inch maximum thickness
(multipart forms)

Power Consumption

• 120 watts, average

Voltage

120 or 240 Vac nominal,
switch -selectable

Frequency

60 Hz (range 47 to 63 Hz)

Diagnostics

Power-up self-test

Power Cord Length

6.3 ft (2 m)

EIA Cable Length

25 ft (7.5 m)

Universal Power Supply

Standard, switch -selectable

Hardware Prerequisite

The Rainbow comes with a BCC04-1 0
cable for either printer or communication
connections. If you require both connections, order another BCC04 cable.

The LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer (LQP02-AA) includes:
• LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer with 1 print wheel (Dual Courier)
• EIA cable, 25 foot
• Installing and Using the LQP02 manual

8-14

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LVP16 Six-pen Graphics Plotter
• Order Code: LVP16-AA
If you want to enhance your written or oral presentations with graphics, use the
LVP16 six-pen graphics plotter and your Rainbow personal computer. The
LVP16 produces outstanding graphics on transparancies or plain paper at a
speed of 15 inches per second with accuracy to 0.001 inch.
You have ten colors to choose from for plotting graphics on plain paper and
seven colors for transparencies. The pens are housed in an easy-to-Ioad six-pen
carousd. The plotter sdects and returns pens from the carousd, capping them
after use. The automatic pen-capping keeps pens from drying out so you have
consistent, high -quality lines. You can use the same color pens of different widths
in your graphics. Thick pens are ideal for headlines and thin pens are most often
used for detail.
Several features of the LVP16 make it easy to use. A special light indicates the
paper size you have sdected. You use the guide control to load paper or
transparencies. If you push the "view" button on the front pand of the plotter,
the graph you are plotting moves to the front of the plotter so you can see it. Press
the button a second time and the plotting continues exactly where it left off.
The LVP16 works best with software that is compatible with the Hewlett
Packard HP-7475A six-pen plotter. Not all of Rainbow's graphics software
packages support the use of all six of the LVP16's pens.
Designed to sit on the desktop, the LVP16 weighs only 16 pounds (7 kilograms). This highly reliable plotter is customer installable and requires little
maintenance.

LVP16 Specifications
Height

5 inches (12.7 em)

Width

22.4 inches (56.9 em)

Depth

14.5 inches (36.8 em)

Weight

161bs (7 kg)

Speed

15 inches per second (maximum)

Noise Level

55 dB average

Media Support

11 inches x 17 inches
8 1/2 inches x 11 inches
EuropeanA3 (29.7 emx42 em)
EuropeanA4 (21 emx29.7 em)
8-15

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

LVP16 Specifications
Character Sets

ANSI, ASCn, and 17 international
character sets

Voltage

120v

Frequency Range

48 to 66 Hz

Power Consumption

35 watts (maximum)

Minimum Hardware
Required

BCC19-15 cable to connect from
Rainbow's communications port to the
LVP16.

The LVP16 (LVP16-AA) Six-Pen Plotter includes:
• LVP16 Plotter
• Power cord
• One package (50 sheets) 8 1/2 x 11 graph paper
• One package (50 sheets) 11 x 17 graph paper
• One six-pen carousel
• Ten narrow-width fiber-tip pens (.03 cm) of assorted colors
/ • Five black wide-width fiber-tip pens (.07 cm)
• Owner's Manual
• Programmer's Reference Manual
• Reference Card

Furniture and Supplies
Whether you're looking for furniture or diskettes, anti-static discharging floor
mats or media safes, Digital has the accessories and supplies for you. The
complete line of furniture for your personal computers is designed for comfort,
aesthetics, and increased productivity. Modems and cables to help your system
communicate with other systems are also included.
This section contains a partial listing of the furniture and supplies available
from Digital Equipment Corporation. For more information or to order a
product, contact your Digital sales representative, Digital Business Center, or
authorized Digital retail outlet.

8-16

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

RX.50K Diskettes
• Order Codes:

RX50K-1O for 10 diskettes in library case, with labels
RX50K-AJ for 100 bulk pack (no library cases or labels)
RX50K-MT 10 mini-diskettes for library case alone
RX50K-DAfor labels alone (300/pkg)
Digital's RX50K diskettes are 5Y.:! -inch, double-density, single-sided "floppies"
made especially for the Rainbow personal computer. They are made to the strict
standards of the engineers who designed Rainbow's RX50 dual-diskette drive.
These error-free diskettes work with Rainbow's drive to give you long-lasting,
top performance.
Each diskette has a Digital-developed format of tracks and sectors, applied by
precisely-aligned equipment under controlled conditions. This preformatting
helps ensure reliable data retrieval when you swap diskettes from drive to drive.
An orientation arrow helps you insert your diskettes correctly in the drive. Other
features include a write-protect notch to prevent accidental erasure and a smooth
surface to extend head life.
For your convenience, you can get diskettes packaged in alibrary case or a bulk
pack-choose whichever is more economical for you. The sturdy gray plastic
library case opens for easy desktop reference, and closes like a book for dust -free
storage and shipping. Each library case holds 10 diskettes. The lOO-diskette bulk
package is a lower-cost choice for users who have their own filing systems. The
diskette envelopes, which come with all of these packages, have care and
handling instructions pictorially and in English.
Always have enough diskettes on hand for data storage and backup.

RX50K Diskette Specifications
Diameter

5Y4 inches

Formatted Capacity

409Kbytes

Usable Sides

One

Bit Density

5536 flux changes per inch maximum

Track Density

96 tracks per inch

Tracks

Sectors per Track

Characters (Bytes)
per Sector

512

8-17

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

WRITEPROTECT
TAB
........_...::..... DISKETTE
SURFACE
DO NOT
TOUCH

RX50K Diskette Specifications
Sectoring

Soft (one hole index)

Format Special Digital RX50K format, written and verified at the factory
Allowable Errors

None

Write Protect

By covering a notch with a supplied label

Orientation Aid

Arrow on diskette lines up with arrow on
drive bezel for easy insertion

Diskette Filing and Storage
• Order Codes:
RX50K-DB Binder for Mini-Diskette
RX50K-DC Desk Box for Mini-Diskette
RX50K-DS Desk Stand for Mini-Diskette
RX50K-SF Suspension Files for 2 Mini-Diskettes (lO/pkg)
RX50K-DH Mailers for 5 Mini-Diskettes (lO/pkg)

8-18

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

Digital also offers a variety of filing and storage systems to keep your diskettes
organized and safe, and to protect your data from damaging dust. Whether you
want to arrange your diskettes for the task at hand or build a library, one of these
storage options should meet your needs.
Use the mini-diskette binder to store a library of information on your bookshelf
or desktop. The vinyl binders let you access data the way you use them - by task.
Each binder holds 20 diskettes and is handsomely designed to coordinate with
Rainbow accessories.
Keep your diskettes protected, visible, and handy by your Rainbow in the
mini-diskette box. Index dividers help you organize your diskettes. And the lid
can double as a handle. Each box holds 50 diskettes.
With the mini-diskette desk stand, the right diskette is always at your fingertips. It holds 30 floppies in non-glare vinyl files. Just flip through to the
information you need.

Suspension files, constructed of non-glare, clear vinyl, protect your floppies and
provide a convenient storage system. Sliding index tabs simplify referencing and
retrieval. You can store both diskettes and hard-copy documents.
Made of heavy-duty corrugated fiberboard with double-wall side and front
panels for extra protection, diskette mailers are durable but light enough to save
on mail cost. It's easy to use the mailers-just fold, lock, tape, and mail!

8-19

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

System Stand
• Order Code:
PCXXF·CD (for 120 volt system)
This four·leggedgray base is a functional and stable stand for your Rainbow
personal computer. The keyboard table's height is adjustable, and a foot switch
activates the motorized column(included) to raise and lower the video monitor
from five to ten inches above the keyboard table. The swing arm (included) tilts
the monitor for proper viewing angles and positions.

Workstation Desk
• Order Code:
PCXXF·CA (for 120 volt system)
This 60 x 30 inch gray high-pressure-laminated writing surface with simulated
light oak. trim and sides provides a durable and spacious work area that is
designed to complement and compactly fit the video monitor. Predrilled holes
accommodate the electrical assembly (included) on the left or right side, and also
allow a second monitor. The system unit fits perfectly into the specially designed
molded plastic leg, keeping the system unit off the desktop but conveniently
within reach.

Worktable Desk
• Order Code:
PCXXF·CB
You can use the worktable to expand your working area or to hold additional
equipment. The worktable evolved from the workstation desk-it is the same
table without the motorized column and swing arm or the system unit leg. You
can add a Rainbow to the worktable desk by installing the electrical assembly and
floor stand.

Electrical Assembly and Hinge
• Order Code:
PCXXF·CC (for 120 volt system)
The electrical assembly and hinge can be ordered separately to accommodate an
additional monitor. It is a motorized column that enables the smooth height
adjustment of the monitor from five to ten inches above tablelevel. The swing arm
allows for varied viewing angles and positions (0 to 360degrees). The hinge is
designed to complement and compactly fit the 12-inch monitor.

8-20

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

High-back Chair
• Order Codes:
PCXXF-CM with arms, light blue fabric
PCXXF-CN with arms, light brown fabric
PCXXF-CP without arms, light blue fabric
PCXXF-CR without arms, light brown fabric
Digital's chairs are designed to meet differing needs. The charcoal brown, fivestar base with casters combines mobility with stability. Pneumatic and manual
adjustments for the height and the tilt of the seat allow for maximum comfort and
total support to minimize fatigue and increase productivity. This high-back chair
is available, with or without arms, in a light blue or light brown flame-retardant
nylon fabric.

Mobile File
• Order Code:
PCXXF-CE
The mobile file is a convenient way to store and retrieve diskettes and supplies.
The file can be used as a stand -alone uni t or placed under the worktable or next to
the workstation desk, leaving ample leg room. The mobile file's color and finish
complement Digital's complete line of personal computer furniture. This filing
system features locking front casters for stability and locking drawers for security.

Monitor Copy Holder
• Order Code:
PCXXF-CH
Designed specifically to fit the 12-inch monochrome monitor, this copy holder
keeps source materials where you need them. The gray copy holder snaps easily
onto the monitor's right or left side, and adjusts laterally, 90 degrees forward and
back, in 10 degree increments. A clip secures up to 100 letter-size sheets of paper,
and a sliding line guide helps you keep your place while you work.

Free-Standing Copy Holder
• Order Code:
H980-EF
Digital's free-standing copy holder handles originals up to 8Y2 x 14 Ys inches and
lets you adjust the tilt angle from 15 to 75 degrees for maximum convenience.
Special features include a clip to hold up to 100 sheets and a sliding line guide to
help you keep your place.

8-21

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

DECmats
• Order Codes:
H9850-DA 4 x 6 feet, Driftwood
H9850-DH 4 x 6 feet, Autumn Bronze
H9850-DF 4 x 6 feet, Silver Birch
H9850-DB 4 x 6 feet, Summer Earth
H9850-DJ 4 x 6 feet, Clear
H9850-DE 3 x 10 feet, Driftwood
H9850-DD 3 x 10 feet, Autumn Bronze
H9850-DC 3 x 10 feet, Silver Birch
H9850-DJ 4 x 5 feet, Clear
DECmats are industrial-tough, designer-handsome floor mats that protect your
data by relieving electrostatic build-up. Choose from sturdy 100% Zeflon carpet
in two sizes and four attractive colors or let your own carpeting show through
with a clear mat.

Screen Cleaning Kit
• Order Code:
VTlXX-KF
Keeping your video screen clean is simple with Digital's specially formulated
screen cleaning kit. The kit contains one four-ounce bottle of anti-ionic cleaning
solution and 50 lint-free cloths, for use on glass surfaces only.

Serial Interface Switches
• Order Codes:
LQPX2 -SW With 2 female and 1 male connectors in back
LQPXF-CZ With 1 female and 2 male connectors in back
One system can share two printers-or two systems can share one printer. The
serial interface switch makes fuller use of your system's resources and helps
reduce cabling. You'll find it easy to install and aesthetically designed in silver and
brushed aluminum. A two-position rotary switch controls the signal pathways.

DF03Modems
• Order Codes:
DF03-AA modem alone
DF03-AC modem with autocall
Digital's DF03 modems give your Rainbow the ability to "talk" over the phone
lines with other computers. A modem gives you access to subscription data
resources and timesharing systems and lets you send and receive electronic mail.
Designed for use on dial-up telephone network lines, the FCC-approved
modems provide either synchronous (1200 bits per second) or asynchronous
(300/1200 bits per second) full-duplex communications. The combination of

8-22

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies
simple, direct connection and the accuracy of medium-speed data transmission is
available with or without autocall.

Cables for DF03 Modem and Printers
• Order Codes:
BCCM-tO 10-foot cable
BCC04-25 25-foot cable
BCCM-50 50-foot cable
Cables to use with your DF03 Modem or to connect your Rainbow to an LA50
Personal Printer, Letterwriter 100, or LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer come in
lengths of 10, 25, and 50 feet.

Media Safe & Storage Options
• Order Codes:
H980-FC media safe
H980-FD fixed shelf (18 %''W x 16"D)
H980-FE roll-out shelf (18 %''W x 16''0)
H980-FF RK05 wire rack (holds 7 cartridges)
H980-FH RL01/RI02 wire rack (holds 7 cartridges)
H980-FJ tape hanger bar (holds 20 tapes)
H980-FK diskette tray for fixed shelf (holds 90 diskettes; 2 trays fit on one
shelf)

H980-FL microfiche tray (holds 1600 fiche; 3 trays fit on one fixed shelf)
H980-FM diskette insert for roll-out shelf(each row holds 120 diskettes)
Digital's media safe is UL-approved to 125 0 F providing the level of protection
specified for Digital's RX50 storage media. The safe features a convenient
combination locking system and variable storage configurations using optional
shelves, racks, trays, and bars.

Media Safe Specifications
Exterior

Width

30.8 inches (78.2 em)

Height

41.0 inches (104.1 em)

Depth

31.6 inches (80.3 em)

8-23

Rainbow's Peripherals and Supplies

Interior
Width

19.0 inches (48.3 em)

Height

27.0 inches (68.6 em)

Depth

16.3 inches (41.4 em)

Shipping Weight

830lbs (373.5 kg)

Diskette Safe
• Order Codes:
H980·FA diskette safe
H980·FB option package
Digital's diskette safe is UL-approved to 125 0 F, providing the level of protection
specified for Digital's RX50 storage media. The safe features a convenient keylocking system and holds up to 200 514 -inch diskettes. An option package is also
available to accommodate 514-inch diskettes, microfiche, tape, and cartridges.

Diskette Safe Specifications
Exterior
Width

22.0 inehes (55.9 em)

Height

21.8 inehes (55.4 em)

Depth

25.4 inehes (64.5 em)

Interior
Width

9.1 inches (23.1 em)

Height

12.3 inehes (31.2 em)

Depth

13.4 inehes (34.0 em)

Shipping Weight

390 lbs (175.5 kg)

8-24

Chapter 9

Rainbow Software
More Than 1000 Applications
Available Today!
Software is the key to real solutions for your business and personal computing
needs. Because the Rainbow personal computers can run Digital's MS-DOS and
CPIM-86/80 operating systems as well as SofTech's UCSD-p and Concurrent
CP1M from Digital Research, Inc., you, as a Rainbow owner, can enjoy the best of
the industry-standard software worlds.
When you purchase a complete Rainbow system, Digital offers you MS-DOS
and CP/M -86/80 together in an economical package, so you don't have to choose
between them. These popular operating systems give you access to more than
1000 applications available today for the Rainbow personal computers. And that
number continues to grow steadily, ensuring you a broad base of applications
from which to choose the best solutions for your needs today and tomorrow.
Many of the most powerful applications available can be purchased as Digital
products. The Digital Classified Software program offers you a selection of more
than 80 high-quality industry-standard applications that are backed by the
Digital name and reputation for service and support.
As you read through the descriptions of Digital Classified Software products
on the following pages, you'll notice that the packages offered provide a diverse
range of applications-from those applicable for use in almost anybusiness or
industry to highly-specialized software. You'll also notice the names of many
well-known and highly respected software producers, such as the Lotus Development and Microsoft Corporations, participating in the DCS program.
H you don't see a particular application that you need listed among the DCS
products, check the software chart that follows. It lists products adapted for
Rainbow by third-party vendors as well as DCS products. More than 1000
applications are included, representing many of the best-selling productivity
packages in the industry.

9-1

Digital Classified Software
Software with a "Seal"
The Digital Classified Software program (DCS) is an evaluation process in which
software developed by third-party vendors is tested and then adapted, if
necessary, to meet the DCS quality standard and take the best advantage of the
Rainbow personal computer's high performance capabilities.
You can purchase DCS products for your Rainbow personal computer
through a Digital sales representative, Business Center, or authorized retail
outlet.

Applications Advisory Support
Telephone advisory support is available for DCS software with the purchase of an
Applications Advisory Support contract for a small monthly fee.
Check the Software Product Description, included with each application kit,
for the type of optional support available and for the order code.

AIl the Information You Need to Get Started
Each Rainbow DCS application comes in a sturdy, attractive box containing: the
application on an RX50 diskette(s); clear, complete documentation that will
guide you in using the application; the Keys to Digital's Warranty Service
information leaflet; a Software Product Description; and a software license.

You Should Also Know...
The minimum hardware requirement for each Rainbow application begins with a
complete Rainbow personal computer system -system unit, keyboard Country
Kit, and a monitor. Additional hardware and software requirements are listed at
the end of each description. However, before purchasing any software product
you should also consult the the Software Product Description inside of the kit for
operating system and other software requirements, including version numbers;
minimum hardware, including printer, requirements; Advisory Support Service
category and order code; and further information about the application.
Digital licenses Digital Classified Software products. The software programs
are normally provided "as is."

9-2

Digital Classified Software

The Rainbow DCS Products
Descriptions of the DCS products for the Rainbow personal computers are
grouped within the following categories in this section.
Operating Systems
Windowing Systems
Integrated Productivity Packages
Spreadsheets
Equation Solving
Word and Text Processing
Database and Information Management
Financial Management and Accounting
Manufacturing and Distribution
Languages and Programmer Aids
Utilities
Graphics
Communications
Entertainment

9-3

Digital Classified Software

Operating Systems

MS-DOS
• Order Codes:
QV062.A3 MS-DOS V2.05
QV066·A3 MS-DOS V2.05 & ep!M-86/80 V2.0
MS TM. DOS for the Rainbow personal computers is an enhanced implementation
of Microsoft's 16-bit disk operating system. MS-DOS provides program execution, file storage, and editing capabilities customized to take advantage of
Rainbow's function keys.
This powerful operating system offers sophisticated error-handling functions,
time saving utilities such as an MDRIVE facility that keeps programs in memory
to speed processing and a "batch" file for commands, a print spooler, and an
assembly language compiler.
MS-DOS for Rainbow gives you access to a comprehensive range of industrystandard software applications.

Flexible, Convenient Resources
• MS-DOS reads and writes to Rainbow's hard disk and to RX50 diskettes, and
reads 8- and 9-sector IBM single-sided diskettes. You can change disks without
resetting the system.
• A "soft" formatter converts RX50 preformatted disks for use with the MSDOS operating system.
• The MS-DOS "clock" helps you keep track of your work by keeping the time
and the date. The DATE command gives you the current date and time. The DIR
command displays the exact size of each file as well as the date and time each was
last written.

9-4

Digital Classified Software
Operating Systems
• MS-DOS lets you place commonly-used command sequences into a "batch"
file. You create a batch file using the line editor (EDLIN) and execute the entire
sequence by typing the name of the file.
• With the PRINT utility, you can work on other computing tasks while files are
being printed. Queue as many as eight files to the printer, without waiting for
them to print before processing new commands. The PRINT SCREEN utility
prints the text on your screen at the touch of Rainbow's Print Screen key.
• The MS-DOS hierarchical directory-or "tree" -structure permits separate
groupings of files for different users or projects.
• MS-DOS lets you use "wildcards" for file name searches.
• MS-DOS also includes commands to copy, compare, and check disks; to
create, rename, delete, and view files; to display the directory structure; and to
create and remove subdirectories.
• A BACKUP program copies files from a hard disk onto your RX50 diskettes.
Backup the entire disk or choose individual files for transfer.

Fast and Efficient
• The MD RIVE option lets you allocate unneeded memory to temporarily create
another drive, a "virtual" floppy that resides in memory only. Performance with
MDRIVE is fast because no reading of or writing to the disk is necessary until the
end of your work session.
• MS-DOS keeps a complete file allocation table in memory. Execution is quick
because it does not need to read the disk directory each time a read or write is
performed.
• Disk space is allocated in small clusters, so you get more data on a disk.

Built-In Editing
• The MS-DOS line editor, EDLIN, takes advantage of Rainbow' s function keys
to help you create and edit text. Use the (~), Select, Do, Remove, Find, Cancel,
Insert Here, and Resume keys. Use these keys outside of EDLIN, too, at the MSDOS command level.

9-5

Digital Classified Software
Operatin g Systems

Sophisticated Error Handling
• A sophisticated error-handling system "traps" errors before data is
lost and
displays an error message, with a list of options.
• The FORMAT utility marks bad disk sectors so that they will not be written
to
accidentally.
• MS-DOS keeps a duplicate copy of the disk allocation table to avoid loss
of disk
file information.

Powerful Programming Features
• MS-DOS includes a relocatable MACRO assembler and a linker program
for
language compilers and assemblers.
• The software interface for the screen and keyboard can utilize the ANSI
escape
sequences. This ensures better application transportability.
• A cross-reference utility, CREF, creates cross-reference listings
from an
assembly-source listing.
• A debugger program provides a controlled testing environment for executab
le
object files.

Documentation
• The MS-DOS operating system comes with a user documentation set,
providing well-illustrated, easy-to-understand information on the Rainbow
and MSDOS.
• Additional documentation for software developers or technically
oriented
users is optionally available in the Rainbow 100 MS-DO S V2.01 Technica

9-6

Digital Classified Software
Operating Systems

CP/M-86/80
• Order Codes:

QV061.A3 CPlM-86/80 V2.0
QV066·A3 CPlM-86/80 V2.0 & MS-DOS V2.05
CP/M® ·86/80 is one of Digital Equipment Corporation's operating systems for
the hard-disk and floppy-diskette drives of the Rainbow personal computer. It
combines two powerful industry-standard operating systems, CP/M-86 and
CP/M-80, developed by Digital Research, Inc. CP/M-86 runs on Rainbow's
Intel 8088® microprocessor, and CP/M-80 is emulated by CP/M-86/80 on
Rainbow's Zilog Z80A® microprocessor.
CP/M-86/80 allows you to switch automatically between 8- and 16-bit
packages without rebooting or changing system diskettes. The "softsense"
feature identifies whether your application is 8- or 16-bit when you load it and
routes it to the correct processor.
The CP/M-86/80 operating system offers fast video response, an MDRIVE
facility that keeps programs in memory to speed processing, superior memory
management, flexible utilities, and I/O device redirection. CP/M-86/80 provides program construction, storage, and editing, along with assembly and
program checkout facilities.
Learn Rainbow, an excellent on -screen instruction course, teaches you all you
need to know to get started on your Rainbow with CP/M -86/80.

CP/M-86/80 Provides Solutions
• CP/M-86/80 V2.0 gives you media flexibility. The diskette "hard" format
utility enables you to use diskettes other than Digital RX50 floppies, as long as
they are 5 114 inches, single-sided, and double-density (with either 96 or 48
tracks per inch). V2.0 reads Digital's VT180 media, which are 5 1I4-inch, 48-tpi
diskettes, and IBM single-sided, 8- or 9-sector diskettes.

9-7

Digital Classified Software
Operatin g Systems

File Management
• CP/M-8 6/80 file management utilities and operating-system calls
give you
powerfu l CP/M commands for opening, closing, calling up, identifying,
copying,
deleting, and managing files.
• The MAINT file management utility lets you look at the contents of a
disk with
the number of files, records, free space, and write-pr otected status displaye
d.
• PIP (Peripheral Intercha nge Program), a sophisticated file transfer
program ,
transfers files from any part of the system to another. PIP can also display
the
contents of a file on the videoscreen as it is being transferred, filter out formfeed
s,
translate upperca se characters to lowercase or vice versa, add line numbers
to the
destination file, concatenate files, expand tabs to any number of spaces,
verify the
destination file's correctness, and eliminate parity bits.
• The BACKU P program for the hard disk copies files from the hard
disk onto
floppy diskettes, and the RESTORE function copies these files back
onto the
hard disk in the same order they were backed up.

Built-in Editing
• RED, Rainbow's powerful text and file editor, lets you edit text, program
s, and
files on the screen. You can insert, erase, locate, replace, exchang
e, move,
append, and copy text. To do so, you can use a wide variety of powerfu
l singleletter commands: "i" for insert, "e" for erase, and so on; or use Rainbow
's editing
keys. The Help function displays an explanation of each of RED's comman
ds.

9-8

Digital Classified Software

Fast and Friendly
• The "virtual disk" -or RAM disk - facility uses available system memory for
storage, a feature which makes performance very fast indeed. Using the memory
drive (MDRIVE) program, memory appears to be a disk drive, so writing data to
disk is much faster. Remember to save your data to the actual disk before you turn
your system off.
• Rainbow repaints your screen very quickly as you work. Extended console
functions provide fast video response, because your data is displayed block by
block, rather than character by character.
• A DISK COPY facility makes fast, reliable copies.
• The disk drivers' enhanced error recovery tries to read the data in different
ways. Error messages are helpful and easy to understand.
• The extended console functions also give you 16-bit keyboard data which
makes function keys, including the Compose Character key, softwareprogrammable. This means that programmers or application programs can use
function keys in unique ways.
• CP/M -86/80 V2.0 has clock support that keeps track of the time and date. This
feature is available for application programs.

9-9

Digital Classified Software

9-10

Digital Classified Software

Easy to Learn and Use
• Learn Rainbow on-screen instruction course teaches you fundamentals of
personal computing, specifics about Rainbow, and how to use CP/M -86/80, in
just a few hours, or less. The modular design lets you learn at your own pace.
• Just press the Help key at the operating system command level for informative,
understandable Help messages.

Documentation
• This operating system comes with a user documentation set-Getting Started
and User's Guide -providing well-illustrated, easy-to-understand information
on the Rainbow and CP/M -86/80. This documentation is ideal for the first -time
user, particularywhen used with the Learn Rainbow instruction course. For the
experienced CP/M and personal computer user, it's a handy reference guide.
• Additional documentation for software developers or technically oriented
users is optionally available in the Rainbow 100 ep!M-86/80 Vl.O Technical
Documentation kit. See the Technical Documentation description in Chapter 7
for order codes and more information.

CP/M-86/80: An 8- and 16-bit operating system

Prerequisite Software

None

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

9-11

Digital Classified Software

Integrated Productivity Packages
1-2-3
Integrated Spreadsheet, Information Management, and Graphics
• Order Code: QA528-0
1-2-J'M from Lotus Development Corporation combines the power of three
programs for your Rainbow personal computer: a spreadsheet program for
"what if" analyses, database commands to organize and select the information
you want, and a graphics program for visual representations of your data. 1-2-3 is
so fast that you can call up information and graph the results in a matter of
seconds. 1-2-3 offers 2048 rows by 256 columns-an exceptionally large workspace for an electronic spreadsheet.
The HELP key provides on-screen instruction for any part of the program.
The commands, which are free from computer jargon, are the same throughout
the program, saving you the frustration of learning commands from three
different sources.
1-2-3 takes advantage of many of Rainbow's special function keys. Since
Rainbow's numeric keypad is separate from the arrow keys for cursor movement,
you can enter numbers easily. So you'll be able to do your spreadsheet work more

9-12

Digital Classified Software
Integrated Productivity Packages
efficiently. You'll enjoy the light touch of Rainbow's keyboard and the crisp
character display in 80 columns.
You can create bar, pie chart, stacked bar, line, and xy graphs of different sizes
with the "/Graph" commands in less than two seconds for visual presentations of
your spreadsheets. To use graphs for "what if" analyses, you change a variable on
the spreadsheet, touch a key, and draw a graph that displays the results instantly.
Once a graph has been created, you can display it in another form in just three
keystrokes. 1-2 -3 will draw graphs quickly on Rainbow's monochrome monitor
or in multiple colors on Rainbow's color monitor.

1-2-3: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

MS-DOS operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

Graphics Option (PC1XX-BA)
256 Kbytes of memory

GraphPIan·S6

Graprucs Integrated with Spreadsheet

.OrderCode:QA561-C3
The GraphPlan TM-86 package is powerful graphics software integrated with an
dectronic spreadsheet for financial professionals. GraphPlan-86 supports a
variety of planning activities-such as budgets, forecasts, and "what if"
analyses-in businesses of all sizes. Once you have specified the graph parameters, you can flip between spreadsheet and graphic display with a single keystroke. Changes in the spreadsheet are reflected instantly on the graphics screen.
GraphPlan -86 is compatible with the sophisticatedfmaIicial planning package
MicroPlan TM-86, so you can load MictoPlan-86 tables directly into GraphPlan -86
to graph the data.
GraphPlan-86, devdoped by Chang Laboratories, utilizes the GSXTM-86
graphics utility that is included with the Rainbow Graphics Option. The GSX -86
software enables GraphPlan-86 to display charts on a wide variety of output
devices-including monochrome or color video monitors, dot-matrix printers
(LA50 Personal Printer or Letterprinter 100), and pen plotters from Hewlett
Packard. When new output devices are supported by GSX-86 in the future, no
changes will have to be made to GraphPlan-86.
.
GraphPlan-86 takes advantage of the Rainbow keyboard. The HELP and DO
keys, function keys, editing keys, and the separate numeric keypad are all
implemented to make your work easier and more efficient. GraphPlan-86 lets
you work on your spreadsheet in 132-column mode, so you can see more
inforination on the screen at once. An online HELP takes you through all
operations.

9-13

Digital Classified Software
Integrated Productivity Packages
As a spreadsheet, GraphPlan-86 offers the capabilities of a traditional electronic spreadsheet.
In addition, GraphPlan-86 can perform data entry, arithmetic, and logical
operations on entire rows and columns of cells, as. well as on individual cells.
GraphPlan has a very large selection of built-in formulas for percentages,
summing, and statistics, plus ranking and sorting of rows or columns to simplify
development. You can sort numerical data in ascending or descending order and
alphabetize by row or column titles.
GraphPlan -86 initially presents you with a table size of 50 rows by 20 columns.
On a Rainbow personal computer with 128 Kbytes of main memory, you can
expect to have tables containing up to 3800 data values (or cells). With more
memory capacity, you can have larger tables or spreadsheets. GraphPlan-86
automatically uses all available memory for spreadsheets.
GraphPlan-86 lets you display charts of any data from the spreadsheet. You
pick the options to customize individual graph formats from a menu. You can
graph your spreadsheet data as a pie chart, line graph, horizontal or vertical bars,
mixtures of line and vertical bars, and scattergrams. Combine up to six sets of
data in one chart.
For pie, bar, and stacked bar charts, you can specify the color for each section
and whether it should be filled in solid or hatched, and you can explode pie slices.
GraphPlan-86 gives you seven colors to choose from or three shades of grey (or

9-14

Digital Classified Software
Integrated Productivity Packages
green or amber, depending on your monochrome monitor model) to display your
graphs and charts. For monochrome monitors, there are six different shading
patterns to distinguish the different data sets you are graphing.You can get
hardcopy printouts of your graphic displays on the dot-matrix LA50 Personal
Printer and Letterprinter 100 or on pen plotters from Hewlett Packard.

GraphPlan-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
GSX-86 (included with Graphics Option)

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
Graphics Option (PC1XX-BA)

Context MBA
.OrderCode:QA551-0
Context MBA combines six functions into one integrated software package. The
functions include spreadsheet modeling, graphics, database commands, word
processing, form design, and telecommunications. With Context MBA, managers can review data quickly to make better-informed decisions. Context MBA
manages all of the information you deal with every day thus saving you valuable
time.
With Context MBA, you can divide Rainbow's screen into four windows that
display the different functions of the program. For example, one window can
display a spreadsheet model while the other windows display graphics, forms, or
text. This makes it easy to compare or visualize data in different formats.

Spreadsheet
The spreadsheet consists of 999 rows by 95 columns. Each cell may contain graph
formulas, text, or custom forms as well as data and mathematical formulas. You
can expand a cell to fill the entire screen or a window. This is how you move from
one function of Context MBA to another. For example, if you expand a cell
containing a graph formula, the screen displays the graph.

Graphics
You can create pie charts, line graphs, bar graphs, area graphs, scatter graphs,
and high-Iow-close graphs using data from a spreadsheet model.
To create a graph, you enter a formula that defines the data and type of graph
you want into a cell. You can include legends, patterns, color, titles, axis labelling,
and grid formations into these formulas. When you change numbers referred to
in the graph formula, the graph changes automatically.

9-15

Digital Classified Software
Integrated Productivity Packages

Word Processing
Ideal for managers, the word processor included with Context MBA is very easy
to learn and use. It contains 13 commands for functions such as inserting,
deleting, and copying text, searching and replacing, moving paragraphs, and
more. The print function lets you create reports containing text, graphics, and
tables of numbers.

Database
Context MBA lets you design and store a database in the spreadsheet. You can
add new information to the database and select the information you want from it
easily. And, once you display the database information on Rainbow's screen, you
can sort it in many ways.

Forms
With Context MBA, you design custom forms that make adding new information to a database and accessing information very easy. And, you can arrange
the data on the form to suit your needs. For example, you can arrange data in a
format suitable for mailing labels.

Telecommunications
With the telecommunications commands, you can use one of Context MBA's
windows as a terminal to a larger system. You can retrieve information from a
company mainframe, for example, for use in a spreadsheet model.

Prerequisite Software

Run-time version of
p-System (included)
CP/M -86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system for backup copies only

Minimum Hardware
Required

Rainbow personal computer with
256 Kbytes of memory
Graphics Option

9-16

Digital Classified Software

Spreadsheets
Multiplan-86 and Multiplan
• Order Codes:
QA063·C3 for CP / M-86/80 version
QA588·C3 for MS-DOS version

Multiplan™/Multiplan-86 is a general-purpose, interactive tool for people who
have to work with tables of numbers for forecasting, planning, budgeting, and
analysis. Marketing managers, sales managers, and manufacturing planners can
use the Multiplan spreadsheet on their Rainbow personal computer for such
things as sensitivity analyses, sales forecasts, financial projections, budgets,
schedules, resource plans, trend analyses, cost estimates, and cause-and-effect
studies.
Multiplan, developed by Microsoft Corporation, has been tailored to take
advantage of the special function keys and display capabilities of the Rainbow
personal computer. The electronic worksheet is defined by 255 rows and 63
columns. Multiplan utilizes Rainbow's ful1132 -character screen display to let you
see an entire 12-month cash flow projection, with a 13th column for totals. You
simply enter words, numbers, or formulas and Multiplan produces the plan,
report, or forecast.
Multiplan is menu-driven, so you don't have to memorize any commands. An
on -screen Help prompt displays additional information to lead you through the
worksheet process. You can edit Multiplan output with the SELECT word
processing program, and SELECT documents can incorporate Multiplan
spreadsheet reports.

9·17

Digital Classified Software
Spreadsheets
When you add or change a value anywhere in the spreadsheet, all related values
are modified automatically. By using up to eight "windows", you can view many
different parts of the Multiplan spreadsheet at once. Multiplan-86 allows linkage
between the worksheet in use and data contained on worksheets that have been
filed on the disk. That means you can break down large planning problems into
manageable segments with automatic data interchange.

Multiplan and Multiplan-86 Spreadsheet: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system for
Multiplan-86; MS-DOS operating system
for Multiplan

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes for CP/M version or
128 Kbytes for MS-DOS version;
256 Kbytes of memory recommended

MicroPlan-86 with Tables Module
• Order Code: QA282-CJ
MicroPlan TM_86 is a powerful and versatile financial modeling tool for the
Rainbow personal computer in the business environment. Although it can be
used for simple spreadsheets, MicroPlan-86 contains sophisticated,yet easy-touse commands and modules that make the work of the accountant or financial
analyst less time-consuming.
With MicroPlan-86, you can automatically do complex depreciation, loan
analysis, internal rates of return, tax computations, and variance analyses, thus
eliminating the possibility of syntax errors whenbuilding formulas. Since
MicroPlan-86 can work with several tables at once, you can consolidate information from an income statement, balance sheet, and cash flow in one model.
MicroPlan-86 has been tailored to take advantage of the special function keys
and the 132-column vid~o display capabilities of the Rainbow personal computer.
The Consolidation/Tables Module of MicroPlan-86 automatically retrieves
data from different files for consolidation by extracting only those rows and
columns youhave specified. The full worksheet size consists of 60 columns by 200
rows, but you can vary this by using the set-up command.
An on-screen menu, with all of MicroPlan -86' s commands, is available for fast
andeasy reference. The built-in Help command provides information for those
times when you have forgotten what comes next. MicroPlan-86 is programmable,
which means that you can build fully prompting, customized models.

9-18

Digital Classified Software
Spreadsheets

MicroPIan-86: A16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operatin g system

Minimu m Hardwa re
Required

128 Kbytes of memor y

SuperCalc and SuperCalc2
• Order Codes:

QA529 -0 SuperCalc
QA530 -0 SuperCalc 2

SuperCaIc
r take
The SuperCalc electronic spreadsheet and the Rainbow personal compute
"what
perform
can
you
lc,
SuperCa
With
g.
the tedium out of number crunchin
if" analyses on your spreadsheet information and produce accurate reports
quickly so you'll have more time for other tasks.
te
SuperCalc is ideal for accountants, small-business managers, or corpora
Friendly
alone.
works
who
planners, but is particularly suited to the professional
so you
documentation and a simple menu structure make SuperCalc easy to learn
.
program
the
started
you've
after
two
or
hour
an
only
work
can use it in your
ignores
that
manager
memory
d
advance
an
are
Among SuperCalc's features
without
blank cells in the spreadsheet, so your work can take up a larger area
against
running mit of memory; data protecti on commands that protect entries
as you
narrow
as
or
wide
as
set
be
can
accidental changes or deletions; columns

9-19

Digital Classified Software
Spreadsheets
need and you can even "spill" text from one column to the next automati
cally;
split-screen-window commands let you view two areas of your workshe
et
simultaneously, so you can see formulas and values at the same time; and
online
help is available at the touch of a key.
If you are using the Rainbow color monitor, SuperCalc will show negative
numbers in red and protecte d entries in yellow. That way you can tell at
a glance
whether or not your bottom line is in the black!

SuperCalc2

The SuperCalc2 electronic spreadsheet offers all of the same capabilities
of the
SuperCalc program, plus advanced features for more complex spreadsh
eet
applications. The spreadsheet models you create with SuperCalc are compati
ble
with SuperCalc2 so you can upgrade at any time. The command structur
e is the
same, so you won't need much retraining. The training guide, 10 Minutes
to
SuperCalc'f takes you through the new information quickly.
Using SuperCal~ you can build and edit your spreadsheets more quickly
than
is possible with most other popular electronic spreadsheets; define up
to eight
new display formats that could include floating dollar signs, embedd ed commas
,
percentages, variable decimal places, negative numbers in parentheses,
scaling,
and zeros as blanks; automatically combine many spreadsheet files
into one
spreadsheet; share information with dBASE II, the popular database
application; hide columns, rows, cells, or blocks with one step when you want to
conceal
confidential data and formulas; and enter a date into your spreadsh
eet and
reference that date in calculations with the calendar and clock function
.

SuperCalc and SuperCalc2 : 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimu m Hardwa re
Required

64 Kbytes of memor y

CalcStar
• Order Code: QA463-C3
CalcStai,ID developed by MicroPro International Corporation, is an electron
ic
spreadsheet package for manipulating textual and numeric data,
creating
reports, and solving problems. The package automates the production
of many
financial planning tasks of businesses, such as cash-flow analysis, marketshare
analysis and planning, sales and profit projections and records, investme
ntoption analysis, and project budgeting and control.
CalcStar gives you complete control with features such as a spreadsheet
of 127
columns and 255 rows; complete Help menus available with a single keystrok
e

9-20

Digital Classified Software
Spreadsheets
command; decimal precision; advanced math functions such as linear regression
and logarithms; and a scratch pad calculator function.
In taking advantage of the power and performance offered by the Rainbow
personal computer, MicroPro has nearly doubled the cell capacity of this version
of CalcStar and has fully utilized the Rainbow keyboard. It smoothly and quickly
performs scrolling, recalculating, and merging.
Another CalcStar advantage is that it works with MicroPro's family of office
productivity tools. Integrate your CalcStar worksheets into WordStar documents and you will have polished and professional documents. MailMerge,
MicroPro's list-and-print processing application, can use CalcStar output for
personalized form letters that contain financial reports.

CalcStar: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

9-21

Digital Classified Software

Equation - Solving
TK!SoIver-86 and TK!SolverPacks
• Order Codes:
QA283-C3 TKISolver-86
QA469-C3 Financial Management TKISolverPack
QA468-C3 Mechanical Engineering TKISolverPack

TK!SoIver-86
TK!Solver TM_86, developed by Software Arts, is a complete tool kit and multiple
equation -solver that lets you model problems requiring real-number solutions to
sets of algebraic equations. A computer programming background is not necessary to use TK!Solver. Models are created using English-language-like statements. You solve models by merely entering values for certain parameters.
Alternatively, you can copy and modify models to suit your specific needs.
To create models, you specify "rules" (similar to equations) that relate
variables. These relationships are grouped into "sheets," analogous to writing
equations on sheets of paper. All models require a rule sheet and a variable sheet,
with additional sheets being optional.
You can display two sheets simultaneously, using screen windows, and you can
save individual sheets or whole models on disk for future use. TK!Solver-86 will
exchange your known variables for unknown variables so that you don't have to
reformulate the equations. TK!Solver will manipulate the equations to solve for
all possible unknown variables.
TK!Solver's HELP key provides information on various commands and
functions. The editor mode lets you correct or modify existing rules, so you can
change data easily. The documentation includes a handy card and poster that list
TK!Solver's commands and built-in functions for quick reference.
You can get output in tabular and graphic form for varied presentations,
viewing formatted output on the screen and then sending it to the printer with a
single keystroke.
TK!Solver also has two optional programs: Financial Management TK!Solverpack and Mechanical Engineering TK!Solverpack, with formulas tailored specifically for those applications.

Financial Managem~nt TK!SolverPack
Financial Management TK!SolverPack™, which is used with the TK!Solver-86
program, is a series of models designed for financial analysis.
The Financial Management TK!SolverPack, a collection of TK!Solver templates, takes advantage of TK!Solver's features to speed your work in model
building (see preceding description ofTK!Solver).

9-22

Digital Classified Software
Equation -Solving
Financial Management TK!SolverPack models include: Compound Interest
Calculations; Level Debt Service Analysis; Net Present Value/Internal Rate of
Return; Bond Swap Analysis: Anticipated Spread Swap; Bond Refunding Decision; Convertible Debt Analysis; Financial Statement Ratio Analysis; Analysis of
Operating and Financial Leverage; Cost of Equity Capital: Capital Asset Pricing
Model; Cost of Equity Capital: Dividend Growth Model; Black -Scholes Option
Pricing; and Option Investment Performance.

Mechanical Engineering TK!SolverPack
Mechanical Engineering TK!SolverPack TM, which is used with the TK!Solver-86
program, is a series of models designed to solve selected common problems in the
field of mechanical engineering.
The Mechanical Engineering TK!SolverPack, a collection of TK!Solver templates, takes advantage of TK!Solver features to speed your work in model
building (see preceding description in TK!Solver).
Mechanical Engineering TK!SolverPack models include: Elastic Bending:
Two-point Supported Beam; Elastic Bending: Cantilever Beam; Elastic Torsion
Beam; Cylindrical Wall Heat Transfer; Planar Wall Heat Transfer; Thermal
Effectiveness of Fins; Fluid Flow in Pipes; Hydraulic System Analysis/Design;
Hydrostatic-Hatch Design; Area Moment of Inertia; Mohr's Circle; Helical
Spring; and Natural Frequency of Vibration.

TK!SoIver-86 and the TK!SoIverPacks: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
TK!Solver™-86 is required for the
TK!SolverPacks

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

9-23

Digital Classified Software

Word.and Text Processing
WordStar Word Processing System and Options
• Order Codes:
QA460-C3 WordStar
QA462-C3 SpeliStar
QA461-C3 MailMerge
QA570-C3 Starlndex

WordStar
WordStar® V 3.3, developed by MicroPro International Corporation, is a
powerful production word processing application that is easy to learn and use.
Screen-oriented, with a set of menus acting as guides, this system is designed for
both beginners and professional users. WordStar gives you simultaneous editing
and printing, automatic line wrap, text merge from another file, flexible formatting, easy reset of margins and tabs, column and block move, automatic search
and replace, and decimal tabbing.
With WordStar, you can choose whatever level of assistance you require. If you
want to merge text from another file, it can be done with a few simple keystrokes.
And, WordStar has automatic backup file creation, so you won't lose an
important document.

9-24

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing
WordStar is perfect for extensive production typing, boilerplating, and report
production. For legal, accounting, publishing, or any professionals who have a
large quantity of typing, WordStar provides the needed support.
WordStar has been tailored to take advantage of the special function keys on
the Rainbow personal computer. You can even reprogram many of the function
keys to tailor WordStar to your specific needs.
Among WordStar's other features: comprehensive documentation through a
step-by-step training guide, summary guide, menus, and command cards that
supply you with quick and easy references; menus that can be adjusted for both
new and experienced users; horizontal and continuous scrolling that lets you view
and work on the entire document; decimal tabbing, headers, and footers can be
automatically positioned for right and/or left alternate pages; ability to change
the number of characters and the character height of each line; and print exactly
what is displayed on the screen.
WordStar is compatible with the other MicroPro products: if you want to
transfer names and addresses from MailMerge® or allow SpellStar® to proofread
your documents, you can do it with easy-to-follow instructions.

SpellStar
SpellStar®, MicroPro International Corporation's spelling proofreader for
WordStar, locates spelling and typing errors in your text. SpellStar proofreads
your copy and checks it against a20,OOO-word dictionary based on theAmerican
Heritage Dictionaries published by Houghton Mifflin Company. You can also
create your own dictionaries, adding specialized words you use frequently.
With its large dictionary, SpellStar is also fast. When SpellStar comes across a
word not in its dictionary, it flags the word and gives you a choice of leaving the
word as is, changing the word, or adding the word to your dictionary.
SpellS tar is an optional software package that, when purchased and used on
the Rainbow Personal Computer, acts like an option of WordStar. From the
WordStar Opening Menu, select the SpellStar option and let MicroPro's spelling
proofreader check your work as you type.

MailMerge
MicroPro International Corporation created MailMerge® to work with your
WordStar application. This WordStar option, a multipurpose file merging
program, lets you produce customized form letters for mass mailings, assemble
documents from boilerplate paragraphs, and print mailing labels in three
columns-all at a fraction of the time and expense of traditional methods.
MailMerge can merge variable data from a series of files on a disk. When you
want to combine a mailing list from one file With a form letter from another file,
MailMerge can do it for you.

9-25

Digital Classified Softwate
Word and Text Processing
MailMerge belongs in law offices, sales and distribution operations; finance
and accounting departments, or any organization that requires boilerplating like
report production and distribution or the creation and mailing of personalized
form letters.
MailMerge will work with Digital's LA50 Personal Printer.
MailMerge, working with WordStar: merges variable data into teXt automatically and continuously; allows you to create a command file to chain print all the
chapters of a book without opening and editing each of the files; prints one file
after another without limit on the number; prompts you to change disks so that
even files from different disks can be chained together;prints one file inside of
another file for up to seven levels of nested files; and links WordStar to MicroPro
data products.

Starindex
StarIndex TM software for the Rainbow personal computers is a text organizing
and formatting tool created for use with MicroPro' s WordStar word processing
package. In combination with WordStar, StarIndex provides a low-cost but
powerful solution for anyone with sophisticated document-production requirements such as indexing and creating tables of contents or specialized design
formats. Such features as automatic repagination-as text is manipulated-of
indexes, tables, and pages, make StarIndex invaluable to anyone who must deal
with formal presentations of lengthy or complex documents or information
retrieved from databases.
StarIndex, working with WordStar: allows creation of alphabetized indexes
with subentries; creates tables of contents with up to four levels of emphasis and
automatically numbers sections; creates lists of tables and figures, and numbers
them in the text; numbers pages, paragraphs, sections, appendices, figures, and
tracks them as insertions and deletions are made; and includes a style program for
creating and storing personal formats for printing and numbering pages, chapters, sections, and headings.

WordStar and WordStar Options: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
WordStar (required for SpellStar,
MailMerge
Starlndex)

ana

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

9-26

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing

SAMNA WORD II
Word Processing

• Order Code: QA589-C3
SAMNA WORDTM II brings business word processing to the Rainbow personal
computer with easy-to-use features as sophisticated as those of a dedicated word
processor. SAMNA WORD II is easy enough for managers to use right away, yet
powerful enough to satisfy the most demanding secretaries.
SAMNA WORD II uses function keys and mnemonics rather than menus or
command codes. There are no clumsy markers or multikey commands to deal
with. And once you start a command by touching one of Rainbow' s function keys,
SAMNA asks you ashort question to get you to the next keystroke.
The prompts at the command level are actually the first of three levels of online
"help." A second level of "help" -a step-by-step guide through the functioncomes on automatically if you make a mistake. Press the HELP key for the third
level of "help," a complete description of the command. Stick-on labels and a
keyboard strip come with the package, so you can identify the function keys.
SAMNA WORD II reduces the effort involved in working with statistical
documents. For example, you can use the numeric tab feature to automatically
align numbers. The horizontal scroll feature creates a wide "page" of up to 132
characters. And, you can electronically fold a wide page in the middle to make it
easy to compare columns on your screen.

9-27

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing
Among SAMNA's other capabilities: have two files displayed on the screen
simultaneously, each operating independently of the other; move or copy· a
character or a block of text within or between documents, and SAMNA WORD
II automatically closes any gap; perform functions automatically as you type:
Bold, Underline, Center, Justify, Capitalize, Insert, Indent, Superscript, Subscript, and Double Underline; check quickly through your text for hyphenation
possibilities to tighten up right margins; indent a line or a paragraph of text for
typing outlines or numbered lists; type a footnote in any format you like; and
stack up to five consecutive print jobs to save time,

SAMNA WORD ll: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

256 Kbytes of memory

SELECT
Word Processing
• Order Code: QA061-C3
SELECTTM is an easy-to-Iearn yet sophisticated screen-oriented word processing
application with special emphasis on the needs of inexperienced and occasional
word processing users. SELECT combines a word processor, spelling checker,
mail merge, and on-screen tutorial program in one package. It's ideal for busy
professionals who need an easy word processing application to produce reports,
letters, lists, and notes right on their personal computers. Because it is selfteaching, SELECT is also particularly valuable for the first-time user who doesn't
have the time to attend lengthy training courses but who still needs a powerful
word processor.
SELECT has been tailored for the Rainbow personal computer-it takes
advantage of Rainbow's special function and editing keys and screen display
capabilities.
.
Select is easy to learn and easy to use: the "Teach" on -screen instruction makes
SELECT easy to learn,· in· as little as 90 minutes; the HELP key provides
additional mformation right on the screen; and the simple menus and prompts
lead you through the program.
Select's editing features include the ability to: insert, erase, move, copy,
exchange, search for, replace, and locate text within a document;move the cursor
freely anywhere you choose on the screen while you're editing with Rainbow's
arrow keys; work with more than one document at a time; store up to 25 pieces of
text-anything from phrases to whole pages-and recall them at any time with a
9-28

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing

"erg Help Qull Run
>S£l.£CT: Create Edit Delete V,ew Ust HaMe PrInt Spell Teach

Create - to CREATE a new docuMent
- to EDIT or change a docuMent
Edit
Delete - to DELETE a docuMent
- to get a scroll ing VIEW of' a docuMent
View
- to LIST all the docu.ents in ~our director~
list
" - - to assign a new HAKE t"o a dOCUMent

Spell

- to PRINT a dOCUMent
- to check lIour SPElLING

Teach

- to TEACH !lou to use SELECT

Help

- to HELP explain the co•• ands
- to QUIT ~our SELECT work session

Kerge - to KERGE a dOCUMent with a Mail in9 list
Quit

- to RUN a prograM outside of' SELECT
AI tel' - to ALTER SELECT into prograM deve I opMent Mode
Width - to change terMinal WIDTH

Run

built-in
numerical key(s); check your spelling with an expandable 1O,000-word
within
n™
Multipla
with
created
eets
spreadsh
dictionary; incorporate financial
SELECT
transfer
ically
electron
and
files;
ASCII
edit
nts;
docume
SELECT
documents, using poly-COMTM, to other compute r systems.
add
With a few of SELECT 's docume nt formatting capabilities, you can:
and
t,
subscrip
ipt,
emphasis to your documents with bold, underline, superscr
within a
overstrike; edit and print 132 columns; and vary printing sizes or fonts
line.
SELECT 's advanced printer formatting takes advantage of the special features
Letter
of the LA50 Personal Printer, the Letterpr inter 100, and the LQP02
and font
Quality Printer, support ing variable character sizes and vertical pitches,
styles. Support for non-Digital printers is optionally available.

SELECT: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M- 86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system

Minimum Hardwa re
Required

64 Kbytes of memory for CP/M -86/80
version; 128 Kbytes of memory for
MS-DOS version

9-29

Digital Classified Software
Word andText Processing

The BENCHMARK Word Processing System.
and Options

• Order Codes:
QA426-C3 Word Processor
QA428-C3 Spelling Checker
QA427-C3 Mail List

The BENCHMARK Word Processor
The BENCHMARK® Word Processor (V3.0), develop ea by The Benchm
ark
Corporation, is a .full-function word processor designed for high-pro
duction
office environments. The BENCHMARK on the Rainbow personal compute
r is
appropr iate for single users or small and medium-sized office environm
ents.
Even beginners or infrequent users can use the full power and sophistic
ation of
The BENCHMARK almost immediately. It' s so easy to learn to operate,
one day
or less ofself-training is all that's required for most people to catch on toeven
the
most advanced BENCH MARK features and functions.
The BENCH MARK Word Processor doesn't restrict you to one type of
word
processing: you can draft and edit letters, novels, financial statements,
statistical
tables, manuscripts, technical and legal documents, and forms. And
it takes
advantage of Rainbow's superb keyboard and display attributes.
The BENCH MARK Spelling Checker and Mailing List applications are
also
available to run with the BENCHMARK Word Processor.
The BENCH MARK can process CP/M-g enerated files, so it makes an
outstanding complement to other applications running on your Rainbow
, such as
time and billing, graphics, accounting, database management, or
financial
modeling software.
The BENCH MARK Word Processor has easily memorized comman
ds that
can be executed with single keystrokes. On -screen prompts assist and direct
you.
The BENCH MARK is menu-oriented, with selectable levels of self-help
prompting panels.
BENCH MARK' S major program modes include: create, revise, view,
print,
and merge. Additional procedures include copying documents from disk
to disk
for backup, deleting old documents from a disk, importin g or exportin
g CP/M
files, and assigning storage areas on other disks with this mode. All edit
features
can be used any time there is a document on the screen, regardless of the
mode.
While all standard word processing functions and features are included
in the
BENCHMARK Word Processor, its uniqueness lies in its ease of use and
in the
availability of these addition al functions and features: calculator; column
manipulation; graphics (lines, boxes, bar charts); keyboard phrase library; horizont
al
scrolling; operator -defined scrolling of one line or multiple lines, in addition
to
full-screen scroll; advanced edit ability; enhanced search and replace capabilit
ies
with word-only matching and wild-card matching; hyphenation decision
s; dis-

9-30

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing
abling of word wrap; format or print style can be changed multiple times, even
within a single line; and print styles include bold, shadow, superscript and
subscript underline, overstrike, and double underscore (if supported by printer).

The BENCHMARK Spelling Checker
The BENCHMARK Spelling Checker, developed by The Benchmark Corporation for the Rainbow personal computer, is designed as a complement to the
BENCHMARK Word Processor and the Mailing List System.
The BENCHMARK Spelling Checker compares words in a document to the
27,000 words found in its dictior,ary. It marks, with brackets, any misspelled
words and words not found in its dictionary. You must return to the BENCHMARK Word Processor to correct any words that have been marked.
Most commonly used words are in the dictionary that comes with Spelling
Checker. Words that are specific to a profession, places, names, company names,
and so on can be added to the dictionary. You can also build your own
dictionaries and ignore this general one. Documents can be checked by anyone
or more of the dictionaries.
Among its other features: you can add to or delete words from the main
dictionary; queue up to 99 documents for spelling checks; and use directories of
dictionaries and documents to eliminate the need to remember their names and
locations.

The BENCHMARK Mail List
The BENCHMARK Mail List is a program you can use to create, maintain, and
printlists of all kinds. It is ideal for small and medium -sized businesses with heavy
list processing and mailing requirements. You can use it to keep track of
information on sales prospects, business clients, and more.
The BENCHMARK Mail list provides many features for speed and versatility.
You can: create, delete, or edit entire lists or subsets of lists and combine one or
more lists;print mailing labels; create files with up to 14 items (fields) in each
entry (record); display the number of entries in a list at any time and select items
from a file by date of entry; and store your mail list files and your BENCHMARK
Word Processor files on the same disk so you can merge lists with word
processing documents.

The BENCHMARK Word Processing System: 16·bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
132-character printer such as
the LA 50 Personal Printer,
Letterprinter 100, or LQP 02
Letter Quality Printer.

9-31

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing

EasyWriter
• Order Code: QA559-C3
EasyWriter,TM devdoped by Information Unlimited Software and teamed with
the Rainbow personal computer, offers comprehensive and flexible word processing functions that are easy to use, even by beginning or infrequent users. Fast
and powerful enough for people who do heavy-duty work such as handling
boilerplate and integrating external files, EasyWriter is equally ideal for managers, professionals, or infrequent computer users.
EasyWriter gives you full use of the Rainbow's function keys and other custom
Rainbow keyboard features. You can move from mode to mode with single
keystrokes. And the UNDO function lets you cancel changes made in any
document you are editing. For large documents, there is split-screen display,
along with vertical and horizontal scrolling that lets the review and editing
process flow smoothly. Linking or merging files, both those created with
EasyWriter and those from other CP/M-based products, is just one more of
EasyWriter's useful features.
It doesn't matter if you work in a small to medium-sized business or a Fortune
1000 company. If you prepare personalized form letters, legal forms, project
plans, or financial reports with text, EasyWriter helps you do it. If you are either
an expert or a novice at word processing, EasyWriter is geared to helping you get
your job done.

EasyWriter: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
132-character print such as the LA50
Personal Printer, LAlOO Letterprinter, or
the LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer

Electric Blackboard

Multi-Window Text Editor

• Order Code: QA298-C3
Electric Blackboard™, developed by Santa Cruz Software Services, is a multiwindow full screen text editor for personal and small business computer users.
Electric Blackboard was developed for people who need to examine, create, or
edit large documents with multiple parts or several different documents simultaneously. It combines viewing or editing of up to 10 different documents in single
or multiple windows with graphies~ And it takes advantage of the Rainbow
personal computer's special keys and display attributes.

9-32

Digital Classified Software
Word and Text Processing
For fast and efficient viewing and analysis or for text editing, Electric Blackboard is appropriate for programmers or systems analysts, social scientists or
researchers doing field or lab work, financial analysts, and any manager, professional, or student who needs to compare information from several different
sources.
Electric Blackboard can divide your original wide screen into three smaller
windows with one workspace for each separate file that you're editing. Rainbow's
132-column-wide screen means clarity, no matter how many windows you're
using or how long your lines of text.
You can install Electric Blackboard in minutes. Clear tutorial documentation
and real-world examples make it possible for even those with little or no
computer experience to use all of Electric Blackboard's functions and features
from day one.

Electric Blackboard: An 8-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required
.

128 Kbytes of memory

9-33

Digital Classified Software

Database and Information Management

PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT
• Order Codes:
QA575-C3 PFS:FlLE
QA577-C3 PFS:REPORT

PFS®:FILE is a program for storing and retrieving the information you use every
day such as appointment calendars, customer listings, and student data. You can
record, file, retrieve, and review information on your Rainbow personal computer in a fraction of the time it would take with a conventional filing system.
With PFS:FILE, you arrange your information on a form you design yourself.
The program retrieves information in a variety of ways, so you can be as selective
as you want. With PFS:FILE, you can store about 2500 simple forms on one of
Rainbow's floppy disks.
PFS®:REPORT is a separate program thatlets you produce reports in theform
of tables from the files you create with PFS:FILE. With PFS:REPORT, you can
sort through your PFS data files and perform such arithmetic functions as
averages, totals, and percentages.

9-34

Digital Classified Software
Database and Information Management
Used together, PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT provide small and medium-sized
businesses or individual users in large corporations with an easy-to-use, yet
powerful information management system.
PFS:FILE performs well in a wide range of environments, including business,
professional, home, and education. Businesspeople, from managers to clerical
personnel, can use PFS:FILE for anything from tracking employee productivity
to keeping a daily appointment calendar.
PFS:REPORT helps you prepare presentation-quality reports. PFS:REPORT
prints selected information from a PFS file. You can search for information, and
you can select information by numeric values using the greater than, less than, or
equal to sign, along with the number. Specify the printer you wantto use, the page
size, and the title for the report. You can create reports of up to 132 characters
wide with as many as 20 different columns.
In this final step, you can sort the report; total, average, or count any column;
print derived columns (calculated from information in other columns); or
identify items by keywords (used to identify information stored in the form of
text).
PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT are so easy to use, you can learn to use them
quickly -even if you have little experience with computers. In fact, once you're
familiar with PFS:FILE, you're familiar with PFS:REPORT.
You can use PFS:FILE as a stand-alone information management package.
PFS:REPORT, on the other hand, works only with PFS:FILE data files.

PFS:FILE and PFS:REPORT: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

MS-DOS operating system
PFS:FILE (required for PFS:REPORT)

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

dBASEll-86
Relational Database Management System
• Order Code: QA281-0
The dBASE II®-86 application, developed by Ashton-Tate, is a complete database management facility that lets you manage your data with one powerful, userfriendly system. Ideal for all kinds of businesses, dBASE II -86 lets you update,
maintain, and utilize a database of your own creation on the Rainbow personal
computer.
With dBASE II-86, you can enter your entire corporate data-payroll files,
accounting files, invoicing files, customer files-into one information system. As

9-35

Digital Classified Software
Database and Information Management
a result, you can produce reports that combine different types of information.
You can change data without reprogramming and, as your business grows, you
can modify the way you handle information without having to re·enter all of your
data.
Using dBASE II's English·like commands, you can easilv add, delete, edit,
display, print, and manipulate your information. You can write programs to do
time billing, job costing, accounting, and reporting. Once you've set up a dBASE
II ·86 program, even unskilled personnel can accurately manage your data.
DBASE II·86 is a relational database in which each data field is accessed using
a label (such as name or address for a customer base). This means you can change
the structure of your data (increase the number of characters in the address field,
for example) without destroying the data.
You can use full· screen editing with dBASE II·86, which is helpful to modifyor
update a few records. Or, you can write a program to modify or add many records.
For programmers, the flexible command language allows pass parameters by
letting one program send messages and results to another program, and nesting
of routines.
Once you input your information, you can fmd a record quickly by creating an
index based on any key field. Finding a record can take less than two seconds. You
can also have multiple indices to one database. With dBASE II ·86, you can create
reports and documents to look like your personal business forms.

dBASE ll-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M ·86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

CONDOR 1 and 3
Relational Database Management System
• Order Codes:
QA156·0 CONDOR 1
QA158·0 CONDOR 3
The CONDOR® relational data base management system (DBMS), developed
by Condor Computer Corporation, can be used to manage data for a wide variety
of applications, including accounting, inventory control, project management,
cash flow analysis, client tracking, government reports, mailing lists, personnel
recruitment, vehicle maintenance, and business planning.
The CONDOR DBMS is ideal for first-time computer users because its
operation is very logical and it requires no programming. Its flexibility allows
information to be entered, compared, manipulated mathematically, stored, and

9-36

Digital Classified Software
Database and Information Management
ion
retrieved for display or printout. You can create data files as your applicat
ds.
comman
simple
with
them
delete
or
ze,
requires, and you can add to, reorgani
s
processe
and
establish
you
format
r
whateve
in
data
accepts
DBMS
CONDO R
develop
to
easy
as
the data according to your instructions. Report formats are just
R
or modify. And you can create menus which further simplify using CONDO
ion.
DBMS for any given applicat
r is
The CONDO R DBMS comes in two versions. CONDO R 1 File Manage
r
Manage
e
Databas
3
R
CONDO
sets.
data
al
individu
designed to manage
access
quick
enables
which
facility,
(query)
index
an
and
writer
report
a
includes
to information.

CONDOR 1 File Manager

process
With CONDO R 1, you can set up databases: reorganize files, enter and
simple
data, post transactions to the HIes, and print HIes. You may also create
printed.
later
and
database
a
into
input forms to collect data to be entered
ons:
Especially convenient for first -time users are three preprog rammed applicati
viewing
activity
sales
a
y;
capabilit
control
project
and
tracking
an activities
capability; and a label-printing capability.

CONDOR 3 Database Manager

addition,
CONDO R 3 provides the same capabilities as CONDO R 1 but, in
with a
allows you to join selected data from multiple files to create a new data set
value
field
a
change
and
set
data
a
single statement. You can delete the records of
a
create
and
set
data
a
of
records
selected
display
will
in adata set. CONDO R 3
you
lets
d
comman
T
REPOR
The
set.
data
a
of
fields
selected
from
set
new data
create, revise, and print a report.
Both Condor 1 and Condor 3 include the following features that enhance
that can
productivity: simple yet powerful English-like commands; database HIes
allows
that
ng
processi
ion
transact
and
be created and modified in minutes;
trails.
audit
with
e
complet
posted,
master HIes to be
32,767
And both packages feature an impressive database capacity: up to
with
record,
per
fields
127
to
up
and
record,
per
bytes
1023
to
up
HIe,
records per
127 characters per field.

CONDOR 1 File Manager & CONDOR 3 Database Manager:
8-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimu m Hardwa re
Required

128 Kbytes of memor y

9-37

Digital Classified Software
Databas e and Information Management

IMS Mailing List Management
• Order Code: QA346-C3
The Mailing List Management System, developed by Internat ional Micro
Systems, maintains mailing lists on your Rainbow persona l compute r and
prints
labels, envelopes, and multiple copies of specified labels. You can create
mailing
lists from thc custome r and employee files used in other IMS software
products .
IMSTM Mailing List files can also be used with MicroPr o' s WordStar® to
combine
names and addresses with continuous-form letters and envelopes.
Even the smallest business can use this product , but it's a natural for a
rapidly
growing company, since changes to lists are fast and easy to make and
the size of
your lists is unlimited.
The number of lists that Mailing List can maintain is limited only
by the
capacity of disk storage available. You can maintain separate lists for
different
types of customers and you may store multiple lists on a single diskette,
or a single
list may extend over multiple diskettes.
You can extract new lists from existing lists and combine up to five lists
to form
a new list. Tailor your list to the purpose at hand -zip code sequence for
printing
mailing labels, for example. Use lists from other IMS business billing
and
accounting management systems for envelope printing and for sales and
marketing plan implementation.
Mailing lists can be printed on one, two, or three-up mailing labels, or
print
your lists on paper with one, two, or three entries across. You can even specify
the
size of your envelope.
Install and use all Mailing List functions after only minutes of training
with
detailed, easy-to-follow on-screen instructions. Descriptive, helpful error
messages appear in reverse video when applicable.

IMS Mailing List Manage ment: An 8-bit applica tion
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operatin g system

Minimu m Hardwa re
Required

64 Kbytes of memor y
132 -column printer,such as LA50 Personal Printer, Letterp rinter 100, or
LQP02 Letter Quality Printer

9-38

Digital Classified Software
Database and Information Management

List Manager
• Order Code: QA277-0
List Manager ™is an invaluable tool when you have to keep mailings up to date or
retrieve information for a last-minute report. You don't have to hunt anymore for
the name, address, or part number you need, because List Manager is an efficient
electronic filing system. Whether you are an accountant, personnel manager,
teacher, retail store owner, salesperson, real estate broker, lawyer, dentist, or
publisher, List Manager can help take the work out of working with lists.

List Manager helps you set up each list with fill-in prompts. Define the
standard information you want in the list-up to 14 categories-like name,
address, phone number, identification number, and interests. Once you've done
this, simply enter the information for each item. List Manager creates and
displays the form for completion. It's just as easy to update a list. In the case of a
mailing list, List Manager will automatically place the new names in alphabetical
order. You can even add and delete a category of information at a later date.
List Manager has been tailored for the Rainbow: it takes advantage of
Rainbow's special function and editing keys and screen display capabilities. You
can view 132 characters at once if you choose.
List Manager also lets you: retrieve any record in five seconds or less using any
of three independent indexes; create a mailing list in 15 minutes or less; store up to
2000 records on one Rainbow floppy disk, with up to 500 characters per record;
print lists in a variety of formats; incorporate list text produced with List Manager
into a document created with SELECTTM-86 word processing. This is especially
useful for form letter production.

9-39

Digital Classified Software
Database and Information Management

List Manager: An 8·bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory; 128 Kbytes of
memory are recommended

9-40

Digital Classified Software

Financial Management and Accounting
Tax Decisions
• Order Code: QA320-CJ
Tax Decisions TM, developed by Eagle Software Publishing, is a planning aid for
tax professionals to design effective tax plans on the Rainbow personal computer.
The major objective of Tax Decisions is to minimize tax liability prior to the end of
a tax year. Tax Decisions is easy to use, yet it provides sophisticated planning
features. It gives you before and after effects of increased taxable income, and
calculates tax liabilities using rate schedules, income averaging, or the minimum
and alternative tax allowance-then selects the best method.
Tax Decisions delivers tax plans with computer speed, accuracy, and neatness.
The similarity between Tax Decisions screens and actual tax forms means you can
easily build tax plans with little prompting.
You may formulate up to five separate tax plans using Form 1040 and a
combination of 16 schedules and forms. Each graph and comparative report
illustrates a client's tax liability in a single plan, or displays a detailed comparison
of all available plans. The Change Plan feature creates new plans by borrowing
selected information from existing ones.
The current tax laws included are: alternative minimum tax, energy tax, and
the deduction for marriage penalty and installment sales payments. To protect
you from tax law changes, Tax Decisions is supported by a continuous update
service from Eagle Software Publishing.
Among the features that enhance productivity: key lines of Form 1040 can be
displayed in both graph and report format; you can post a value directly to a line
on the 1040 screen if there is no need to call up the supporting schedule screens;
you can easily create alternate plans by copying an existing client plan and making
changes in a "same as, except" manner; and you can estimate quarterly tax
liabilities.
If you return the Eagle Tax Decisions warranty card, you are entitled to a free
update service for one year from date of purchase. After the first year of free
updates, there will be a nominal update charge. Updates will be provided twice a
year (February and September).

Tax Decisions: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
MBASIC-86

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

9-41

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting

Financier Tax Series
• Order Code: QA517-0
The Financier1M Tax Series for the Rainbow personal computers is a powerful,
multiple-year, multiple-case planning and analysis program that can maximize
the amount of useful information returned from the effort of entering raw tax
data. The series was designed by tax, investment, and accounting professionals
for tax professionals, and for individuals who want to understand the tax impact
of financial transactions.
Financier is easy to use, requires little accounting or computer background,
and has extensive built-in error checking.
Among the Financier Tax Series features: tax-planning spreadsheet allows the
simultaneous consideration of multiple cases covering different facts and years;
optional graphing feature lets you seethe impact of adding or subtracting income, '
deductions or credits from any of the seven most frequently-used tax cases; tax
can be computed for 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985 and after -- includes regular tax,
alternative minimum tax, add-on minimum tax, income averaging, and consideration oflimitations on the use of credits, except for foreign tax credits; depreciation program retains history and computes depreciation for fixed assets; tax help
is keyed to common tax guides; tax tables for 1982, 1983, and 1984 are included
for tax calculation purposes; and a tax table for 1985 and after is included for
planning purposes, with zero indexing adjustment,

Financier Tax Series: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
Rainbow graphics option (for
graphing feature)

TARGET Financial Modeling
• Order Code: QA219-0
TARGET Financial Modeling™, developed by Comshare Target Software, is a
comprehensive business planning system designed for financial professionals
who need to handle large, sophisticated models. TFM allows serious modeling
and analysis in accounting, marketing, banking, insurance, and other fmancial
disciplines using the Rainbow personal computer.
TARGET Financial Modeling has sophisticated features but is not complex to
use. You can display the entire logic me on the screen or print it out. You can do
comprehensive management reporting by selecting and saving multiple report

9-42

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting
specifications from the same model. In addition, you have a choice of binary or
ASCII files so you can easily transfer models to disk for access by a text editor on a
database.
TFM can build models using the familiar spreadsheet method or with the
traditional command file technique. In either case, TFM uses plain English
commands, making it easier to follow the model's logic.
TFM can generate customized reports. Lines and columns can be specified in
any order, skipped, rearranged, or repeated. Up to 25 reports can be stored for a
single model, which may be compatible with word processing and database
management systems.
Among TFM features that enhance productivity: you can work from a
worksheet or a matrix; includes "what if" command; offers advanced modeling
operations such as net present value; interfaces with both personal computer and
mainframe systems in both directions, so you can transmi t files to another system
and receive files from that computer; and help screens are available throughout
the system.

TARGET Financial Modeling: A 16·bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

Money Decisions
• Order Codes:
QAJOl·O Money Decisions I
QAJ02-0 Money Decisions II
Money Decisions ™I and II, developed by Eagle Software Publishing, provide a
comprehensive collection of business and financial problem-solving tools. Seventy preprogrammed routines provide frequently needed calculations for making decisions in business management, accounting, real estate, banking/finance,
financial planning, annuities/investments, and estate planning: Money Decisions
Volume I contains 34 routines to solve general business problems. It may be used
alone or in conjunction with Money Decisions Volume II, which contains 36
additional problem-solving routines.

Since each solution is preprogrammed, you only have to insert the appropriate
values to obtain results. You can evaluate several alternatives-as in "what if"
situations-by changing just one variable.
Among the features that make money decisions easy to use are a calculation
mode for entering data; ability to generate output graph or bar chart format;

9-43

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting
ability to create presentation quality reports with the print option; singlekeystroke commands; comprehensive and easy-to-followdocumentation; and an
on -line tutorial.

Money Decisions I
Among the solutions included in Money Decisions Volume I software:
• Investments
Future value of an investment
Initial investment
Regular withdrawals from an investment
Internal rate of return on an investment
Regular deposits
Continuous interest compounding
• Loans
Principal on a loan
Remaining balance on a loan
Annual interest rate on a loan
Mortgage amortization table
Adjusted rate mortgage payments
• Business Management
Lease/purchase analysis (present values)
Depreciation rate
Tax depreciation schedule
Optimal production quantity

Money Decisions II
Money Decisions Volume II consists of three categories of solutions: investments,
statistics and forecasting, and business management. Here is just a sampling:
• Investments/Finance
Accrued interest on bonds
Present value of an annuity
Mortgage comparison analysis
Financial statement ratio analysis
Maximum purchase price for acquisition/merger
• Statistics and Forecasting
Risk adjusted net present value
Payoff matrix analysis
Moving average forecasting
Expected value computation
Average growth rate-projections

9-44

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting
• Business Management
Fixed and variable production costs
Production alternative cost comparison report
Equipment cost analysis (present value)
Inventory turnover ratio/average projections
Mutual effect of bonus payments and taxes

Money Decisions I and TI: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
MBASIC-86 (QA066-C3)

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

MBSI RealWorld Business Software
• Order Codes:

QA293-0 General Ledger
QA291-C3 Accounts Receivable
QA292-0 Accounts Payable
QA296-0 Payroll
QA297-0 Inventory Control
QA295-C3 Sales Analysis
If your accounting and business operations are growing by leaps and bounds,
MBSI'M RealWorld™ can help you keep things under control with powerful
reporting capabilities, superior audit trails, and excellent security protection.
Now available for Digital's Rainbow personal computer, the MBSI RealWorld
accounting packages, written in COBOL, are ideal for the needs of the small
business environment where the accounting operation is split into separate
functions.
Each module's screen formats and keyboard usage are strictly consistent from
one program to the next. User manuals are clearly written with step-byrstep
installation instructions. The MBSI RealWorld accounting software also provides password protection along with back-up and restore procedures so that
information important to the running of your business remains safe and confidential.
All but the Sales Analysis module can function as stand-alone systems.

MBSI RealWorld General Ledger
MBSI RealWorld General Ledger lets you handle all the necessary calculations
and reports involved with running a financial operation. Highly flexible and
customer-installable, RealWorld General Ledger communicates in ordinary
English and uses standardized screen formats.

9-45

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting
Among the General Ledger's features: the Chart of Accounts holds codes
governing the handling of an account throughout the system, automatically
reverses general-journal transactions in the next period, and controls the format
and description content of all financial statements.

MBSI RealWorldAccounts Receivable
MBSI RealWorld Accounts Receivable is designed to help you achieve a better
cash flow. When using the Accounts Receivable system, you know that your
entries are automatically recorded by the General Ledger system.
Among the Accounts Receivable's features: gives you information on the last
payment, the account balance, and sales volume and gross profit history; lets you
enter, edit, and calculate finance charges automatically; define up to four aging
periods, and track aging systemwide by either invoice date or due date; and lets
you tailor a statement cycle for each account.

MBSI RealWorld Accounts Payable
MBSI RealWorld Accounts Payable helps you control your outward cash flow.
You can obtain a Cash Requirements Report showing past and currently due
items. The Accounts Payable system will even print your vendor checks for you.
Among the Accounts Payable's features: the Accounts Payable Vendor File
holds many fields of information; each new payable transaction can be distributed to an unlimited number of General Ledger accounts; a Cash Requirements
Report shows you past and currently due items with any valid discounts; the PreCheck Writing Report shows all vouchers selected for payment; and it prints your
vendor checks in a stub-over-check pre-numbered format.

MBSI RealWorld Payroll
MBSI RealWorld Payroll handles things like sliding payscales, job classifications,
sick pay, and vacation pay-without changing the structure of your payroll
department. This module automatically interfaces with the General Ledger
system, recording the distribution of all payroll activity to various General
Ledger accounts.
Among the Paytoll' s features: an easily D;laintainable system control file allows
you to set systemwide parameters that tailor the payroll to your business and a
look-up file helps you define the General Ledger accounts for making payroll
distributions, defme the deductions and miscellaneous earnings used in the
payroll system, easily maintain your federal, state, and citywithholdings, as well
as earned income credit (EIC) tax tables, FICA (for both employee and employer
portions), FUI, and SUI percentages and maximums, and automatically calculate gross pay, taxes, EIC, and any voluntary deductions.

9-46

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting

MBSI RealWorld Inventory Control
MBSI RealWorld Inventory Control is for small distributors to follow and
process the flow of goods. With this system, you have complete and up-to-date
information on price lists, back orders, and stock status.
Among Inventory Control's features: perform item costing on either a
weighted average, LIFO, or FIFO basis; set up miscellaneous items in the item
file; perform item receivings on an interactive basis; enter orders for immediate
billing or for partial or whole billing later; define special sale prices, with starting
and ending sale dates; add to, change, or delete open orders at any time prior to
billing; print tickets for all or selected open orders; and print invoices for all
appropriate orders using preprinted forms.

MBSI RealWorld Sales Analysis
MBSI RealWorld Sales Analysis gives you a framework to enter raw data and
emerge with refined results. Designed for use with MBSI's RealWorld Accounts
Receivable and Inventory packages, you can print the sales analysis reports at any
time without changing the databases from which they draw their information.
Among Sales Analysis' features: show period-to-date and year-to-date sales,
cost of sales, and gross profit figures for each customer, and perform sales analysis
by customer type, customer sales volume, responsible salespeople, item, item
category, and item sales volume.

MBSI RealWorld Business Software: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 operating system
MBSI Inventory Control or Accounts
Receivable (required only for MBSI
Sales Analysis)

Minimum Hardware
Required

256 Kbytes of memory
132-character printer such as LA50
Personal Printer, Letterprinter 100,
LQP 02 Letter Quality Printer.

Multi Journal Accounting (MJA) System
• Order Codes:
QA399-C3 General Ledger
QA401-C3 Accounts Receivable
QA402-C3 Accounts Payable
QA400-C3 Payroll and Personnel
The Multi Journal Accounting (MJATM) system, developed by Prodata, lets you
maintain complete records of different types of business activity. The modules -

9-47

Digital Classified Software
Financial Managementand Accounting
Payroll and Personnel, Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable, and General
Ledger-can operate as stand-alone units or together.
MJA is a video-based software system with menu-driven modules. Data entry
screens are formatted with easy-to-understand prompts and include full online
error reporting. The compiled BASIC runtime library (BRUN) is included with
this package.
Among the MJA features found in all modules: fully illustrated user manuals;
batch verification reports and editing facilities; and password protection for
many functions.

MJA General Ledger
The MJA General Ledger application lets you generate complete, up-to-date
financial statements. Among the General Ledger features: you can generate
customized income statements and balance sheets; you can provide departmentalized statements as well as full or partial consolidations; you can perform the periodic closeouts at any time; and you can prepare amortization
schedules.

MJA Accounts Receivable
MJA Accounts Receivable allows management to control sales, cash flow, and
income. For more profitable sales management, you can easily spot fast and slow
moving items as well as high- and low-profit contributions; Among the Accounts
Receivable features: customer master file includes 12 fields; both Balance
Forward and.openItem customers can be maintained; aging criteria and finance
charges are user-definable; you can record non-AIR-type cash income as well as
customer payments and prepare and print customer statements either for a single
customer or for the entire master file.

MJA Payroll and Personnel
MJA Payroll and Personnel lets you maintain a roster of active and inactive
employee pay records along with a breakdown of payroll costs by job or
department. Among the Payroll and Personnel features: employee records
consist of more thim 15 different fields; pay periods can be calculated six ways;
earned income credits can be calculated automatically; and there is a 50 state
payroll tax capability.
.

MJA Accounts Payable
MJA Accounts Payable lets you maintain a list of vendors, transactions, and
payments. Flow is improved by scheduling disbursements to take -maXimum
advantage of vendor terms and discounts while maintaining good vendor relations through timely payments. Among the Accounts Payable features: vendor
master file includes nine fields; user-definable aging criteria; fiill features for
preparing vendor disbursement checks; prepare general purpose disbursements;
and discount feature that provides for EOM dated-and dollar discounts.

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting

Multi Journal Accounting System: 8-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

256 Kbytes of memory

IMS Job Accounting and Fund Accounting Systems
• Order Codes:
QA330.C3 Job Accounting
QA329·C3 Fund Accounting

IMS Job Accounting
The Job Accounting System, developed by International Micro Systems, is
designed for the construction and other contractor-related industries where
revenues and expenses must be maintained and reported on a per-job basis and in
consolidated form. It's ideal for contractors doing subdivision work as well as
individual jobs, and it's also appropriate for small and medium-sized businesses
that are production job shops.
Revenues and expenses are tracked and reported against both job and total
business budgets. The Job Expense Report shows budgeted amount, current
expenditures, and total expenditures to date. The system also tracks and reports
encumbered funds (funds for which a commitment has been made but for which
an expense has not yet been incurred).

IMS Fund Accounting
The Fund Accounting System, developed by International Micro Systems,
provides revenue and expense control as well as reporting for churches, schools
and universities, government, and other nonprofit organizations. Fund Accounting provides the equivalent of a general ledger system for nonprofit organizations
and associations. It's ideal for organizations with multiple projects funded by onesource, as well as for multiple accounts each with one project. So it's suitable, for
example, for universities to use in managing federal and state grants.
Fund Accounting will track revenues and expenses, report them against
account budgets, and print the percentage of budget remaining on expense
accounts. Expense reports show budgeted amount, current expenditures, and
year-to-date expenditures. Fund Accounting also tracks and reports on encumbered funds.

Customize IMS Job Accounting and IMS Fund Accounting
to Your Needs
IMS Job Accounting and IMS Fund Accounting are customizable to help make
the software specific to each company. You can: customize forms and report

9-49

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting
formats, use up to eight job sublevels or consolidation, and define job numbers to
a maximum of20 positions.
Both applications also provide the following features that make them easy to
use: menus and English-language prompts,descriptive header screens showing
recovery procedures and clear error messages, a data-file capacity limited only by
the amount of disk storage available, individually printable job account inquiries,
and instantly available expense status for any category.

IMS Job Accounting and IMS Fund Accounting: 8-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

Attorney's Time and Billing
• Order Code: QA495-C3
The Attorney's Time and Billing system, developed by Bear Computers, Inc., is a
set of application programs designed to handle the timekeeping and client -billing
functions of a law office. It includes an Accounts Receivable module for cash
collections and finance-charge processing.
This powerful application can help you increase your billable hours and
improve your cashflow through easily implemented automation of office billing
procedures and efficient management of receivables. You can also use Attorney's
Time and Billing to generate professional productivity reports and to keep clients
informed about work being done on their cases.
The Attorney's Time and Billing system lets you: perform on-line editing and
data inquiry using information from master files; define up to 999 billing codes to
describe a service performed or expense activity and add, change or delete codes
to reflect a current billing structure; maintain up to three billing rates for each
attorney; select the billing frequency and degree of statement detail for each case;
accumulate contingency-case activity for final billing only; print contingencycase activity reports without the billing amounts; print billing statements on your
firm's standard letterhead or on pre-printed forms; accumulate month-to-month
and year-to-date time and dollars billed for productivity reports by attorney,
case, case category, and billing code; report nonbillable time; use Account
Inquiry to display or print open accounts receivable and work-in-progress
selectively; take advantage of file purging routines which transfer closed cases to
archive diskettes; interface to General Ledger system; and keep a complete audit
trail of all transactions.

9-50

Digital Classified Software
Financial Management and Accounting

Attorney's Time and Billing: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
MBASIC-86

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

IMS Dental Office Management System
• Order Code: QA334-C3

The IMS Dental Office Management System is a software package developed for
use in a single dental office or in a clinic with several dentists. The package
computerizes many office procedures so dentists and staff are free to devote more
time to patient care. It also saves time and money and reduces the possibility for
billing errors.
IMS Dental Office Management helps you gain greater control over cash flow.
It creates a statement at the conclusion of an appointment so patients can pay on
the spot; prepares monthly statements, for families or individuals, showing
balance forward, payments received, new charges, and new balances; generates
aged trial balances for any patient; maintains up to eight different insurer forms
plus a generic form approved by the ADA; retrieves treatment and billing
information from a patient's file, and prepares an insurance form; and prepares
an annual summaryof treatments and charges for patients to use when filing their
income taxes.
Use of the IMS Dental Office Management System can also result in better
time management, with a corresponding improvement in staff productivity. You
can maintain an appointment calendar for each dentist and hygienist to simplify
the task of planning and modifying work schedules. The system also facilitates the
planning and execution of extended treatments and automatically prepares
reminders for periodic checkups and prophylaxis.
You'll find the IMS Dental Office Management System easy to use. The system
displays menus and prompts to guide you through individual functions.

IMS Dental Office Management System: An 8-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory
132-character printer, such as LA50
Personal Printer, Letterprinter 100, or
LPQ02 Letter-Quality Printer
9-51

Digital Classified Software

Manufacturing and Distribution
IMS Manufacturing
Inventory Control System
• Order Code: QA331-C3
The IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control System is a software package developed specifically for manufacturers. If you're responsible for a small but growing
manufacturing operation, the IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control System will
prove invaluable in your day-to-day business. Because the system automates
many information management functions, it saves time and money, improves
productivity, and provides a greater degree of control over resources such as
equipment, labor, materials, and capital.
This application helps you manage the following functions of inventory
control:
Bills of Materials: Once you enter a part or subassembly into the inventory file,
you can easily incorporate it into any bill of material. The system also processes
multiple-level bills of material.
"Where-Used" Lists: This system tracks where every part and subassembly is
used. You can generate lists by part, subassembly, or finished goods.
Material Requirements Planning: The MRP function lets you balance inventories against requirements and project future material requirements.
Status Tracking: This system can be used to track the status of purchase orders.
You can find easily what items have been ordered, the quantity, the dollar
amount, the vendor, the issue and due date, and past-due orders. The system also
generates production status reports.
Inventory Adjustment: The system automatically adjusts inventory in
response to purchasing and receiving transactions, and to production status. In
addition, the system records transfers, credit memos, and lost materials to help
maintain inventory accuracy.
Work Orders: Lets you create work orders for finished goods or subassemblies
in triplicate, along with a level-one bill of material. The work orders show what
item you are manufacturing, the quantity, and the due date: There is space to add
material and labor costs so you can maintain accurate costs for each manufactured item.
You'll find the IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control System easy to use. The
system displays menus and prompts to guide you through individual functions.
You initiate these functions with one or two keystrokes and the system automatically flags errors to keep database information accurate.

9-52

Digital Classified Software
Manufacturing and Distribution

IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control System: An 8-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

IMS WholesalelRetail Distribution System
Distribution Management
• Order Code: QA332-C3
With the IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribution System and a Rainbow personal
computer, distributors can have tighter control over inventories. Developed
specifically for wholesale and retail distributors, this distribution management
system helps to automate many information management functions.
The Wholesale/Retail Distribution System, developed by International Micro
Systems, is easy to use and performs a variety of functions that can help reduce
costs, provide better customer service, and control cash flow. It produces
purchase orders on preprinted forms or as computer printouts. It automates
order entry and backordering. It prepares invoices, complete with shipping
information and generates aged trial balances, sales status reports, and commission statements for salespeople. And it automatically adjusts inventory balances
based on merchandise received and items invoiced.
Here are just a few of the features for each function:
Purchase orders are easy to cut. Entry errors are caught automatically. When
the order is completed, the system prints it out either on a preprinted form or as a
computer form. At any time, the system will prepare an order status report
showing items on an order, quantity, vendor, and scheduled receipt date.
Sales information is easy to track. Overstocked and understocked items can be
readily identified. A stock item report summarizes standard average cost against
dollars sold. A monthly sales register lists and totals each invoice, showing gross
sales, discount, sales tax, freight charges, salesperson, and commission due. The
system also prepares individual commission statements.
The Order Processing system maintains a customer master file which contains
the address, sale terms, discounts, tax, current account balance, sales year-todate, and customer identification number. While an order is being prepared, the
system automatically retrieves information from both the customer and inventory files to speed processing.
When an invoice is prepared, the system automatically reduces the inventory
count, increases customer and items sales amount, and posts accounts receivable.
It prints out the invoice, including carrier, date shipped, and shipping charges.

9-53

Digital Classified Software
Manufacturing and Distribution
On request, the system will list backordered items by item or customer. As
backordered items become available, the system automatically allocates them
and prints a shipping order, using information from the original order.
The Cash Flow system automatically calculates discounts for early payments. It
will also list all accounts individually with balance and shows both current and
past due accounts receivable. For all functions, menus and prompts are displayed
on the video terminal to guide you. Most functions can be initiated with one or
two keystrokes. Customer master file records are updated automatically. The
capacity of data files is limited only by the amount of disk storage available, so the
system can grow with your business.

IMS WholesalelRetall Distribution System: An 8-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory
I32-character printer, such as LA50 Personal Printer, Letterprinter 100, or
LQP02 Letter Quality Printer

9-54

Digital Classified Software

Languages and Programmer Aids
MBASIC-86
Programming Language
• Order Code: QA066-C3

When you want to design your own BASIC program for your Rainbow personal
computer, Microsoft's MBASIC® -86 is the answer. It's an industry-standard tool
for writing BASIC programs. MBASIC-86 provides real programming power in
the easy-to-learn BASIC (Beginner's All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code)
programming language. BASIC is a conversational language that uses simple
English language-like statements and familiar notations to perform programming operations. BASIC is so easy that it's one of the most widely-used computer
programming languages in the world today-its users ranging from elementary
school students to professional engineers to business owners.
MBASIC-86 also gives you access to the world of public domain programs, so
you can run hobby, astronomy, electronics, and other programs you find in
popular magazines.
MBASIC-86 is the most extensive implementation of BASIC available for
personal computers. It meets the requirements for the ANSI subset standard for
BASIC and, in addition, supports many features seldom found in other BASICs.

MBASIC-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory;
128 Kbytes recommended

CBASIC-86
Programming Language
• Order Code: QA472-0
CBASIC-86~ developed by Digital Research, Inc., is an implementation of
BASIC that has become the standard programming language for developing
commerical business applications. BASIC (Beginner's All-Purpose Symbolic
Instruction Code) is an easy-to-use, conversational programming language using
simple, English -like statements and familiar notations. CBASIC-86 maintains the
simplicity of BASIC, while offering you the power of a structured, high-level
language.

9-55

Digital Classified Software
Languages and Programmer Aids
CBASIC-86 has both a compiler, to translate your source program into
intermediate code, and a run-time interpreter, to execute the compiled code. Its
unique intermediate HIe compilation reduces the amount of memory required for
individual programs and speeds processing.
Programmers are freed from using line numbers and can use long variable
names, making CBASIC-86 easy to use and program listings more readable.
CBASIC-86's 14-digit decimal arithmetic provides a high degree of accuracy,
making it especially useful in accounting and other applications involving a
number of calculations.

CBASIC-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

MWC-86

C Language Compiler

• Order Code: QA068-0
The C compiler MWC-86™ is a development package for programmers writing
microcomputer programs in the C language on the Rainbow personal computer.
Like the C language, MWC-86 is a very efficient tool. It consists of several large
programs or phases that allow you to compile, link, and load C source programs
for execution. You also can link object modules produced by the compiler with
those produced from assembly code by the assembler. The phases include a
preprocessor, compiler parser, compiler code generator, compiler optimizer,
8086 assembler, and linking loader.
The C compiler is rapidly being accepted as a standard in compilers across
several operating systems. Source programs are portable, so you can transfer
information from one computer to another with little modification. A C program
written on a Digital VAX computer often can be re-compiled and debugged on
the Rainbow.
The standard I/O and math libraries are compatible with UNIXTM V7. And a
Rainbow-specific library, containing C functions that utilize the extended console BDOS functions, gives you easy access to the operating system, I/O ports,
and firmware routines.
MWC-86 also includes:support for data aggregates, including arrays, structures, and unions; numeration and void data types; and a floating point.

9-56

Digital Classified Software
Languages and Programmer Aids

MWC-86: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

RM/COBOL

ANSI-Standard COBOL Compiler
• Order Code: QA465-C3
RM/COBOL is a reliable, industry-standard COBOL compiler. Created for
the efficient development and execution of COBOL business applications, this
GSA certified implementation of the ANSI 74 COBOL standard supports all
standard COBOL file access methods at the highest ANSI level.
With the RM/COBOL compiler, you can create portable applications software on your Rainbow personal computer because the identical compiler is
available on mainframes, minicomputers, and microcomputers. So, software
applications you develop using the RM/COBOL compiler and Rainbow will
execute on any RM/COBOL-compatible system as long as machine resource
requirements are met. And RM/COBOL supports hundreds of proven business
applications written in RM/COBOL on the market today.
The compiler offers powerful interactive screen-handling capabilities to
increase flexibility and speed in program development. These features include:
interactive terminal control, cursor line and column positioning, and easy
maintenance of screen/field attributes.
RM/COBOL does not require a link -edit step for program execution. Instead,
when you execute an RM/COBOL program, the compiler generates a very
compact object code. This speeds execution and reduces disk storage requirements. Extended computational data types, including binary and IBM-format
packed-decimal, also reduce storage requirements.
RM/COBOL features interactive debugging during program execution, for
more efficient program development. You can debug your program interactively
in three ways: by setting multiple breakpoints, stepping through the program one
statement at a time, or examining and changing the value of data items during
program execution. Cross-references of all program labels and data items and
clear error messages with errors undermarked in the source listing, also make for
faster debugging.
With more than 100,000 installations since 1976, the RM/COBOL compileris
often chosen for the development and execution of COBOL business applications.

9-57

Digital Classified Software
Languages and Programmer Aids

RM/COBOL: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M~86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

PASCAL/MT +86
Programming Language
• Order Code: QA475-C3
PASCAL/MT +86TMfor the Rainbow personal computer, developed by Digital
Research, Inc., is a superset of International Standards Organization (ISO)
standard Pascal programming language, extended for more speed and versatility.
Unlike traditional Pascal compilers, which use pseudo-code or some other
intermediate form, PASCAL/MT +86 compiles directly to machine code, making your programs execute faster. PASCALIMT +86 rivals assembly language in
efficiency when compiling to native machine code.

PASCAL/MT +86's speed and accuracy make it a popular choice for program
applications development in business and industry. Its ease of use and versatility
also make it suitable as an educational tool for college and high school students.
ThePASCAL/MT +86 system includes a compiler, a linker, a run-time support
library, an assembler, a disassembler, and a symbolic program debugger.
PASCAL/MT +86 provides: extended data types such as integer, CHAR,
Boolean, multidimensional arrays, user-defined types and constants, sets, enumerated types, and subrange types; separate modular compilation; "ROMable"
machine code; enhanced arithmetic functions; and direct access to specific
memory locations.

PASCAL/MT +86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

FABS-86
Assembly Language Subroutine for File Maintenance
• Order Code: QA299-C3
FABS-86~M developed by Computer Control Systems, is a customer-installed
assembly language subroutine that maintains key files for fast data retrieval in

9-58

Digital Classified Software
Languages and Programmer Aids
large data files. FABS-86 (Fast Access B-tree Structure) is designed to be called by
higher-level languages such as MBASIC-86. A basic knowledge of a higher-level
programming language is required in order to use FABS-86.
FABS-86 performs data retrieval at high speed by maintaining data record keys
in separate files that allow sequential and multipath access to data records. Keys
never need re-sequencing, and the key file is totally independent of the data files.
Multiple primary keys can be maintained in one key file providing access to data
files on more than one key.
Among its features and functions: duplicate and multiple primary keys are
supported; and the keys are normally maintained in the file as ASCII characters.

FABS-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system
MBASIC-86 (QA066-C3 )

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

AUTOSORT-86
Assembly Language Subroutine
• Order Code: QA300-C3
AUTOSORT-86;M developed by Computer Control Systems, is a high-speed
assembly language sort/merge/select subroutine designed for use with
MBASIC-86 on the Rainbow personal computer. AUTOSORT-86 can function
smoothly, either standalone or as a subroutine of the applications language. It's
easy to install on your Rainbow personal computer and to incorporate into
existing programs. This efficient tool for applications programmers increases
productivity because it runs faster than a BASIC language sort, even on large
files.
The sort and merge subroutines allow the merging of two files into one, and
you may specify sort parameters during runtime. The selectable features include
the deletion or retention of records, comparing up to four independent keys.
Speed is achieved by storing the entire TPA (transient program area) on the disk
before sorting, to maximize the sort-buffer size.
AUTOSORT-86 places no limit on file size; the file size will be limited by your
operating system and the available file work space on your disk.
Among Autosort-86's features: record lengths may be 5000 bytes or more as
long as the available sort buffer is 40 Kbytes or larger; you can sort fixed-length
records with a maximum of 10 keys, either ascending or descending, independently on each key; and MBASIC-86 string, integer, single-precision, and
double-precision fields are supported by both the Sort and the Select feature.
9-59

Digital Classified Software
Languages and Programmer Aids

AUTOSORT-86: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system
MBASIC-86 (QA066-C3)

Minimum Hardware
Required

At least 128 Kbytes of memory for
incorporating AUroSORT-86 into an
MBASIC-86 program
64 Kbytes of memory for using the
standalone sort

9-60

Digital Classified Software

Utilities
DPATCH
Disk Error Recovery System
.OrderCode:QA362-C3
DPATCHTM is a disk-utility program you can use to help ensure the integrity of
your stored data. DPATCH attempts to recover information from damaged
floppy and hard disks and recovers erased files ifthe disk space for that file has not
been reused.
With DPATCH, you can display and alter the information in a file that cannot
be read otherwise. This utility looks directly at the data in a file even if a bad spot
on the disk surface has damaged the data. DPATCH examines the surface of the
errors in existing files, or in unallocated areas. Bad sectors are
disk and flags
stored in a special file so that they will not cause errors in your active fIles. The
operation does not damage any data on the disk.
You can print a log of each DPATCH session.
DPATCH is easy to use-even if you have little experience with computers.
You just choose a function from the menu, and the program prompts you for
additional information needed. Even though DPATCH is easy to use, it contains
sophisticated features that experienced programmers will find valuable.

DPATCH: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory

CP+

CP1M Operating System Utility
.OrderCode:QA419-C3
CP+ ~ developed by Taurus Software, is a series of programs that interfaces with
the Rainbow's CP/M®-86/80 operating system. You use English-language
menus and!or multiple-choice instructions to complete all basic computer and
operating system functions. CP+ makes it easy to examine a disk's directory,
make file copies, and magnetically clean a disk.
CP+ includes: an alphabetized catalog of the fIle names with a 50-character
description appendage that enables you to do faster; easier fIle searches by
eliminating hard to remember abbreviations; a facility to string application
9-61

Digital Classified Software
Utilities
programs together in a "jobstream" that allows programs to be executed in
sequence, automatically; an advanced print function that utilizes a ten-HIe print
queue facility, so that you can print multiple copies on user-defined paper
formats; a facility for easy examination of the contents of HIe (e.g., test, work HIes,
print queue) that has a user-controlled page scrolling function; and error
messages displayed in a "user friendly" format.
CP+ is entirely transient; when not in use, the entire TPA (transient program
area) is available.
The instruction tutorial is coordinated with a step-by-step "Teach Yourself"
section in the User Guide. The tutorial covers all of the fundamental computer
functions through a series of interactive exercises, using CP+ menus run in a
demonstration mode. All functions are executed, but actually only sitnulated on
the screen, creating a risk-free learning environment.

CP+: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytesof memory

SIDEWAYS
Printing Utility
• Order Codes:
QA552-C3 Vl.0 for ep!M-86/80
QA590-C3 V2.1for MS-DOS
SIDEWAYS;M the printing utility from Funk Software, gives you all the spreadsheet columns you need with one simple command. Because SIDEWAYS makes
your files print horizontally along continuous feed paper, your output can be
hundreds of columns wide, rather than the conventional 80- or 132-character
limit. You also can create output with multisized characters and fonts for display
purposes.
SIDEWAYS integrates fully with LOTUS 1-2-3, Multiplan, and SuperCalc, so
these spreadsheet packages are never too wide for SIDEWAYS. Since this
package is also compatible with most word processing packages, you can use
SIDEWAYS to obtain large schedules, pert charts, and tables.
SIDEWAYS takes advantage of the dot-addressable-graphics capability on
Digital's LA50 Personal Printer and LAlOO Letterprintet. You can choose from
two character fonts with sizes ranging from tiny to extra large. SIDEWAYS
recognizes all alpha-numeric characters, linefeeds, carriage returns, formfeeds,
tabs, and backspaces. There is an optional double-strike mode for added print

9-62

Digital Classified Software
Utilities
density. And you can define the amount of character and linespacing along with
the margin and print dimensions.

SIDEWAYS: An 8-bit CP1M or a 16-bit MS-DOS application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory for CP/M -86/80
version; 128 Kbytes of memory for
MS-DOS version
LA50 Personal Printer or
LAIOO Letterprinter 100

9-63

Digital Classified Software

Graphics
Rainbow ReGIS
Remote Graphics Instruction Set
• Order Code: QA743-0
ReGIS (Remote Graphics Instruction Set) is a Digital-developed graphics
depictor protocol designed for effective communications between a bit-mapped
terminal and a host computer. The Rainbow ReGIS package gives your Rainbow
personal computer the ReGIS graphics capability of Digital's VT240/VT241
video terminals. Rainbow ReGIS lets you create graphics remotely (over a
communications line) or locally.
ReGIS provides commands for creating and manipulating graphics and text
images. You can draw pictures on ReGIS with lines, curves, and circles, and you
can include text characters in pictures. Rainbow ReGIS images can use four
colors or four shades of grey, green, or amber, depending upon your video
monitor model. You can further vary graphic objects by using shading and line
patterns.
Rainbow ReGIS is suitable for business, scientific, educational, and art
graphics. Want to write computer games on your Rainbow personal computer?
Try ReGIS animation. With Rainbow ReGIS, you can either create graphic
displays yourself or take advantage of existing ReGIS graphics programs. ReGIS
is valuable in an environment where a number of Rainbow users who aren't
programmers can benefit from ReGIS programs already running on a host
computer system. For example, in an educational institution, students working
on Rainbows can get computer-aided instruction and use courseware residing on
a VAX system.

Graphics Communications
The ReGIS graphics protocol is designed for conciseness and easy transportation
of code from a host to the Rainbow personal computer.
Used with the poly-TRMTM program of the poly-COMTM communications
software, Rainbow ReGIS software allows a Rainbow to emulate VT240/VT241
ReGIS as a terminal to a host. This means that you have access to ReGIS programs
running on a large computer system and can display the graphic images those
programs produce on your Rainbow's screen.
Using Rainbow ReGIS software locally, you can create and display ReGIS files
on your Rainbow or produce ReGIS output from local programs, without
additional communications software.

9-64

Digital Classified Software
Graphics

Creating Graphics with ReGIS
You can create ReGIS graphics displays simply by writing ReGIS commands and
then telling your Rainbow to Type [filename). More frequently, you will want to
write programs that include ReGIS commands to output graphics. Use any
programming language that can incorporate ASCII text, such as MBASIC®-86
and MWC-86.
Print your Rainbow ReGIS graphics on an LA50 Personal Printer or Letterprinter 100. You can print everything that is displayed on your screen or just a
portion of it.

9-65

Digital Classified Software
Graphics

ReGIS: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system
poly-COM for communications

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
Graphics option module (PCIXX-BA)
Communications line for remote use

GSX-86

CP1M Graphics Software

• Order Code: included with Graphics Option pel XX-BA
GSXTM-86 is the graphics system extension for Rainbow's CP/M-86/80 operating system, providing graphic output through standard operating-system calls.
Designed to take adval).tage of Rainbow' sgraphics module (PC lXX -BA option),
GSX -86 incorporates graphics capability into the operating system and provides
a virtual interface to graphics devices for 16-bit CP/M graphics application
programs. When you load GSX -86 on your Rainbow, it becomes an integral part
of CP/M -86, running on the Intel 8088 microprocessor.
Why is GSX-86 important to you? GSX-86 must be enabled for a GSX-based
graphics application program to run on the Rainbow personal computer. For
example, to display the charts GraphPlan™-86 created from your spreadsheet,
you have to load GSX-86. Or, if you want to do some graphics programming in
the BASIC language, you can use CB-86 ™with GSX -86.

Reduces Programming Effort for Software Producers
GSX-86 reduces programming effort for graphics applications because it provides a common programmer interface to graphics that is compatible with CP/
M -86. GSX works by addressing primitives such as polylines, markers, and text
characters. You can combine text and graphics in the same image. The standard
U.S. ASCII character set is implemented in GSX-86.

The Advantage-Program Portability and Device Independence
Application programs interface to GSX-86 by passing parameters through
standard function calls. This makes the object code that utilizes GSX-86 highly
transportable between personal computers from different vendors, providing
they run under a CP/M -86 operating system.
GSX translates these standard calls, which are similar to the operating system's
BDOS conventions, to meet the requirements of specific graphics output
devices-video monitor, dot-matrix printer, or pen plotter. Drivers for specific
graphics devices translate the GSX-86 calls to the unique characteristics of a

9-66

Digital Classified Software
Graphics
given device. Since specific characteristics of the graphics device are not visible to
the application program, GSX-86 provides device independence.

GOOS and GIOS
The major components of GSX are the Graphics Device Operating System
(GDOS) and the Graphics Input/Output System (GIOS). The GDOS and
GIOS path to graphics devices is parallel to the BDOS and BIOS path in CP/M.
GDOS provides a standard interface to graphics that is constant, regardless of
specific devices or host hardware, just as BDOS standardizes disk interfaces.
In addition, GDOS performs coordinate mapping. GDOS does a linear
transformation of the two-dimensional coordinate values specified by an application program and maps them to the corresponding device-specific space. The
normalized device coordinate space maps to the full measure of each axis in a
display. If a display or print surface is not square, GDOS scales the coordinate
values differently for the X and Y axes. An application program that needs to
know the actual size of a display surface can obtain this information from the
width and height data returned by GSX when a workstation is opened.
Because GSX-86 uses primitives, rather than addressing pixels, it can make
full use of each device's capabilities. Though Rainbow's high-resolution monochrome or color monitors will show off your graphics beautifully and eliminate
eye fatigue as you create your images, GSX-86 can also, as an example, take
advantage of the LA50 Personal Printer's even higher resolution (denser dot
pattern) for your hardcopy of the same graphics images.
The GIOS consists of a set of files holding device drivers. GDOS intercepts
and services graphics calls by first loading the required device driver module, a
GIOS file, from the disk. GSX-86 requires a unique device driver for each
different graphics device on the Rainbow.
Multiple graphics devices can be supported under GSX-86 within a single
application. By referring to devices with a workstation identification number, an
application program can send graphics information to anyone of several devices.
Only one device driver resides in memory at a time, maximizing the memory
available for application programs.
GIOS performs the graphics primitives according to the inherent capabilities
of the graphics device. In some cases a device driver emulates standard GDOS
capabilities which are not provided by the graphics device hardware. For
example, some devices require that dashed lines be simulated by a series of short
vectors generated in the device driver.

Printing Your Graphics
The GSX -86 package includes a set of drivers for graphic output devices, so you
can make hardcopies of your graphics. Drivers for the LA50 Personal Printer and
the Letterprinter 100 are supported. Drivers for Hewlett Packard HP74 70A and
HP7220C pen plotters are supplied "as is" and are not supported by Digital
Equipment Corporation. You may install additional device drivers if needed.

9-67

Digital Classified Software
Graphics

Additional Components
The GSX-86 package also contains the following programs:
• GSX-86 installation procedure
• RGI (Rainbow Graphics Interpreter)
• Binding to MWC-86™ (Mark Williams C)
• Diagnostics for graphics hardware option (PCIXX-BC)
These programs are included for purposes of diagnostics, installation verification, and your convenience. Note: They are not supported by Digital Equipment Corporation nor covered by the standard warranty.

CP1M ·86 Graphics Structure

PROGRAMMER INTERFACE

VIRTUAL DEVICE INTERFACE
CP/M-86
_

HARDWARE INTERFACE

~
RAINBOW
BIT-MAP
GRAPHICS
DISPLAY

t;~
BDOS-BASIC DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
BIOS-BASIC INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM
GDOS-GRAPHIC DEVICE OPERATING SYSTEM
GIOS-GRAPHIC INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM

9-68

Digital Classified Software
Graphics

GSX-86: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

Memory required varies with
application and driver, minimum of 256
Koytes recommended

Hardcopy Devices
Supported

LA50 Personal Printer
(as graphics printer)
LA100 Letterprinter 100 (as graphics
printer)
LPV16 pen plotter**
Hewlett-Packard HP 7470A and HP
7220C pen plotters**

**Device driver delivered as is. Requires BCC19-15 cable. LPV16 is supported as a twopen plotter.

Daisy-Aids

Letter-Quality Graphics for Daisywheel Printers
• Order Code: QA228-C3
Daisy-Aids™ Version 2.0 graphics software, developed by Escape Computer
Software with the unsophisticated user in mind, is designed for any office
environment where graphs and charts are used. Daisy-Aids consists of three
plotting programs for use with a daisywheel impact printer.
The sophisticated graphics and charts you create with Daisy-Aids can be
incorporated in reports or presentations you produce on your Rainbow personal
computer and printed on an LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer-Digital's daisywheel printer-for clearer, more professional communication of ideas, trends,
and relationships among important data. Text/graphics integration becomes
possible with Daisy-Aids.
Daisy-Aids creates line graphs, bar charts, scatter plots and diagrams, pie
charts, and block charts using a full-character letter-quality daisywheel
printer-all in minutes.
Daisy-Aids is easy to install. It prompts you to answer questions about your
printer, print wheel, and the default values you want when running the program.
It's menu-driven, with all options shown at the bottom of the screens. You can
change or update the data in a particular graph as often as needed.
Daisy-Aids can operate with other programs, including some word processing, financial modeling, and spreadsheet software, because ANSI FORTRAN
source code is included in this package.

9-69

Digital Classified Software
Graphics
YOUR HOTEL
Room Occupancy for the
June
DREQUESTED OCCUPANCY

Month

~ROOM AVAILABILITY

320--~------------------------------------------~

274

228

~ 182

o
M

137

o-~-

5 Most Active Clients
Requested Occupancy vs Room Availability

DAISY-AIDS Graphics Printed on LQP02 (Reduced 65%)

Daisy-Aids: An 8-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware

64 Kbytes of memory
Daisywheel printer, LQP02 is recommended

Required

9-70

Digital Classified Software

Communications

poly.COM Communications
Combined Terminal Emulation and File Transfer
• Order Code: QA193·C3
The poly-COMTM communications software (formerly called poly-XFRTM CP/M
Communications) is ideal for Rainbow personal computer users who need
terminal emulation capabilities with flexible, easy-to-use file transfer between a
variety of hosts and operating systems. With poly-COM you can share data and
programs with any area of your business-without spending most of your time
trying to make the link.
The poly-COM communications package, developed by Polygon Associates,
consists of four main components: poly-TRM is a terminal emulator designed for
interactive communications and transmission (uploading and downloading) of
ASCII text files. Poly-XFR and HST are paired components designed for errorfree transmission and format conversion of files between your Rainbow personal
computer and a variety of other computers and operating systems. SWITCH, the
fourth component, lets you operate your Rainbow from a remote location.
This communications software has been specially adapted to take advantage of
Rainbow's function keys and the display capabilities of the Rainbow personal
computer. Poly-COM combines the application for the CP/M-86/80 operating
system and the version for the MS-DOS operating system in one package.

TRM: Easy-to-Use Terminal Emulation and File Transfer
Under control of poly-TRM, Rainbow emulates a wide variety of Digital and
other ASCII start/stop terminals. Among its features: menu displays help you set
up terminal characteristics quickly and easily; you can transmit to and from the
screen and floppy disks, and to Rainbow's optional printer; you can assign strings
of up to 60 characters to each of 13 user-defined keys; and you can save complete
sets of parameters on Rainbow's disk.
TRM lets you send files of ASCII text down the communications line to the
host and receive from the line into a text file (no special software is required for
the host). This means that documents, electronic mail messages, and other data
communications, may be composed on Rambow, then transmitted to the host.
This minimizes connect time and transmission costs.

XFR and HST: Flexible File Transfer
The XFR and HST programs add capabilities to the basic text file transfer
provided in poly-TRM. The system with which Rainbow is communicating must
also be running HST, which is supported on a wide variety of systems. With these
programs you can send files containing binary (non-printable) characters. XFR

9-71

Digital Classified Software
Communications
and HST check the integrity ofeach block of data to ensure secure transfer. XFR
and HST also handle format conversion of data files between operating systems.
This means that files created on Rainbow can be used on a variety of systems not
running CP1M ot MS-DOS, and that data can be extracted from host databases
and reformatted for use on Rainbow.
.
Poly-XFR lets a Rainbow talk to the following systems, providing they are
running their version of the Polygon HST program:

Digital Mini-computers

Operating System

PDP-ll

VAX

RSX-llMV4.0
RSX-llM-PLUS V2.0,
RSTS/E V7.2, or
RT-ll V4.0
VAX!VMS V3.0

Other Personal Computers

Operating System

VTIBO
DECmateII
AppleIITM

CP/M-BO V2.2
CP/M-BO V2.2
Apple DOS or
CP/M Softcard
PC-DOS or
CP/M-B6
CP/M

mMPCTM
TRS-BOTM
ModelIITM
Xerox B20™
Osborne ITM

CP/M
CP/M

SWITCH: Remote Operation of Rainbow
The SWITCH component of poly-COM allows you to leave your Rainbow
personal computer in the office with an auto-answer modem and dial into it
from another system or terminal. You can then run applications on your
Rainbow or invoke HST and transfer files. This is particularly useful if you have
a Rainbow and another personal computer-one at the office and one at home.

9-72

Digital Classified Software
Communications

poly-COM: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system
Appropriate poly-XFR (HST
program) software for host system
for error-free file transfer

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory for CP/M
vers~on; 128 Kbytes for MS-DOS
verSion
Direct (hardware) connection
or asynchronous modem

poly-XFRfor Digital's VT180 (QA138-C2), DECmate II (QA202-C3), PDP11 (QA141-CD for RSTS/E; QA140-CD, -CH, or -CY for RT-11; and QA139CD, -CH, or -CY for RSX), or VAX (QA142-CG, -CM, or -CY) host systems
Note: The last character of the order code signifies the media.
2 = RX18 single-density 5 1I4-inch diskette
3 = RX50 double-density 5 l/4-inch diskette
D = 9-track 800-bits-per-inch (bpi) magtape (NRZI)
G = TU58 DECtape II cartridge
H = RL02 disk cartridge
M = 9-track 1600-bits-per-inch magtape (PE)
Q = RLO 1 disk cartridge
Y = RX01 single-density 8-inch diskette
Licenses for these software products are required for each local and host
system.

poly- BSC/3270 Communications
IBM Terminal Emulator
• Order Code: QA206-C3

The polyTM-BSC/3270 communications package enables you to access an IBM®
host computer system using Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) protocol from a Rainbow personal computer. This software is designed for interactive
data communications and allows Rainbow to appear as a terminal of the IBM
3270 family when running IBM mainframe applications, such as transaction
processing and database inquiry/update.
Poly-BSC/3270 lets a Rainbow personal computer emulate various members
of the IBM 3270 Information Display System family of controllers, display
stations, and printers. Under control of poly-BSC/3270, your Rainbow's keyboard and video monitor act as the keyboard and console of a single IBM 3270

9-73

Digital Classified Software
Communications
Display Station. Rainbow recognizes the mainframe's communications commands, so you can communicate interactively with an IBM host.
With poly-BSC/3270, Rainbow communicates with IBM systems configured
to support remote communications to any of the following 3270 hardware:
.3271 Control Units (model 2) with an attached 3277 Display Station (model 2)
and an attached 3284 (model 2 ) or 3286 (model 2 ) buffered printer
.3274 Control Units (modellC, 2lC, 3lC, or 5lC configuration support A, B
only, optioned for BSC) with an attached 3277 (model 2) or 3278 (model 2)
Display Station and an attached buffered printer
• 3275 Control Unit Display Stations (model 2) with an attached 3284 (model 3 )
unbuffered printer
• 3276 Control Unit Display Station (model 2 ) with an attached buffered printer
Rainbow provides many display system features of the 3271/3274/3277, 3275,
and 3276 (except where noted) including:
• EBCDIC communication with translation to and from ASCII at the Rainbow
console and simulated printer
• The 3277 78-key typewriter keyboard or a 3278 style keyboard
• All standard program attention keys, including CLEAR, ENTER, TEST
REQUEST, and twelve PF keys and two PA keys (3278 mode)
• Cursor positioning keys, TAB, BACKTAB, and NEWLINE
• Support for all standard commands, including write, erase/write, read buffer,
read modified, copy (3271/3277 only), and erase all unprotected
• Support for all standard orders, including start field, set buffer address, insert
cursor, programmed tab, repeat to address, and erase unprotected to address
• The dial feature for point-to-point connection (3275 and 3276 only)
Poly-BSC/3270 operates on full- or half-duplex communication lines. It also
supports point-to-point and multipoint connections. The maximum line speed is
9600 baud half-duplex on dedicated lines.
Among its advanced capabilities: file upload to formatted or unformatted
screens via command script files; file download; session logging; unattended
operation; programmatic interface; and On-line HELP.
Poly-BSC/3270 lets you control all important configuration parameters. You
can save complete sets of poly-BSC/3270 configuration parameters on a diskette.
Poly-BSC/3270's on-screen menus simplify setup of configuration parameters
for device emulation and control of the emulator.
You can easily install poly-BSC/3270. The required hardware connection uses
Rainbow's standard communications port or the low-speed port of the extended
communications option (PClXX-BB).

9-74

Digital Classified Software
Communications

poly-BSC/3270: A 16-bit application

Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system

Minimum Hardware
Required

12"8 Kbytes of memory
Synchronous modem

poly-BSCIRJE Communications
mM RJE Station Emulator
• Order Code: QA208-C3
With poly-BSC/RJETM communications software, the Rainbow personal computer emulates an IBM host remote job-entry (RJE) station, thus giving you
access to IBM mainframes. This software package is designed for advanced data
communications and provides the means to access the extensive information files
maintained in powerful central processors using your Rainbow.
Poly-BSCIRJE, developed by Polygon Associates, enables you to enter batch
processing jobs into an IBM host system from your Rainbow. This IBM Communications software can be used to submit jobs to an IBM host RJE subsystem, to
retrieve output from the host after the job is completed, and to transmit and
receive files from an IBM host system or another Rainbow running poly-BSC/
RJE. Communication is under a subset of the IBM Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) protocol.
When running IBM Communications, Rainbow emulates two of the most
popular IBM remote job-entry stations, the IBM 2780 Data Transmission
Terminal and the IBM 3780 Data Communications Terminal. Most standard and
optional features of these devices are supported.
Poly-BSCIRJE provides Rainbow with batch-mode access and file transfer to
the large database and technical analysis capability of the IBM host. It transmits
files to and retrieves files from an IBM host system or another Rainbow running
poly-BSC/RJE. In addition, you can have the emulator either print the files
locally-on an LA50, an LAlOO, or an LQP02 -or save them to a Rainbow disk.
Poly-BSC-RJE operates in full- or half-duplex communication mode over
point-to-point communications lines. The maximum line speed is 9600 baud on
half-duplex or dedicated lines.
You can easily install poly-BSCIRJE. The required hardware connection uses
Rainbow's standard communications port or the low-speed port of the extended
communications option (PCIXX-BB).

9-75

Digital Classified Software
Communications

poJy-BSC/RJE: A 16-bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 or MS-DOS operating
system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of memory
Synchronous modem

PhoneLink CP1M Communications

& The Brid~e CP1M Emulator
CP1M Compattbility Tools

• Order Codes:
Phone Link only
QA325-C3 for Rainbow
QA26S-CM for VAX with VMS
QA270-CMfor PDP-Ii with RSX
QA272-CMforPDP-l1 with RSTS/E
The Bridge only
QA152-CMfor VAX with VMS
QA155-CMfor PDP-Ii with RSX
QA273-CMfor PDP-Ii with RSTS/E
Both The Bridge and PhoneLink
QA269-CMfor VAX with VMS
QA2n-CMfor PDP-ii with RSX
QM74-CMfor PDP-Ii with RSTS/E
PhoneLink™ CP/M Communications and The Bridge'M CP/M Emulator are
designed to provide an integrated approach to CP/M compatibility for Digital
Equipment Corporation computers. Developed by Virtual Microsystems, Inc.,
The Bridge supports a standard CP/M-80 environment on VAX and PDP-ll
systems. PhoneLink adds CP/M communications on all Bridge host computers
as well as the Rainbow personal computer.
Each system you want your Rainbow to communicate with must be running the
PhoneLink software. If, for example, you want your Rainbow to talk to a VAX
computer, you must have PhoneLink-PClOO on your Rainbow and PhoneLinkVMS running on that VAX.

PhoneLink
PhoneLink CP/M communications software supports direct Rainbow-toRainbow communications or communication between Digital minicomputers
and the Rainbow 100 at speeds up to 19.6 kilobaud. PhoneLink allows files to be
transferred via modem or RS232 link. PhoneLink is available for the following
Digital computers: VAX systems running the VAX/VMS operating system and

9-76

Digital Classified Software
Communications
PDP-II computersrunningtheRSX-IIM, RSX-IIM-PLUS, or RSTSlEoperating system.
The VMS, RSX, and RSTS/E versions of PhoneLink support batch-mode
communications, which allows a prespecified series of commands to execute
without operator intervention.

The Bridge
The Bridge is an emulator which supports the CP/M -80 operating system. The
Bridge allows minicomputer users access to CP/M application software within
the native operating system environment. It is available for the following Digital
computers and operating systems: VAX computer systems running the VAXI
VMS operating system and PDP-ll computers running the RSX-llM, RSX11M-PLUS, or RSTS/E operating system.
As a software emulator, The Bridge requires no special hardware and supports
the 8080 instruction set. Most CP/M-80 application software and utilities will
run Ullder The Bridge as they do on an actual microcomputer.
Files created under The Bridge are in CP/M format and seem to be stored on
floppy disks. In fact, they are stored on hard disk, providing faster access time and
greater storage capacity. You simply specify the size of these "virtual floppies,"which can be as large as four Mbytes, at creation. The "virtual floppy"then
grows dynamically up to the specified size.
The Bridge for VMS, RSX, and RSTSIE offers multi-user access and includes
utilities to read and write industry-standard CP1M format 8-inch floppies (ffiM
3740 single-density with CP/M directory structure).

PhoneLink·PCl00: A 16·bit application
Prerequisite Software

CP1M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

9-77

Digital Classified Software

Entertainment
Mysteries and Adventures
Infocom Games
• Order Codes:
QA541-C3 ZORK I
QA542-C3 ZORK II
QA543-C3 ZORK III
QA549-C3 THE ZORKTRILOGY
QA544-C3 DEADLINE
QA547-C3 STAR CR OSS
QA545-C3 WITNESS
QA546-C3 SUSPENDED
Infocom's interactive fiction games are among the best-selling recreational
software applications on the market. More sophisticated and intellectually
challenging than most video-arcade games, these text-only adventures and
mysteries engage you in solving original problems that require logic and creative
thinking.
The Infocom advantage in the rapidly growing market of prose games is
twofold. It begins with INTERLOGIC~M a powerful machine language used to
create programs that incorporate vast amounts of information. One result -all of
these games speak your language. INTERLOGIC English is a breakthrough
command language that understands hundreds of words and accepts complex
sentences, rather than the traditional one- or two-word simple commands that
often slow down the action and frustrate the player.
Secondly, you'll find that these games are as absorbing-and as hard to put
down-as a good book. The plots are complex, the problems original, and the
outcomes variable, depending upon the courses of action taken each time a game
is played.
Each game has been tailored for the Rainbow personal computers, and each
includes documentation which is often as imaginative as the game itself.

ZORKI
ZORKTM I is the first episode of Infocom's best-selling adventure series. As an
explorer in the world of Zork, you wander through a vast underground complex
discovering riches and combatting danger. Dwarves, monsters, and thieves are
here to hinder your great quest.

9-78

Digital Classified Software
Entertainment

ZORKll
ZORK II returns you to the underground kingdom to encounter volcanoes,
dragons, princesses, and the Wizard of Frabozz. You must use the skills of a
master adventurer to solve the intricate riddles placed in your path.

ZORKill
ZORK III takes you on a journey from the ancient high-arched aqueduct system
to the Land of Shadow where the puzzles you encounter will test your problemsolving abilities. Your greatest challenge is to discover your goal- something you
do not know at the start.

THEZORKTRILOGY
mE ZORK TRILOGY offers the adventurer all three quests at a savings over the
price of separately purchased packages.

DEADLINE
DEADLINETM is one of the great murder mysteries of the computer age. It is the
chance for you, who have had dreams of becoming the world's most renowned
detective, to solve one of the most baffling cases in the annals of criminology.

STARCROSS
STARCROSS;M Infocom's mind-bending science fiction first, launches you into
the year 2186 fUld the depths of space. You are destined to rendezvous with a
gargantuan ,ship from the outer reaches of the galaxy to explore as startling,
complex, and enthralling a world as any in Infocom's universe.

WITNESS
WITNESSTM is a hard-boiled "whodunit" thriller which masterfully reconstructs
the great detective era of the Thirties. As Chief Police Detective for a quiet burg
on the outskirts of Los Angeles, you're up against your toughest case yet.

SUSPENDED
SUSPENDEDTM awakens you to the nightmare of a deep-space planet in crisis.
Only you, manipulating six engaging robots to solve an assortment of realistic
problems, can bring the twilight world of Contra back under control.

The Infocom Games: 16-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M -86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

64 Kbytes of memory

9-79

Digital Classified Software
Entertainment

Business-Simulation Games
Blue Chip Software Games

• Order Code:
QA539-0 Millionaire
QA581-0 Tycoon
Blue Chip Software's entertainment packages for the Rainbow personal computers are sophisticated investment-simulation games that let you learn about
investing while having fun. Each game challenges you to pit your expertise,
whether you're a novice or pro, against a market that fluctuates weekly and in
which price changes are not random numbers, but actual market trends. Documentation and on-screen presentations of market reports, graphs, and news
stories heighten the sense of reality and help you find that perfect opportunity to
make your fortune.

Millionaire
Blue Chip Software's Millionaire"M recreates the excitement and tension of
trading in the stock market. You will buy and sell 15 different, recognizable stocks
from five industry groups over the course of 77 weeks (turns) of transactions.
Millionaire keeps you well informed with weekly updates on margin accounts,
buy and sell transaction reports, graphs, computer-generated news stories and
trading options.

Tycoon
Tycoon;M from Blue Chip software, is a game that compresses the excitement of
52 weeks of commodity trading into a few hours of fun. You begin with a
hypothetical $10,000, and in simulated weeks make purchase decisions based
upon a steady stream of business and news information. As your profits increase,
you progress through a series of levels which involve increasingly sophisticated
trading.
.

Millionaire and Tycoon: 8-bit applications
Prerequisite Software

CP/M-86/80 operating system

Minimum Hardware
Required

128 Kbytes of main memory for Tycoon;
64 Kbytes for Millionaire

9-80

Referral Software
If you're looking for a specific software application for your Rainbow personal
computer, check the following chart which lists Digital Classified Software and
software adapted for Rainbow by third-party vendors.
The Rainbow can run over 1,000 software packages today and the number is
growing continually. These software packages span all markets, encompassing
general as well as vertical applications.
In the chart of Referral Software for the Rainbow Personal Computer, products
are listed by application category:
Accounting Software
Languages and Programmer Aids
Communications Software
Legal
Construction
Medical, Dental
Database Management
Manufacturing
Education (K-12)
Miscellaneous Applications
Engineering
Project Management
Farm, Agriculture
Real Estate
Finance
Sales
Games and Entertainment
Spreadsheets and Modeling
Government
Statistics
Graphics
System Software
Home, Personal
Taxes and Tax Planning
Insurance
Word and Text Processing
The third-party software packages listed on the following pages are owned or
supplied by the companies noted in the chart. The addresses and telephone
numbers of many of thethird-party vendors are listed at the end of this section.
To place an order for third-party software, contact your nearest authorized
Digital retail outlet.
Order Digital Classified Software from your Digital sales representative,
Digital Business Center, or authorized Digital retail outlet.
For a list of authorized Digital retail outlets, call1-800-DIGITAL.

9-81

Referral Software

Concurrent CP1M -86
ConcurrentCP/MTM-86 (CCP/M-86), from Digital Research, Inc., brings multitasking to the Rainbow personal computer. This operating system runs up to four
applications simultaneously. With the Rainbow and Concurrent CP/M-86, you
can greatly increase your productivity by performing up to four tasks at once.
Each application runs in its own Concurrent CP1M -86 console. You switch
between applications instantly by pressing the Control key and a console number
(1,2,3, or 4) on the numeric keypad.
With CCP1M -86, you can print a document, check the spelling of another
document, and sort a database while working interactively with a spreadsheet
program. Or, you can switch consoles in one keystroke to send an electronic mail
message without losing your place in the application running on the Rainbow. A
single keystroke puts you right back where you were.
CCP1M -86' s M -DRIVE feature lets you transfer large amounts of data quickly
between applications. The M-DRIVE command turns some of Rainbow's large
amount of memory into a virtual floppy. You save data to the M-DRIVE instead
of the floppy or hard disk to make transferring data very fast.

The Rainbow Advantage
Rainbow's version of Concurrent CP1M -86 includes;m extra console (Console 0)
that has a system monitoring utility program. You monitor the-status of the whole
system at once with a single keystroke.
With Rainbow and CCP1M -86, you can define different screen characteristics
for each of the four consoles. For example, you can set the screen to display 132
columns on one console while another console displays text in reverse video. You
can set the screen displays of consoles to other characteristics such as VT52
terminal emulation and more. The system changes the settings automatically
when you switch consoles.
Define multiple sets of programmable function keys for use in the four
consoles. You can have two active sets in each console-one set for the Concurrent CP1M -86 command level and one for use within the application program.
The GSX -86 graphics software is included with Rainbow's version of Concurrent CP/M-86. Although the system displays graphics in only one of the four
consoles at a time, you can run graphics programs on other consoles perfoming
such functions as drawing graphs on a plotter or printing graphics on a dotmatrix printer.
Only 16-bit CP/M-86 applications run under the Concurrent CP/M-86
operating system.

Minimum Hardware
Required

Rainbow personal computer with
256 Kbytes of memory
Hard disk recommended
9-82

Referral Software

Referral Software Chart

Producer

DCS

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System

Accounting
ADS SOFtWARE, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
WITH INVOICING
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
PAYROLL
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
INVOICING WITH
AIR-INVENTORY
SMALL BOOKKEEPING
SERVICES
AHA,INC.
SOLOMON ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE
SOLOMON ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE
SOLOMON CONSOLIDATED
ACCOUNTING
SOLOMON JOB COSTING
SOLOMON ORDER ENTRY
SOLOMON PAYROLL
AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
GENERAL ACCOUNTING
SYSTEM
AMERICAN BUSINESS
SYSTEMS, INC.
BACSACCOUNTSPAYABLE
BACS ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE
BACS GENERAL LEDGER
BACS ORDER ENTRY/INV
CONTROL
BACS PAYROLL
BACS-BUS ACCTG CONTRL
SYSTEM

QA542-C3

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"'"

'"
'"

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"

'"
jill

9-83

'"
'"
'"
'"

jill

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CLIENT ACCOUNTING
SYSTEM
AMERICAN COMPUTER
SOFTWARE
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
PAYROLL
THE BOTTOM LINE
THE FIRM (ACCTG SYSTEM)
THE PROFESSIONAL
TIME/BILLING
AMERICAN INTEGRITY
SYSTEMS, INC
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY CONTROL
SALES ORDER ENTRY
ARTICULATE
PUBLICATIONS, INC
GENERAL LEDGER
ASK MICRO, INC
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
JOB COSTING
PAYROLL
POINT-OF-SALE
BALCONESCOMPUTER
CORPORATION
THE BOSS FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
THE BOSS INVENTORY
ACCOUNTING
THE BOSS PAYROLL
MANAGEMENT
THE BOSS TIME BILLING
SYSTEM

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp16-bit DOS System
8-bit
",

",
",
",

9-84

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

BEAR COMPUTERS, INC.
PROFESSIONAL TIME &
BILLING
BPI SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL ACCOUNTING
PAYROLL

CP/M· CP/M·
p.
86/80 86/80 MS·
8-bit 16-bit DOS System

"
"
"
"

COMPAL, INC.
ACCOUNTANTS CLIENT
SYSTEM
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INTEGRATED
ACCOUNTING I
INTEGRATED
AC<,:OUNTING IT
INVENTORY CONTROL
PAYROLL
PROBILL I
PROBILLII
COMPUTER PROGRAM
ASSOCIATES
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
CLIENT WRITE·UP
ORDER ENTRY
CPAIDS, INC.
CLIENT WRITE-UP WITH
PAYROLL
CYMA CORPORATION
CLIENT ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY/ORDER
PROCESSING
MULTI-STATE PAYROLL
SMALL BUSINESS

"
"
"

"
"

"
"
"
""

"
"
"

"
"

"
"
"

1 .
9-85

"
"

"
"
"
"
"
"

"
"

"
"
"

Referral Software

Producer
GENERAL BUS SYS-4
MODULE
GENERAL BUS SYS-5
MODULE
FLORIDA DATA
SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INTEGRATED
ACCOUNTING PACKAGE
INVENTORY CONTROL
PAYROLL
FRANKLEN COMPUTER
SYSTEMS, INC.
CPA-ll
FRONTIER SOFTWARE
PROFESSIONAL TIME
ACCOUNTING
HAYDEN SOFTWARE
COMPANY
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
BILL OF MATERIALS
DEALER UTILITIES
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
PAYROLL
INTERNATIONAL MICRO
SYSTEMS
IMS FUND ACCOUNTING
IMS JOB ACCOUNTING
INTERSOFf, INC.
INTEGRATED
ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
TRANSPORTATION
TRACKING SYSTEM
MAINSTREET COMPUTER
PRODUCTS
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

DCS

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp8-bit 16·bit DOS System

'"
'"

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"
'"'"
'"
'"
'"
QA329-C3
QA330-C3

'"
'"
'"
'"
9-86

'"'"

'"
'"

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY CONTROL
PAYROLL
SYSTEMS MODULE
MCBA,INC.
CUSTOMER ORDER
PROCESSING
FIXED ASSETS/
DEPRECIATION
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
]OBCOSTING
PAYROLL
MDS ASSOCIATES, INC.
MYTE MYKE ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE
MYTEMYKE
GL/FINANCIAL PRO].
MYTE MYKE INVENTORY
CONTROL
MYTE MYKE ORDER
ENTRY/BILLING
MYTE MYKE PROTIME
TIME & BILLING
MYTEMYKE
SALESIREPORT WRITER
MICRO BUSINESS
APPLICATIONS
AIR WITH INVOICING
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE/
CHECKWRTG
ACCTG/DBASE II
INTERFACE
FIXED ASSET ACCOUNTING
G/L WITH FIN REPT
WRITER
INVENTORY CTRL WITH
INVOICING
MBA ACCOUNTANT

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS
V

9-87

System

Referral Software
CP/M- CP/MProducer

DCS

MULTI COMPANY OPTION
MULTISTATE PAYROLL!
CHECKS
P.O. & REQUISmONS
PROFESSIONAL TIME
ACCOUNTING
SUPERCALCINTERFACE
FOR GIL
MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
JOBSHOP
THE MAGIC QUILL
(CLIENT)
MICROCOMPUTER
CONSULTANTS
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
INVENTORY CONTROL
JOB COST CONTROL
PURCHASING
SALES ORDER ENTRY
OCCUPATIONAL COMPUTING
CO., INC.
AIR WITH BILLING AND
INVENTORY
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
FIXED ASSETS
GIL & CLIENT WRITE-UP
JOB COSTING
MFG INVENTORY
CONTROL
ORDER ENTRY
PAYROLL WITH UNION &
LABORDIST.
OPEN SYSTEMS, INC.
SOFTWARE FITNESS AlP
SOFTWARE FITNESS AIR
SOFTWARE FITNESS
GENERAL LEDGER
SOFTWARE FITNESS
INVENTORY

86/80
8-bit

86/80
16-bit

MS",

",
",

",
",
",

",
",

",
",
",
",
",
",

9-88

DOS System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

SOF1WARE FITNESS
]OBCOST
SOF1WARE FITNESS
PAYROLL
SOF1WARE FITNESS
SALES ORDER

CP/M·
86/80
8-bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16-bit DOS

'" '"
'" '"
'" '"

'"
'"

OSPREY BUSINESS
SOFTWARE, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY CONTROL
INVOICING
PACIFIC DATA SYSTEMS
-MONEY-TRACK-

p.
System

'"
'"
'"
'"

PEACHTREE SOFTWARE, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE/8

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE/8
CLIENT POSTING/
ACCOUNTING
GENERAL LEDGER/8
INVENTORY CONTROL/8
PAYROLL/8
SALES INVOICING
SALES TRACKER
PEARLSOFT
ACCOUNTING PEARL
PRAIRE DATA SYSTEMS
A/P WITH PURCHASE
ANALYSIS
AIR WITH SALES ANALYSIS

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"
'"

9-89

Referral Software

Producer
PRODATA, INC.
MJA ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
MJA GENERAL LEDGER
MJA PAYROLL AND
PERSONNEL
MJA ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE
PROFESSIONAL DATA
MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING PACKAGE
REALWORLD CORPORATION
MBSI ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE
MBSI ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE
MBSI GENERAL LEDGER
MBSI INVENTORY
CONTROL
MBSI PAYROLL
MBSI SALES ANALYSIS
RVA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FLEXACCOUNT ACCOUNTS
PAYABLE
FLEXACCOUNT ACCTS
RECEVBL
FLEXACCOUNT GENERAL
LEDGER
FLEXACCOUNT
INVENTORY CONTROL
FLEXACCOUNT ORDER
PROCESSINGIINVENTORY
FLEXACCOUNT PAYROLL
FLEXACCOUNT

DCS
QA402-C3
QA399-C3
QA400-C3
QA401-C3

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System

"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"

QA292-C3

"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"

QA291-C3
QA293-C3
QA297-C3
QA296-C3
QA295-C3

"'"
"'"

"'"'""

~URCHASING

"'"

FLEXACCOUNT SALES
ANAL/COMM
SMALL BUSINESS
SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY

"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"

"'"

9-90

"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"
"'"

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

ORDER ENTRY
PAYROLL
SOFTTRAN CORPORATION
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
MANAGEMENT
SALES ORDER ENTRY
SOFTWARE-16 INTEGRATED
ACCTG
SOFTWARE LffiRARIES, INC.
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
PAYROLL SYSTEM
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
GENERAL LEDGER
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
INVENTORY CONTROL
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
SALES ORDER ENTRY
THE BUSINESS LIBRARY
PURCHASE ORDER
TRACKING
THE LIBRARIAN (BASE SW)
SSR CORPORATION
INFOTORY (HARD DISK
VERSION)
INFOTORYINVENTORY
MANAGEMENT
STAR SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
AlP WITH PURCHASE
ORDERS
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
W/INVOICING
GENERAL LEDGER
PAYROLL
THE ACCOUNTING
PARTNER

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System
".-

".-

".".".-

".-

".".".-

".".-

".-

9-91

".-

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

STATE OF THE ART
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
BUDGET & FINANCIAL
REPORTS
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
PAYROLL
SALES/INVENTORY
CONTROL
STRUCTURED SYSTEMS
GROUP
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY CONTROL
ORDER ENTRY
PAYROLL
SUNBURST SOFTWARE, LTD.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
ESTIMATING JOB COSTING
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY CONTROL
PAYROLL
POINT-OF-SALE
PROFESSIONAL MGMT
PACKAGE
PROFESSIONAL TIME &
BILLING
SYSTEMS PLUS, INC.
CLIENT MANAGER (CPA)
TCS SOFTWARE, INC.
TCS LEDGER SYSTEM
TCS TOTAL ACCOUNTING
SYS

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System
"..
"..
II"

"..
II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

"..

II"

TCST~ALINVENTORY

II"

TCS TOTAL LEDGER
TCS T~AL MATERIALS

"..

II"

9-92

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

TCS TOTAL PAYABLES
TCS TOTAL PAYROLL
TCS TOTAL RECEIVABLES
TCS TOTAL SALES
TCS TOTAL UTILITIES
TIMBERLINE SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
INVENTORY
MANAGEMENT
PAYROLL
STARTER SET ACCOUNTING
PACKAGES
UNIVAIR, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
GENERAL LEDGER
ACCTG. SYS
INVENTORY CONTROL
USER FRffiNDLY
SOFTWARE, INC.
CUTE

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System
~

~
~
~
~
~
~

Communications Software
ADVANCED MICRO
TECHNIQUES
MICROEZLlNK
MICROTLX
ARTICULATE
PUBLICATIONS, INC.
INTERCOM COMPLETE
INTERCOM UTILITIES
BENCHMARK/METASOFT
CORPORATION
TELECOM
CAWTHORN
SCffiNTIFIC GROUP
CTL: COMPUTER-TELEX
LINK

~
~

9-93

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

TXL: TELEX-LINK
D.J.R. ASSOCIATES, INC.
FMS EASY-LINK
DIGISOFT COMPUTERS, INC.
MAIL-COM
DYNAMIC
MICROPROCESSOR ASSOC.
ASCOM
HAYES MICROCOMPUTER
PRODUCTS
SMARTCOM TWO
IE SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCULINK
MICROPROCESSOR
ASSOCIATES
VU-LINK
(ELECTRONIC MAIL)
MICROSTUF, INC.
CROSSTALK
MYCROFT LABS, INC.
MITE-80
MITE-86

II'

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS
II'

II'

II'
II'

II'

II'
II'

II'

POLYGON ASSOCIATES, INC.

POLY-BSC/3270
POLY-BSC/RJE
POLY·COM
TICOM SYSTEMS, INC.
REMCOM
VIRTUAL
MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
PHONELINK & THE BRIDGE

QA206-C3
QA208'eJ
QA193·eJ

II'

QA325·eJ

WOOLF SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
MOVE·IT

II'

Construction
AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSTRUCTION

9-94

p.
System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MSp16-bit DOS System

COMPUTER PROGRAM
ASSOCIATES
CONSTRUCTION
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
CONSTRUCTION
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
CONSTRUCTION
GENERAL LEDGER

CONSTRUCTION
INVENTORY

CONSTRUCTION PAYROLL

JOB COSTING &
GENERAL LEDGER

CONSTRUCTION DATA
CONTROL, INC.
CONSTRUCTION
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

CONSTRUCTION
ESTIMATING

CONSTRUCTION
GENERAL LEDGER
CONSTRUCTION JOB COST
CONSTRUCTION PAYROLL
CONSTRUCTION
ESTIMATING

CONTRACTOR
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
ESPRI-CONSTRUCTION
ESTIMATION

CYMA CORPORATION
CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT

FLORIDA DATA
SYSTEMS, INC.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
CONSTRUCTION

Database Management
ABACUS DATA, INC.
INFORMA

INFORMA-5
INFORMA-lO

9-95

Referral Software

Producer
INFORMA-15
INFORMA-20
AMERICAN TRAINING
INTERNATIONAL
D.B. POWER (DBASE II)
APPLIED BUSINESS
SOFTWARE
ABS INFO. MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
ARTICULATE
PUBLICATIONS, INC.
DATAMERGE
(FILE MANAGER)
ASHTON-TATE
DBASE II
FRIDAY!
CONDOR COMPUTER CORP.
CONDOR 1
CONDOR 3
D.J.R. ASSOCIATES, INC.
FMS80
FMS81
DBI SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
ADVANCED SYSTEM PAC
SYSTEMPAC
DIGITAL RESEARCH, INC.
SUPERFILE
FLORIDA DATA
SYSTEMS, INC.
MBASE
FOX & GELLER, INC.
DUTIL (DBASE II
INTERFACE)
QUICKCODE
FYI, INC.
SUPER-FILE
INNOVATIVE
SOFTWARE, INC.
T.I.M. IV

DCS

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System

'"
'"

QA281-C3

'"
QA156-C3
QA158-C3

'"
'"

'" ,,*

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"

'"
'"
'"

* NotDCS
9-96

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

INTERNATIONAL
MICROCOMPUTER SW_
BISYBASE
LINK SYSTEMS, INC
DATAFAX
MARTIN MARIETTA DATA
SYSTEMS
KEEPIT
SORTIT
MICRO
APPLICATIONS GROUP
MAG/BASE2
MAG/BASE 3
MAG/BASE 1
MAG/SAM
MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC
THE SCHEDULER
MICRO-AP
SELECTOR
MICROPRO
INTERNATIONAL CORP_
DATASTAR
INFOSTAR
SUPERSORTI
SUPERSORT II
MICRORIM, INC
MICRORIM DBMS
MICROSTUF, INC
INFOSCOPE
ORGANIC SOFTWARE, INC
DATEBOOK
PEACHTREE SOFTWARE, INC
CALENDAR MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION ACCESS
LIST MANAGER
PEARLSOFT
PERSONAL PEARL
PERFECT SOFTWARE, INC

,.,
,.,
,.,

QA444-C3

,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,

,.,

,., ,.,

,.,
,.,

,.,
,.,
,.,
,., ,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,

,.,

QA277-C3

9-97

,.,

,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,

,.,

,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,

System

Referral Software

Producer
PERFECT FILER
SOFTWARE PUBLISHING
CORPORATION
PFS:FILE
PFS:REPORT
SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS, INC.
DATAEASE
SORCIM CORPORATION
SUPERDATA
SSR CORPORATION
OMNIFILE
STATCOM CORPORATION
CRTFORM
INFOMGR
STRUCTURED .
SYSTEMS GROUP
ANALYST
QSORT
T/MAKER COMPANY
T/MAKERII
TCS SOFTWARE, INC.
TCS Q REPORT

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS

p.
System

'"
QA575-C3
QA577-C3

'"
'"

'" '"
'" '"

'"
'"

TCSSIMPLE
TICOM SYSTEMS, INC.
FINAL FORM
USER FRIENDLY
SOFTWARE, INC.

UVEON COMPUTER
SYSTEMS, INC.
OPTIMUM EXECUTIVE
SERIES
OPTIMUM PROFESSIONAL
SERIES

'"
'"
'"

9-98

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS

System

Education, School District (K-12)
APPLIED EDUCATION
SYSTEMS
DAILY ATTENDANCE
ACCTG
EDUCATION ASSESSMENT
GRADE REPORTING
SYSTEM
TEST SCORING SYSTEM
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN TSC
DIVISION
GUIDANCE
INFORMATION SYSTEM
LANGUAGE: MECHANICS
LANGUAGE:
PARTS OF SPEECH
LANGUAGE:
SENTENCE STRUCTURE
LANGUAGE: USAGE
MATHEMATICS 3·6:
DECIMALS
MATHEMATICS 3·6:
FRACTIONS

v
--v
v

---

MATHEMATICS 3·6:
WHOLE NUMBERS
MATHEMATICS 7·8:
DECIMALS
MATHEMATICS 7·8:
FRACTIONS
MATHEMATICS 7·8:
~G~E~O~M~E~T~R~Y~_______________________________ v _______
MATHEMATICS 7·8:
WHOLE NUMBERS
v
------READING: STUDY SKILLS
v
--READING: WORD ATTACK
v
READING: WORD
STRUCTURE
v ._----THE ANSWER
(TEST/SCORING)
v

WTJA-JOB SEARCH

9-99

~------

Referral Software
CP/M- CP/MProducer

DCS

RESOURCE SOFTWARE
INTL_, INC.
ADD 2 DIGITS WITH CARRY
ADDING'iDIGITS
W/OCARRY
LEARN & PRACTICE
DECIMALS
LEARN & PRACTICE
DECIMALS
LEARN & PRACTICE
DISCOUNTS
LEARN & PRACTICE
EQUIV. FRAC.
LEARN & PRACTICE
FRACTIONS
LEARN & PRACTICE
PERCENTAGES
LET'S HAVE FUN
COMPARING
LET'S HAVE FUN
COUNTING
LET'S HAVE FUN
SUBTRACTING
LETTER WRITING
MULTIPLYING
SINGLE DIGITS
SENTENCES I: COMBINING
SENTENCES II:
CLASSIFYING
SIMPLE ADDITION
SIMPLE DIVISION
SUBTRACTION I
SUBTRACTION II
VERBS I: PAST TENSE/PART
VERBS II: LINKING VERBS
VOCABULARY BUILDING I
VOCABULARY BUILDING II
VOCABULARY BUILDING III

86/80
8-bit

~
~

~
~
~

~
~
~
~
~
~

~
~
~

9-100

86/80
16-bit

MSpDOS System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

Engineering
AMERICAN COMPUTERS &
ENGINEERS
SCADAIA-I: MODULE
PACKAGE
SCADA/A: 2D/3D
BEAM-TRUSS
SCADAlB: HI RES GRAPHICS
SCADAlC: LOW RES
GRAPHICS
SCADAlD: DYNAMIC
ANALYSIS
SCADAlE: PLATE ELEMENT
SCADAlF: PLANE STRESS
ELEMENTS
SCADAlG: 8 NODE SOLID
ELEMENTS
SCADAlH: STEEL DESIGN
SCADAlI: CONCRETE
DESIGN
BOFFIN, INC.
GOOFIE

",
",

",
",
",
",

",
",

HIPO
HOGO
HORNBIL
PAMDA
QUICKIE
UHLOG

",
",
",

",
",

DISCOTECH
MICROCOMPUTER
PRODUCTS
BEAM-l:BEAM
ANALYSIS/DESIGN
COGO-COORDINATE
GEOMETRY

DISCOSPECS-ARCHITECT
WP
EDM/TOPOGRAPHIC
SURVEY
ELFAN

",
",

9-101

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

FDP-FOUNDATION
DESIGN PACKAGE
FINDER:FIELD
NOTE DATA REDUCTION
FOOTING-ISOLATED
FOOTING DESIGN
HCS-HORIZ. CURVE
S'D\KING
MAPCHECK PARCEL
PERIMETER
NRG-l:CALIF. TITLE 24
RESIDENT
PGB-PIERIGRADE
BEAM DESIGN
PLOTTER-POINT TO
POINT PLOTTING
POLEM-POLE
EMBEDMENT DESIGN
RETWALL-RETAINING
WALL DESIGN
STADIA-STADIA
REDUCTION
THE ESTIMATOR
THE FRAMING
CALCULATOR
TILTWALL-CONCRETE
TILE-UP WALL
VERTICURVE-VERTICAL
CURVE DESIGN
WATNET-WATER
NETWORK ANALYSIS
ECOM ASSOCIATES, INC.
DEC/CD-! CONCRETE
BEAM DESIGN
DEC/CD-2 CONCRETE
COLUMN DESIGN
DEC/CD-3 FLAT SLAB
ANALYSIS
DEC/CD-SD CIVIL
ENGINEERING PACK
DECIFA-3 GENERAL
FRAME ANALYSIS
DEC/SD-l STEEL
BEAM DESIGN

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System
",
",
",
",
",

",
",

",
",
",
",

",
",

9-102

Producer
DEC/SD-2 STEEL
COLUMN DESIGN
ELITE SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
BUILDING ENERGY
ANALYSIS
COMMERCIAL HVAC LOAD
(FIFTY-ZONE)
COMMERCIAL HVAC LOAD
(FIFTY-ZONE)
COMMERCIAL HVAC LOAD
(UNLIMITED)
LIFE CYCLE ECONOMICS
LIGHTING CALCULATIONS
SERVICE SUPPLY PIPE SIZE
SHORT CIRCUIT
CALCULATION
STATIC REGAIN
DUCT SIZING
U-FACTOR CALCULATIONS
ISYS CORPORATION
MICRO/SCAN -83:
STOCKPORT
NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
RAINBOW GPIB-PC:
IEEE-488
SOFTWARE ARTS, INC.
MECHANICAL ENG
TK!SOLVER PACK
TATUM LABS
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
ANALYSIS

DCS

CP/M- CP/Mp86/80 86/80 MS8-bit 16-bit DOS System

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

'"
'"

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

QA468-C3

Farm, Agriculture
ADS SOFTWARE, INC.
ADS VETERINARIANS
AGRADATA, INC.
HERDSMAN (DAIRY
MANAGEMENT)

'"
9-103

'" '"

Referral Software

Producer

DeS

AGRI-MANAGEMENT
SERVICES
BEEF FEEDLOf
MANAGEMENT
DAIRY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
FEED PLANT
MANAGEMENT
GROVE & ORCHARD MGMT
HORSE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
LAND & CROP
MANAGEMENT
PLANT NURSERY
MANAGEMENT
POULTRY GROWER
OPSMGMT
SWINE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
ARTICULATE
PUBLICATIONS, INC. MICROMED VETERINARIAN
BRUBAKER &
ASSOCIATES, INCFARM PROFIT PLAN
(CROP MODEL)

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp8-bit 16-bit DOS System

"..

COUNTRYSIDE DATA
AG-FINANCE
AG-MARKETER
AG-PAYROLL
AG-PLANNER
COW/CALF MANAGEMENT
SWINE MANAGEMENT
FARM MANAGEMEN1; INC.
THE. FINANCIAL MANAGER
FBS SYSTEMS, INCDEPRECIATION PLUS
MARKET WINDOWCOMMODITIES
SEC. OF AGRI-HERD AUDIT
SEC. OF AGRI-MICROMIXER

"..

"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..
"..

9-104

Referral Software
CP/M· CP/M·
Producer

DCS

SEC. OF AGRI·SOW AUDIT
SEC. OF AGRI·
TRANSACTIONS
HARRIS TECHNICAL
SYSTEMS/AGDISK
AG-DISK CROP/LIVESTOCK
CORN/SOYBEAN
MANAGEMENT SERIES I
COW/CALF TEMPLATE
CROP MANAGEMENT
TEMPLATE
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SERIES ONE
MACHINERY
MANAGEMENT SERIES ONE
SWINE FINISHING
TEMPLATE
SWINE MANAGEMENT
SERIES ONE
RED WING BUSINESS
SYSTEMS, INC.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
ASSET MANAGEMENT
FARM INVENTORY
GENERAL LEDGER
LIVESTOCK DECISION AIDS
PAYROLL
WISCONSIN MICROWAVE
AG·PAC (DECISION AIDS)

86/80
8·bit

86/80
16·bit

'"
'"
'"

'"
'"
'"
'"

Finance
BRIGHTBILL·ROBERTS &
CO., LTD.
MATHEMAGIC
COMSHARE TARGET
SOFTWARE, INC.
'D\RGET FINANCIAL
MODELING

p.
MS·
DOS System

'"
QA219-C3

9-105

Referral Software

Producer
EAGLE SOFTWARE
PUBLISHING CO.
MONEY DECISIONS VOL I
MONEY DECISIONS VOL II
EXECUTEC CORPORATION
ASSET/LIABILITY MGMT
FIXED ASSETS
ACCOUNTING
IMPORT/EXPORTSYSTEM
IRA/CD ANALYSIS
SAFE DEPOSIT
ACCOUNTING
SERIES ONE PLUS (INTEGR)
INTELLIGENCE, LTD.
MICRO MODELLER
(FINANCE)
INTERNATIONAL
MICROVIDEO
CALCUSCRIPT (FIN MGMT)
MARTIN MARIETTA
DATA SYSTEMS
CALCIT
PRAIRE DATA SYSTEMS
AMORTIZATION SYSTEM
CONCEPT I (INTG FIN SYS)
FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING SYS
RICHARD GAINER & CO.
IRA SYSTEM (BANKING)
LOAN LOSS CONTROL
LOAN PRICING
SOFTWARE ARTS, INC.
FINANCIAL MGT
TK!SOLVER PACK

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8-bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16-bit DOS

,.,
,.,

QA301-C3
QA302-C3

,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,., ,.,
,.,

,.,
,.,
,.,
QA469-C3

SOFTWARE LffiRARIES, INC.
PROFIT PLANNING
THE WALTON GROUP
PORTFOLIO MANAGER

,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,
,.,

,.,
,.,
,.,

9-106

p.
System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

Games and Entertainment
BLUE CHIP SOFTWARE, INC.
BARRON
MILLIONAIRE
SQUIRE
TYCOON
INFOCOM, INC.
DEADLINE
ENCHANTER
INFIDEL
PLANETFALL
STARCROSS
SUSPENDED
WITNESS
ZORKI
ZORKII
ZORK III
ZORK TRILOGY (ZORKl/2/3)
MARK OF THE UNICORN
SCRIBBLE
SUPERSOFT, INC.
ANALIZA
THE SOFTWARE
TOOLWORKS
ADVENTURE
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLER
AIRPORT
COMPUTER CHEF
MYCHESS
SNAKE
WORDWIGGLE
YAHOO SOFTWARE, INC.
CATCHUM
LADDER

QA539-C3

QA581-C3

QA544-C3

",
",
",
",

QA547-C3
QA546-C3
QA545-C3
QA541-C3
QA542-C3
QA543-C3
QA549-C3

",
",

9-107

pSystem

Referral Software
CP/M- CP/MProducer

DCS

86/80
8-bit

86/80
16-bit

MSpDOS System

Government
SUNBURST SOFTWARE, LTD.
BUDGETARY ACCT FOR
GOVERNMENT
UTILITY BILLING
THE COMPUTER CENTER
FINANCIAL MGMT SYSTEM
MUNIS ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
MUNIS BUDGET
PREPARATION
MUNIS MULTI-FUND
GENERAL LEDGER
MUNIS MISC.AIR
MUNIS PAYROLL SYSTEM
MUNIS PURCHASE ORDER
ENCUMBRANCE
MUNIS TAX BILLING/
RECEIVABLE
MUNIS TOTAL FINIBILL
SYSTEM
MUNIS UTILITY BILL!
RECEIVABLE
MUNIS VOTERS LIST

Graphics
BRIGHTBILL-ROBERTS &
CO., LTD.
COLORMAGIC
GRAPHMAGIC II
CABLESHARE, INC.
PICTURE PAINTER
CHANG LABORATORIES, INC.
GRAPHPLAN-86
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
CORPORATION
REGIS
ESCAPE COMPUTER
SOFTWARE, INC.
DAISY AIDS

",
",

QA561-C3

QA743-C3

QA228-C3

9-108

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

FOX & GELLER, INC
DGRAPH (INFO
MGMT/GRAPH)
GMS COMPUTER SYSTEMS
INFOGRAPH 100
GRAPHIC
COMMUNICATIONS, INC
GRAPHWRITER
INTERNATIONAL
MICROCOMPUTER SW.
FOUR· POINT GRAPHICS
MICRO· ART CORPORATION
IMAGE WORD/
GRAPHICS PROCESSOR
REDDING GROUP, INC
GRAPHTALK
STROBE, INC
ENHANCED
BUSINESS GRAPHICS
STROBE STARTER SYSTEM
STROBEVIEW
SUPERSOFT, INC
STATS GRAPH
XIPHIAS
VIDEOGRAPH TOOLS
VGSKETCH
VGTYPE
VIDEOGRAPH

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS

~
~
~
~

Home, Personal
BETTER BUSINESS
SOLUTIONS
DBASE WRITES CHECKS
INNOSYS, INC
MONEY MAESTRO

9·109

System

Referral Software

. Producer

DCS

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp8-bit 16-bit DOS System

Insurance
CONTINENTAL
SOFTWARE, INC.
APPLICATION TRACKING
DATAWRITER
(DBMS/wP/MAIL)
DATAWRITER
CUSTOMER TRACKING
LIFE-TRACK
PROSPECT TRACKING
D.J.R. ASSOCIATES, INC.
FMS LIFE-PAK
INSURANCE SALES SYSTEMS
AUTO RATING
FINANCIAL GOALS/
PROGRAMS
HOMEOWNERS SYSTEMS
HR-I0 (KEOGH PLAN)
IRA PROPOSAL PACKAGE
LOAN AMORTIZATION/
DEPREC
MORTGAGE
ACCELERATION
POLICY
FILES INFORMATION
PROPOSAL SOFTWARE
TOTAL NEEDS ANALYSIS
MDS ASSOCIATES, INC.
MYTE MYKE AUTO
INSURANCE RATE
UNIVAIR, INC.
INSURANCE AGENCY
MGMT

"..,

Languages and Programmer Aids
AMERICAN TRAINING
INTERNATIONAL
ATI POWER FOR MBASIC

9-110

"..,

Referral Software

Producer
AVOCET SYSTEMS, INC.
XASM·Ol
XASM·03
XASM·05
XASM·09
XASM-18
XASM-400
XASM-48
XASM-51
XASM-65
XASM-68
XASM-70
XASM-75
XASM-F8
XASM-Z8
B.D. SOFTWARE
CCOMPILER
BYTEL CORPORATION
COGEN: COBOL
PROGRAM GENERATOR
MENUPRO: COBOL
MENU PROCESSOR
COMPUTER CONTROL
SYSTEMS, INC
AUTOSORT-86
FABS-86
COMPUTER
INNOVATIONS, INC.
C
COMPUTING, INC.
MENUPOWER
POWER
DIGITAL RESEARCH, INC.
ACCESS MANAGER-80
ACCESS MANAGER·86
" ASSEMBLER PLUS
TOOLS
*C

DCS

CP/M· CP/M·
p.
86/80 86/80 MS·
8·bit 16·bit DOS System

""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
""
QA300-C3
QA299-C3

""
""

""
""
""

""
""
""
""
"Not available directly from the software producer-retail outlets only.
9·111

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

C COMPILER
CBASIC COMPILER
(CB-SO)
CBASIC COMPILER
(CB-S6)

CBASIC-2
CBASIC-SO
CBASIC-S6
DISPLAY MANAGER

QA472-C3

",
",

DISPLAY MANAGER-S6
PASCAL MT+S6

QA475-C3

PASCAL/MT+
PERSONAL BASIC
PL/l-SO

",
",
",
",

PL/l-S6

PROGRAMMERS
UTILITIES

SID-S6
SPEED PROGRAMMING
PACKAGE-S6

XLT-S6

ZSID-SO
ELITE SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
CBSO LANGUAGE
UTILITY

FOX & GELLER, INC.
QUICKSCREEN
FUNK SOFTWARE, INC.
SIDEWAYS
SIDEWAYS

QA552-C3

QA590-C3

KROWN COMPUTERS
THE LAST ONE
MARK WILLIAMS CO.
MWC-S6

QA06S-C3

MICROFOCUS, INC.
CIS COBOL
FORMS 2 (COBOL)
LEVEL II COBOL

9-112

pSystem

Referral Software

CP/M86/80

DCS

Producer
MICROSOFf
CORPORATION
BASIC COMPILER
BASIC-80
*BUSINESS BASIC
COMPILER
*CCOMPILER
COBOL-80
*FORTRAN COMPILER
FORTRAN-80
M/SORT FOR COBOL-80
MACRO-80
MACRO-86
*MBASIC INTERPRETER
MBASIC-86
MULISP/MUSTAR-80
MULISP/MUSTAR-86
MUMATH/MUSIMP-80
MUMATH/MUSIMP-86
OMTOOL CORPORATION
SOFTBOL-l
SOFTBOL-2
REDDING GROUP, INC.
LYNX (OVERLAY
LINKER)
RYAN-MCFARLAND
CORPORATION
RM/COBOL
RM/COBOL RUNTIME
ONLY
SORCIM CORPORATION
ACT 65
ACT 68
ACT 69
ACT 80
ACT 86

8-bit

CP/M86/80 MSp16-bit DOS System

....-

_/j.~ - -

........QA066-C3

....-

............-

..-

....-

QA465-C3

........-

*Not available directly from the software producer-retail outlets only.

9-113

Referral Software
..

Producer
PASCAL/M
TRANS 86
SUPERSOFT, INC.
ADA
BASIC COMPILER
CCOMPILER
DISKEDIT
FORTH
FORTRAN
RATFOR
TINY PASCAL
UTILITIES I
UTILITIES II
TAURUS SOFTWARE
CP+
THE SOFTWARE
TOOLWORKS
AUTODIF
CCOMPILER
LISP/80
PACK AND CRYPT
(ENCRYPT)
RATFOR
SUPERZAP
UVMAC
TICOM SYSTEMS, INC.
TIC OM TOOLS VOL. I
UNIPRESS SOFTWARE,
INC.
C COMPILER FOR 8086

DCS

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp8-bit 16-bit DOS System
",
",

",
",
",

QA419-C3

",
",

Legal
ADVANCED LEGAL
SOFTWARE
ADVANCED LEGAL
SOFTWARE 1
ADVANCED LEGAL
SOFTWARE 2
ADVANCED LEGAL
SOFTWARE 3

9-114

Referral Software

Producer
AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC
LAW FIRM
MANAGEMENT
AMERICAN COMPUTER
SOFTWARE
LEGAL TENDER
BEAR COMPUTERS, INC
ATTORNEY TIME &
BILLING

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

QA495-C3

COMPAL, INC
PROLAWI
PROLAWII
LAWYERS WORD
PROCESSING, LTD_
AUTOMATED LEGAL
FORMS
MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC
ESQ-1 (BILLING SYSTEM)
PROFESSIONAL DATA
MANAGEMENT
LEGAL PACKAGE

STAR SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
LEGAL
TIMEKEEPINGIBILLING
UNIVAIR, INC
LEGAL TIME
ACCOUNTING

Medical, Dental
APPLIED INNOVATIONS,
INC
16PF INTERPRETATION
ALCOHOL TROUBLED
PERSON
ALCOHOL USE
QUESTIONNAIRE
ALCOHOL: AGENCY RPT
FORM
BASIC DSM III
CLASSIFYING

9-115

pSystem

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CALIFORNIA
PSYCHOLGIC INV
CLIENT PROGRESS
NOTES
CLIENT SATISFACTION
QUES
COMPREHENSIVE
CLIENTHIST
EDWARDS PERSONAL
PREFSCH
INITIAL SCREENER:
JRDPTY
INITIAL SCREENER:
ADULTS
INITIAL SCREENER:
TEEN
INITIAL SCREENER:
PRE-SCHL
INITIAL SCREENER:
PRE-TEEN
INTAKE NARRATIVE
RPTWTR
MENTAL HEALTH
BILLING SYS
MMPI INTERPRETATION
MMPI SCORING
PSYCHOLOGICAL
DISTRESS INV
RISK ANLYS: ALCOHOL
ABUSE
RISK ANLYS: DRUG
ABUSE
RORSCHACH
INTERPRETATION
SCHEDULES &
APPOINTMENTS
SCL-90-R
SPECIAL EDUCATION
MGR
SYSTEM I TESTING
SYSTEM II TESTING
WECHSLER
INTERPRETATION

9-116

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

"..

pSystem

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

ARTICULATE
PUBLICATIONS, INC.
APPTBOOK
(APPOINTMENTS)
MICRODENT
MICROMED
MICROMED
ANESTHESIOLOGY
MICROMED
CHIROPRACTIC
MICROMED
MULTILOCATION
MICROMED
RADIOLOGY
COMPUTERIZED HEALTH
SERVICES
CARDIO-PULMONARY
EVALUATION
CONRAD AND MOUNT
GENETIC DNA
SEQUENCE ANALYSIS
CYMA CORPORATION
CHIROPRACTIC
PRACTICE
MANAGEMENT
DENTAL PRACTICE
MANAGEMENT
MEDICAL PRACTICE
MANAGEMENT
ORTHODONTIC
PRACTICE MGT
INTERNATIONAL MICRO
SYSTEMS
IMSDENTAL
MANAGEMENT
INTERSOFT, INC.
MEDICAL REP SYSTEM
PHARMACY
AUTOMATION SYS., INC.

QA334-C3

RX2 PHARMACY SYSTEM

9-117

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

pSystem

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

PROFESSIONAL DATA
MANAGEMENT
EYE CARE
MEDICAL BILLING
PACKAGE
SUNBURST SOFTWARE,
LTD.
MEDICAL BILLING
SYSTEMS PLUS, INC.
MEDICAL MANAGER
MEDICAL MGR &
OFFICE MGT
OPTION
TMQ SOFTWARE, INC.
DENTAL OFFICE
UNIVAIR, INC.
DENTAL MANAGEMENT
MEDICAL
MANAGEMENT

CP/M· CP/M·
p.
86/80 86/80 MS·
8·bit 16·bit DOS System

'"
'"

'"
'"
'"

'"
'"

Manufacturing
ADVANTAGE SYSTEMS,
INC.
MREP (MANUFACTURERS
REP)
AUTODESK, INC.
AUTOCAD
AUTOCAD GENERIC
DRAFTING
INTERNATIONAL MICRO
SYSTEMS
IMS MANUFACTURING
IIC
IMS WHOLESALEI
RETAIL
MCBA,INC.
BILL OF MATERIAL
(BOMP)
MCBA BASE MRP (MFG)
MCBA FULL MRP (MFG)
MCBALABOR
PERFORMANCE

'"
'"
QA331·C3
QA332·C3

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"

9~1l8

'"
'"

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

MCBA PO. & RECEIVING
MCBA SHOP FLOOR
CONTROL
MCBA STD PRODUCT
COSTING
MCBA STD PRODUCT
ROUTING
MDS ASSOCIATES, INC.
MYTEMYKE
MANPOWER PLANNING
MYTE MYKE MATERIAL
REQUIREMENTS
MYTEMYKE
PRODUCTION
FCST/SCHED
MYTE MYKE STANDARD
COST
MICROCOMPUTER
CONSULTANTS
BILL OF MATERIALS
INMASS·INTEGRATED
MFGSYSTEM
JOB COSTIWORK·IN
PROGRESS
MRP-MATERIAL
REQUIREMENT
PLANS

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS
Y'

Mis:rrllaneous
App .cations
ACCESS TECHNOLOGY,
INC.
20-20 (WP/SS/DB)
ADS SOFTWARE, INC.
CHURCHES
PRIVATE CLUB
MEMBERSHIPS
RESIDENTIAL/COMMERCIAL
SERVICES
RETAIL FLORISTS

9-119

System

Referral Software

Produce r

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS16·bit DOS

ADVANTAGE SYSTEMS,
INC.
OPERATIONS MGR
(SERVICE)

J;'

AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
AMBULANCE
AUTO PARTS
RETAIL MANAG EMENT
TRUCKI NG
ACCOU NTING SYSTEM
AK MARKE TING
INTERN ATIONA L
SILICON OFFICE
AMERIC AN COMPU TER
SOFTWARE
CONVO Y (TRANSPORT
BILLING )
MEMBERS ONLY
SERVICE BILLING
CONTE XT MANAG EMENT
SYSTEMS
CONTE XT MBA

J;'

QA551·C3

J;'

FLORID A DATA SYSTEMS,
INC.
COUNT RY CLUB
BILLING
RESERVATION
SCHEDU LING
INTERN ATIONA L
MICROV IDEO
VIDEOC ALC-INT EGRATE D
DSS

J;'

JEB SYSTEMS, INC.
MARKE TING
MANAG EMENT SYSTEM

J;'

MICRO DATABASE
SYSTEMS, INC.
KNOWL EDGEM AN
SUNBURST SOFTWA RE,
LTD.
GASOLI NE
DISTRIB UTION

9-120

J;'

pSystem

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

TWENTY-TWENTY
SOFTWARE, INC.
CARRIER 20
WPL ASSOCIATES, INC.
PUBLIPHILE
(PUBLISHING)

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

'" '"

Project Management
AHA, INC.
PMSII
RMSII
CLAREMONT CONTROLS,
LTD_

'"
'"

HORNET (PROJECT
MANAGER)
COMSHARE TARGET
SOFTWARE, INC.
MASTER PLANNER
PLANNER CALC
TARGET PLANNER
TARGET TASK
EARTH DATA SYSTEMS
MICROGANTT
MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.

'"
'"

PROMOT-PROJECT/TIME
MGMT
SCITOR CORPORATION
PROJECT SCHEDULER
TIMBERLINE SYSTEMS,
INC.
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
PROJECT MGT.
WESTMINSTER
SOFTWARE, INC.
PERTMASTER

'"
'"
'"
'"

9-121

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

Real Estate
AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT

AMERICAN BUSINESS
SYSTEMS, INC.
REAL ESTATE LISTING
SYSTEM
AMERICAN SOFTWARE
CORP.
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
BERGE SOFTWARE
ACQUISITION &
DISPOSITION
ANALY.
COMMERCIAL FINANCE
INVESTMENT ANALYSIS
LAND AND LEASE
ANALYSIS
RESIDENTIAL FINANCE
COMPUTER PROGRAM
ASSOCIATES
FIXED ASSETS (REAL
ESTATE)

v
v
v

v
v

REALTY AUTOMATION,
INC.
COMMERCIAL
CONDOMINIUM
ASSOC.
COMMERCIAL
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
CONDOMINIUM
ASSOCIATION MGT.
OFFICE/AGENT
PRODUCTIVITY
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
(PMS)
REAL ESTATE OFFICE
MANAGEMENT

9-122

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

RESIDENTIAL
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
STAR SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
SUNBURST SOFTWARE,
LTD.
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
REAL ESTATE ANALYSIS
UNIVAIR, INC.
PROPERTY
MANAGEMENT
REAL ESTATE MULTI
LISTING

"..

Sales
MDS ASSOCIATES, INC.
MYTE MYKE SALES
LEAD/TRACKING
SYSTEMS PLUS, INC.
LEAD MANAGER (SALES)

"..
"..

TECHNOLOGY
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
SALEMAKER
USER FRIENDLY
SOFTWARE, INC.
SAMSON

Spreadsheets And Modeling
AMERICAN TRAINING
INERNATIONAL
ATI POWER FOR
MULTIPLAN
ASHTON-TATE
BOTTOM LINE
STRATEGIST
THE FINANCIAL
PLANNER

"..
"..

9-123

"..

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M·
86/80
8-bit

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16-bit DOS

p.
System

BUSINESS DECISION
SYSTEMS
THE LOAN SAFEGUARD
SYSTEM: 1
THE LOAN SAFEGUARD
SYSTEM:2
THE LOAN SAFEGUARD
SYSTEM:3
THE LOAN SAFEGUARD
SYSTEM:4
BUSINESS SOFTWARE
PLANFIN
PROFIN
CHANG LABORATORIES,
INC.
MICROPLAN ADD·ON
MODULE
MICROPLAN
PROFITPLAN
FINANCIAL PLANNING
ASSOCIATES
MINIMODEL
FINAR RESEARCH
FINAR
INTERNATIONAL
MICROCOMPUTER SW.
INVESTMENT MANAGER
(STOCKS)
LOTUS DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION
LOTUS 1-2-3
MICRO·AP
MASTER SOLVER
MICROPRO
INTERNATIONAL CORP.
CALCSTAR
MICROSOFT
CORPORATION
MULTIPLAN
MULTIPLAN -86
PEACHTREE SOFTWARE,
INC.

/;'

/;'
/;'

QA282-C3

/;'

/;'*

/;'

QA528-C3

/;'

QA463-C3

QA588-C3
QA063-C3

* NotDCS

9-124

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

PEACHCALC
PERFECT SOFTWARE, INC
PERFECT CALC
RICHARD GAINER & CO.
ASSET/LIABILITY
MANAGEMENT
IBM 2780/3780 COMM.
SYSTEM

CP/M·
86/80 MS·
16·bit DOS
Y'

Y'
Y'

NOTE MGT &
COLLATERAL TRACKING
ON·LINE CREDIT
BUREAU & REPORT
RAINBOW TO RAINBOW
COMMUNICATION
SAFE DEPOSIT ACCTG &
BILLING
STOCKHOLDER
ACCOUNTING
SOFTWARE ARTS, INC
TK!SOLVER·86
SORCIM CORPORATION
SUPERCALC
SUPERCALC2

CP/M·
86/80
8·bit

QA283-C3

QA529-C3
QA530·C3

STRUCTURED SYSTEMS
GROUP
MAGIC WORKSHEET
SUPERSOFT, INC
SCRATCH PAD
THE OPTIMIZER
TIMBERLINE SYSTEMS,
INC

FINANCIAL
SPREADSHEET
TMQ SOFTWARE, INC
FIXED ASSETS
MULTIPLE BOND SWAP
SHAREHOLDERS
ACCOUNTING
SINGLE BOND SWAP

9-125

p.
System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

Statistics
DBI SOFTWARE
PRODUCTS
STATISTICAL
PROCESSING SYSTEM
DIGITAL RESEARCH, INC.
MICROSTAT
ECOSOFT
MICROSTAT
MARTIN MARIETTA DATA
SYSTEMS
STATIT

System Software
ADVANCED MICRO
TECHNIQUES
DPATCH
MICROLIB
AMERICAN TRAINING
INERNATIONAL
ATI POWER FOR CP/M
COMSHARE TARGET
SOFTWARE, INC.
TARGET INTERCHANGE
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT
CORPORATION
CP/M-86/80 & MS-DOS
CP/M-86/80 V2.0
GSX-86
MS-DOS V2.05
DIGITAL RESEARCH, INC.
CONCURRENT CP/M
DESPOOL-80
DYNAMIC
MICROPROCESSOR
ASSOC.
8086 O.S. CONVERTER
FORN..ULAII (DMA)
FORMULA II RUNTIME
(DMA)

QA362-C3
",

QV066-A3
QV061-A3
QV060-A3
QV062-A3

9-126

",
",

pSystem

Referral Software

Producer
ELITE SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
P-FILE
P-SPOOL
QUARTERDECK OFFICE
SYSTEMS
DESQ
SILICON VALLEY
CORPORATION
RAINBOW AUTORUN
SERVICE
RAINBOW FORMATTER
(DISK)
RAINBOW FUNCTION
KEY FORM
RAINBOW SERVICE
SOFTWARE VOLUME
SUPERSOFT, INC.
DIAGNOSTICS II
DISK DOCTOR
THE INFORMATION
PEOPLE
ORGANIZER DISK FILE
MGR
ORGANIZER II (SINGLE
USER)
SOFTECH
MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
P-SYSTEM

DCS

CP/M- CP/M86/80 86/80 MSp8-bit 16-bit DOS System

""
""
QA691-C3

""
""
""
""
""
""

""
""
""
""
""
""
""

TAXES AND TAX
PLANNING
CPAIDS, INC.
MASTER TAX PROGRAM
STANDARD TAX
PROGRAMS
TAX PLANNER
EAGLE SOFTWARE
PUBLISHING CO_
TAX DECISIONS
FINANCIER, INC.
FINANCIER TAX

""
""
""
QA321-C3
QA517-C3

9-127

""
""

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
TAXEXEC
MICROCOMPUTER TAX
SYSTEMS, INC.
ANNUAL STATE TAX
UPDATE
ARIZONA STATE TAX
CALIFORNIA STATE TAX
CT/NY NON-RESIDENT
TAX
GEORGIA STATE TAX
ILLINOIS STATE TAX
INDIANA STATE TAX
IOWA STATE TAX
KANSAS STATE TAX
KANSAS/MISSOURI
STATE TAX
LEVEL I INDIVIDUAL
PACKAGE
LEVEL II PROFESSIONAL
PACKAGE
LEVEL III
PARTNERSHIP/CORPORATE
LOUISIANA STATE TAX
MASSACHUSETTS STATE
TAX
MICHIGAN STATE TAX
MINNESOTA STATE TAX
MISSOURI STATE TAX
MONTANA STATE TAX
NEW YORK STATE TAX
NORTH CAROLINA
STATE TAX
OHIO STATE TAX
OKLAHOMA STATE TAX
OREGON STATE TAX
OVERSEAS TAX
PACKAGE
PENNSYLVANIA STATE
TAX

9-128

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE TAX
TAX ORGANIZER
UTAH STATE TAX
VERMONT STATE TAX
WISCONSIN STATE TAX
STENHOLM & QUINT
MASS STATE TAX
PACKAGE
SQl: PERSONAL INCOME
TAX
WORD AND TEXT
PROCESSING
AMANEUNSIS, INC.
METATYPE
AMERICAN BUSINESS
SYSTEMS, INC.
CORRESPONDENCE
MGNT. SYSTEMS
BENCHMARK/METASOFT
CORPORATION
BENCHMARK MAILING
LIST
BENCHMARK SPELLING
CHECKER
THE WORD PROCESSOR
CHANG LABORATORIES,
INC.
DOCU·PLAN
MEMOPLAN
COMPAL, INC.
MAILING LIST DATA
MANAGER
WORDPAL
DATATEX, INC.
DATATEXT
DELTA POINT
CORPORATION
THE BUSINESS LETTER
LIBRARY

CP/M· CP/M·
p.
86/80 86/80 MS·
8·bit
16·bit DOS System
",

QA427·C3

QA428·C3
QA426·C3

II'"
",

9-129

Referral Software

CP/M- CP/MProducer

DCS

86/80

8-bit

16-bit

MSDOS

EECSYSTEMS
LEX-ll

EXCEPTIONAL BUSINESS
SOLUTIONS
WPS-80WORD
PROCESSOR

INFORMATION
UNLIMITED SOFTWARE
EASYWRITER

QA559-C3

INTERNATIONAL MICRO
SYSTEMS
IMS MAILING LIST

QA346-C3

INTERNATIONAL
MICROVIDEO
VIDEOSCRIPT (WORD
PROC)

LEXISOFT, INC.
SPELLBINDER

MARK OF THE UNICORN
FINALWORD

MINCE

MARTIN MARIETTA DATA
SYSTEMS
EDITIT

WRITIT

MICROPRO
INTERNATIONAL CORP.
MAILMERGE

QA461-C3

SPELLSTAR

QA462-C3

STARINDEX

QA570-C3

WORDMASTER
WORDSTAR

QA460-C3

*WORDSTARIMAILMERGE

*WORDSTARISPELLSTAR

*WORDSTARISTARINDEX

MICROSOFT
CORPORATION
EDIT-80

*Not available directly from the software producer-retail outlets only.

9-130

System

Referral Software

Producer

DCS

MICROSYSTEMS
ENGINEERING CORP.
MASS-ll
OASIS SYSTEMS
PUNCTUATION AND
STYLE
WORD PLUS
ORGANIC SOFTWARE,
INC.
TEXWRITER II
PALANTIR SOFTWARE
PALANTIR WORD
PROCESSING
PEACHTREE SOFTWARE,
INC.
BLACKS LAW
DICTIONARY
PEACHTEXT WORD
PROCESSOR
RANDOM HOUSE
THESAURUS
SPELLING
PROOFREADER
STEADMANS MEDICAL
DICTIONARY
PERFECT SOFTWARE, INC.
PERFECT LIBRARY

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

PERFECT SPELLER
PERFECT WRITER
PROFESSIONAL
SOFTWARE, INC.
WORDPLUS- FEATURING
"THE BOSS"
SAMNA CORPORATION
SAMNA WORD II
QA589-C3
SANTA CRUZ SOFTWARE
ELECTRIC BLACKBOARD QA298-C3
SELECT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
SELECT WORD
PROCESSING
SORCIM CORPORATION

CP/M86/80
8-bit

QA061-C3

9-131

System

Referral Software

CP/M86/80
8-bit

CP/M86/80 MS16-bit DOS

SUPERSPELLGU ARD
SUPERWRITER
STRUCTURED SYSTEMS
GROUP
NADNAMEAND
ADDRESS
WORDRIGHT
SUPERSOFT, INC.
STAREDIT
TCS SOFTWARE, INC.
TCSQ LABEL
TERRA-TEX
POSTMASTER
THE SOFTWARE
TOOLWORKS
SPELL

""
""

TEXT
TICOM SYSTEMS
FINAL COPY

Producer

DCS

""
""

""
""
""

""
""

WBSYSTEMS
WES WORD PROCESSOR

pSystem

""
""
""

""
""

Digital Equipment Corftoration assumes no liability for losses or injury of any nature
that may result from use 0 theseIroducts. The information in this document is subject to
change without notice and shoul not be construed as a commitment by D~ital Equipment
Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility or any errors or
omissions that may appear in this document.

9-132

Referral Software

Producers of Referral Software
Here are the addresses of many of the software producers whose packages are
listed on the preceding pages. This is by no means a comprehensive list of all
third-party vendors who produce software for the Rainbow personal computer.

PRODUCERS
ABACUS DATA, INC.
1920 SAN MARCO BLVD.
JACKSONVILLE, FL 32207
800-874-8555

AID DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
P.O. BOX 750, ROUTE 3 CENTER
MILLERSVILLE, MD 21108
301-987-6822

ACCESS TECHNOLOGY, INC.
6 PLEASANT STREET
NATICK,MA
617-655-9191

AK MARKETING
INTERNATIONAL, INC.
26 SPRINGDALE ROAD
CHERRY HILL, NJ 08003
609-424-5055

ADS SOFTWARE, INC.
707 FIFTH STREET N.E.
ROANOKE, VA 24016
703-344-6818
ADVANCED LEGAL SOFTWARE
524 COOKE STREET
HONOLULU, HI
USA 96813
808-367-5062
ADVANCED MICRO TECHNIQUES
1291 EAST HILLSDALE BLVD.
FOSTER CITY, CA 94404
415-349-9366
ADVAN1;'AGE SYSTEMS, INC.
395 TotTEN POND ROAD
WALTHAM, MA 02154
617-890-2400
AGRADATA, INC.
P.O. BOX 202
CHARLOTTE, MI48813
517-543-8170
AGRI-MANAGEMENT
SERVICES, INC.
22 EAST CENTER
LOGAN, UT 84107
801-753-7209
AHA, INC.
1475 RODRIGUEZ STREET
SAN'D\ CRUZ, CA 95062
408-475-8705

AMERICAN BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.
3 LITTLETON ROAD
WESTFORD, MA 01886
617-692-2600
AMERICAN COMPUTER SOFTWARE
(formerly The Software Establishment)
2313 PLAZA POINTE DRIVE
LAGUNA HILLS, CA 92653
714-472-8186
AMERICAN COMPUTERS &
ENGINEERS
2001 SOUTH BARRINGTON AVENUE
LOS ANGELES, CA 90025
213-477-6751
AMERICAN INTEGRITY
SYSTEMS, INC.
1415 EAST MCFADDEN AVENUE
SANTA ANA, CA 92705
714-973-4756
APPLIED BUSINESS SOFTWARE
2847 GUNDRY AVENUE
LONG BEACH, CA 90806
213-426-2188
APPLIED EDUCATION SYSTEMS
RFD2
DUNBARTON, NH 03301
603-774-6151

9-133

Referral Software
APPLIED INNOVATIONS, INC.
SOUTH KINGSTON OFFICE PARK
WAKEFIELD, RI 02879
401-789-5081

BLUE CHIP SOFTWARE, INC.
19824 VENTURE BLVD.
WOODLAND HILLS,CA 91364
213-881-8288

ARTICULATE PUBLICATIONS, INC.
420 NORTH LARCHMONT ROAD
LOS ANGELES, CA 90004
213-871-1350

BOFFIN, INC.
7557 RAMBLER ROAD
DALLAS, TX 75231
214-750-0061

ASHTON-TATE
10150 WEST JEFFERSON BLVD.
CULVER CITY, CA 90230
213-204-5570

BPI SYSTEMS, INC.
3423 GUADALUPE STREET
WOODLAND HILLS, CA 91364
213-881-8288

ASK MICRO, INC.

BRIGHTBILL-ROBERTS & CO., LTD.

(formerly Software Dimensions)

(formerly International Software
Marketing)

100 BLUE RAVINE ROAD
FOLSOM, CA 95630
915-985-6555

120 EAST WASHINGTON STREET
SYRACUSE, NY 13202
315-474-3400

AUTODESK, INC.
150 SHORELINE HIGHWAY
MILL VALLEY, CA 94941
415-331-0356

BRUBAKER & ASSOCIATES, INC.
116 WEST MAIN STREET
DELPHI, IN 46923
317-564-2584

BALCONESCOMPUTER
CORPORATION
3415 GREYSTONE
AUSTIN, TX 78731
512-346-1777

BUSINESS DECISION SYSTEMS
4 DEAN ROAD
ROCKPORT, MA 01960
617-546-3310
BUSINESS SOFTWARE
10 HELP STREET
CHATSWOOD NSW. 2067
AUSTRALIA
024196077

BEAR COMPUTERS, INC.
102 NORTH CENTER STREET
BLOOMINGTON, IL 61707
309-828-30 11
BENCHMARKIMETASOFT
CORPORATION
6509 WEST FRYE ROAD
CHANDLER, A2 85224
800-621-1908

BYTEL CORPORATION
1730 SOLANO AVENUE
BERKELEY, CA 94707
415-527-1157

BERGE SOFTWARE
1200 WESTLAKE AVENUE NORTH
SEATTLE, WA 98109
206-284-7610
BETTER BUSINESS SOLUTIONS
300 SOUTH DUNCANS STREET
CLEARWATER, FL 33515
813-443-7625

CABLESHARE, INC.
20 ENTERPRISE DRIVE
LONDON, ON1ARIO
CAN6A4L6
519-686-2900
CAWTHON SCIENTIFIC GROUP
24224 MICHIGAN AVENUE
DEARBORN, M148124
313-565-4000

9-134

Referral Software
CHANG LABORATORIES, INC.
5300 STEVENS CREEK BLVD.
SAN JOSE, CA 95129
408-246-8020

CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
1760 RESTON AVENUE
RESTON, VA 22090
703-435-3172

CLAREMONT CONTROLS, LTD.
ALBERT HOUSE, ROTHBURY
MORPETH
NORTHUMBERLAND, UK NE657SR
CCO 669-21081

COUNTRYSIDE DATA
718 NORTH SKYLINE DRIVE
IDAHO FALLS, ID 83402
208-529-8576

COMPAL, INC.
8500 WILSHIRE BLVD.
BEVERLY HILLS, CA 90211
213 -652 -2263

CPAIDS, INC.
1061 FRATERNITY CIRCLE
KENT, OH 44240
216-678-9015

COMPU-LAW, INC.
3520 WESLEY STREET
CULVER CITY, CA 90230
213-558-3360

CYMA CORPORATION
2160 EAST BROWN ROAD
MESA, AZ 85203
602-835-8880

COMPUTER PROGRAM ASSOCIATES
2526 MANAMA DRIVE
DALLAS, TX 75220
214-350-2361

D.].R. ASSOCIATES, INC.
303 SOUTH BROADWAAY
TARRYTOWN, NY 10591
914-631-6766

COMPUTERIZED HEALTH SERVICES
35 SNOW DRIVE
LITTLETON, MA 0146U
617-486-9275

DATAMOST
8943 FULLBRIGHT AVENUE
CHATSWORTH, CA 91311
213-709-1202

COMPUTING, INC
2519 GREENWICH STREET
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94123
800-428-7825

DATATEK, INC.
280 RAILROAD AVENUE
GREENWICH, CT 06830
203-629-9782

COMSHARE TARGET SOFTWARE
1935 CLIFF VALLEY WAY
ATLANTA, GA 30329
404-634-9535

DBI SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
102 SOUTH MAIN STREET
MOUNT PLEASANT, MI 48858
517-772-5055

CONSTRUCTION DATA
CONTROL, INC.
6140 NORTHBELT PARKWAY
NORCROSS, GA 30071
404-448-4722

DELTA POINT CORPORATION
711 WEST 17TH STREET
COSTA MESA, CA 92627
714-642-1827
DIGISOFT COMPUTERS, INC.
1501 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NY 10028
212-734-3875

CONTINENTAL SOFTWARE, INC.
314 WASHINGTON STREET
JAMESTOWN, NY 14701
716-483-5225

9-135

Referral Software
DIGITAL MARKETING
CORPORATION
2363 BOULEVARD CIRCLE
WALNUT CREEK, CA 94595
800-826-2222

FARM MANAGEMENT, INC.
1208 SOUTH CEDAR ROAD
NEW LENOX, IL 60451
815-485-4955
FBS SYSTEMS, INC.
P.O. BOX 248
ALEDO, IL 61231
309-582-5628

DIGITAL RESEARCH, INC.
160 CENTRAL AVENUE
PACIFIC GROVE, CA 93950
408-649-3896

FINAR RESEARCH
2750 SOUTH WADSWORTH BLVD.
DENVER, CO 80227
303-986-1507

DISCOTECH MICROCOMPUTER
PRODUCTS
600 B STREET, P.O. BOX 1659
SANTA ROSA, CA 95402
707-523-1600
DYNAMIC MICROPROCESSOR
ASSOCIATES
Products Available Through The Lifeboat
Designer Team.
ECOM ASSOCIATES, INC.
8634 WEST BROWN DEER ROAD
MILWAUKEE, WI 53224
414-354-0243
EEC SYSTEMS
327/E BOSTON POST ROAD,
MILBROOK PARK
SUDBURY, MA 01776
617-443-5106

FLORIDA DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
1383 AIRPORT ROAD NORTH
NAPLES, FL 33942
813-775-2276
FOX & GELLER, INC.
604 MARKET STREET
ELMWEED PARK, NJ 07407
201-794-8883
FRANKLEN COMPUTER
SYSTEMS, INC
715 FREMONT AVENUE
SOUTH PASEDENA, CA 91030
213-441-3123
GMS COMPUTER SYSTEMS
113 EAST SAVARONA WAY
CARSON, CA 90746
213-217-0161

ELITE SOFTWARE
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
P.O. DRAWER 1194
BRYAN, TX 77806
409-775-1782

GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
200 FIFTH AVENUE
WALTHAM, MA 02254
617-890-8778

EXCEPTIONAL BUSINESS
SOLUTIONS
11738 MOORPARK STREET
STUDIO CITY, CA 91604
213-760-8921

HARRIS TECHNICAL
SYSTEMS/AGDISK
624 PEACH STREET
LINCOLN, NE 68501
402-476-2811

EXECUTEC CORPORATION
12200 PARK CENTRAL DRIVE
DALLAS, TX 75251
214-239-8080

HAYDEN SOFTWARE COMPANY
600 SUFFOLK STREET
LOWELL, MA 01853
617-937-0200

9-136

Referral Software
HAYES MICROCOMPUTER
PRODUCTS, INC.
5923 PEACHTREE INDUSTRIAL BLVD.
NORCROSS, GA 30092
404-449-8791
HOUGHTON MIFFLIN-TSC DIVISION
P.O. BOX 603
HANOVER, NH 03755
603-448-3838
VE SYSTEMS, INC.
112 MAIN STREET
NEW MARKET, NH 03857
603-659-2868

INTERSOFT, INC.
1804 136TH PLACE, N.E.
BELLEVUE, WA 98005
206-643-7787
ISYS CORPORATION
P.O. BOX 641
ACTON, MA 01720
617-264-4724
JEB SYSTEMS, INC.
57 MAIN STREET
FRANCONIA, NH 03580
603-823-5587
KROWN COMPUTERS
1282 CONFERENCE DRIVE
SCOTTS VALLEY, CA 95066
408-335-3133

INFOCOM, INC.
55 WHEELER STREET
CAMBRIDGE, MA 02138
617-492-1031

LAWYERS WORD PROCESSING, LTD.
123 WEST MADISON STREET
CHICAGO, IL 60602
312-782-4220

INNOSYS, INC.
2150 SHATTUCK AVENUE
BERKLEY, CA 94704
415-843-8114

LIFEBOAT DESIGNER TEAM
1651 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NY 10128
212-831-3100

INNOVATIVE SOFTWARE, INC.
9300 WEST 110TH STREET
OVERLAND PARK, KS 66210
913-383-1089

LINK SYSTEMS, INC.
1640 19TH STREET
SANTA MONICA, CA 90404
213-453-1851

INSURANCE SALES SYSTEMS
8015 WEST 63RD STREET
MERRIAM, KS 66202
913-722-0065

MAINSTREET COMPUTER
PRODUCTS, INC.
300 WEST MAIN STREET
NORTHBORO, MA 01532
617-393-3151

INTELLIGENCE, LTD.
2470 SOUTH VOSS ROAD
HOUSTON, TX 77057
713-977-4761
INTERNATIONAL MICROCOMPUTER
SOFTWARE, INC.
633 FIFTH AVENUE
SAN RAFAEL, CA 94901
415-454-7101
INTERNATIONAL MICROVIDEO
CORPORATION
1606 EIGHTH STREET
NIAGRA FALLS, NY 14305
716-285-4855

9-137

MARK OF THE UNICORN
223 THIRD STREET
CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142
617-576-2760
MARTIN MARIETTA DATA SYSTEMS
P.O. BOX 2392
PRINCETON, NJ 08540
609-799-2600

Referral Software
MCBA, INC.
2441 HONOLULU AVE.
MONTROSE, CA 91020
818-957-2900
MDS ASSOCIATES, INC.
P.O. BOX 108
ORCHARD PARK, NY 14127
716-662 -6621
MICRO APPLICATIONS GROUP
21054 CANOGA PARK, CA 91303
CANOGA PARK, CA 91303
213-803-3267
MICRO BUSINESS APPLICATIONS
12281 NICOLLET AVENUE SOUTH
BURNSVILLE, MN 55337
612-894-3470

MICROPROCESSOR
ASSOCIATES, INC.
P.O. BOX 3438
NASHUA, NH 03061
603-888-9900
MICRORIM, INC.
1750 112TH N.E.
BELLEVUE, WA 98004
206-453-6017
MICROSOFT CORPORATION
10700 NORTHRUP WAY
BELLEVUE, WA 98004
206-828-8088
MICROSTUF, INC.
1845 THE EXCHANGE
ATLANTA, GA 30339
404-952-0267

MICRO INFORMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
ROUTE 309 AND RICHARDSON
ROAD
MONTGOMERYVILLE, PA 18936
215-855-2700

MICROSYSTEMS ENGINEERING
CORPORATION
2400 HASSELL ROAD
HOFFMAN ESTATES, IL 60195
312-882-0111

MICRO-AP
7033 VILLAGE PARKWAY
DUBLIN, CA 94568
415-828-6696

MYCROFT LABS., INC.
P.O. BOX 6045
TALLAHASSEE, FL 32301
904-385-2708

MICRO-ART CORPORATION
200 MARKET BUILDING
PORTLAND, OR 97201
503-228-1148

NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
12109 TECHNOLOGY BLVD.
AUSTIN, TX 78759
512-250-9119

MICROCOMPUTER CONSULTANTS
903 THIRD STREET
DAVIS, CA 95617
203-853-6880

OASIS SYSTEMS
3092 MIDWAY AVENUE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92110
619-222-1153

MICROCOMPUTER TAX
SYSTEMS, INC.
6279 VARIEL AVENUE
WOODLAND HILLS, CA 91367
213-704-7800

OCCUPATIONAL COMPUTING
CO., INC.
22311 VENTURA BLVD.
WOODLAND HILLS, CA 91.364
213-999-1919

MICROPRO INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION
33 SAN PABLO AVENUE
SAN RAFAEL, CA 94903
415-459-8010

OMTOOL CORPORATION
212 BACON STREET
WALTHAM, MA 02154
6l7-851-6245

9-138

Referral Software
OPEN SYSTEMS, INC.
430 OAK GROVE
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55403
612-870-3515

PROFESSIONAL DATA
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
715 NORTH TROY STREET
REVER FALLS, WI 54022
715-425-0140

ORGANIC SOFTWARE, INC.
6049 DOUGLAS BLVD.
ROSEVILLE, CA 95678
916-791-4747
OSPREY BUSINESS SOFTWARE, INC.
2 HUDSON STREET
MARLBORO, NJ 07746
201-780-6580
PACIFIC DATA SYSTEMS, INC.
6090 SEPULVEDA BLVD.
CULVER CITY, CA 90230
213-559-8713
PALANTIR SOFTWARE
3400 MONTROSE BLVD.
HOUSTON, TX 77006
713-520-8221
PEACHTREE SOFTWARE, INC.
3045 PEACHTREE STREET, N.E.
A1LANTA, GA 30326
404-239-3000
PEARLSOFT
25195 S.W. PARKWAY
WILSONVILLE, OR 97070
503-682-3636
PERFECT SOFTWARE, INC.
702 HARRISON STREET
BERKLEY, CA 94710
415-527-2626
PHARMACY AUTOMATION
SYSTEMS, INC.
208 RAINBOW LANE
NO. LIT1LE ROCK, AR 72116
800-643-4720
PRAIRE DATA SYSTEMS
202-626 BROADWAY AVE.,
SASKATOON
SASKATCHEWAN, CAN 57NA9
306-384-7110

PROFESSIONAL SOFTWARE, INC.
51 FREMONT STREET
NEEDHAM, MA 02194
800-343-4074
REALTY AUTOMATION, INC.
18045 COCKLEBUR STREET
ROLAND HEIGHTS, CA 91748
213-947-9533
RED WING BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.
610 MAIN STREET
RED WING, MN 55066
612-388-1106
RESOURCE SOFTWARE
INTERN., INC.
330 NEW BRUNSWICK AVENUE
FORDS, NJ 08863
201-738-9604
RICHARD GAINER & COMPANY
28 BLUEBONNET HILLS
BRENHAM, TX 77833
409-836-0066
RVA TECHNOLOGY, INC.
10 FERRY WHARF
NEWBURYPORT, MA 01950
617-465-1126
SCITOR CORPORATION
256 GILBRALTAR DRIVE
SUNNYVALE, CA 94089
408-730-0400
SILICON VALLEY CORPORATION
150 WEST IOWA AVENUE
SUNNYVALE, CA 94086
408-737-7577
SMALL BUSINESS SYSTEMS, INC.
6 CARLISLE ROAD
WESTFORD, MA 01886
617-692-3800

9-139

Referral Software
SOFTTRAN CORPORATION
153 PIERPONT STREET
BROOKLYN, NY 11201
800-633-3243

STATE OF THE ART
3183-A AIRWAY AVENUE
COSTA MESA, CA 92626
714-850-0111

SOFTECH MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
16885 WEST BERNANDO DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92127
619-451-1230

STENHOLM & QUINT
129 CONCORD STREET
FRAMINGHAM, MA 01701
617-237-1900

SOFTWARE ARTS, INC.
27 MICA LANE
WELLESLEY, MA 02181
617-237-4000

STROBE, INC.
897-5A INDEPENDENCE AVE.
MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94043
415-969-5130

SOFTWARE LIBRARIES, INC.
POST OFFICE BOX 844
PASADENA, CA 91102
800-221-1985

STRUCTURED SYSTEMS GROUP, INC.
5208 CLAREMONT ANENUE
OAKLAND, CA 94618
415-547-1567

SOFTWARE PUBLISHING
CORPORATION
1901 LANDING DRIVE
MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94043
415-962-8910

SUNBURST SOFTWARE, LTD.
2696 NORTH UNIVERSITY AVE.
PROVO, UT 84604
801-374-5223

SOFTWARE SOLUTIONS, INC.
305 BIC DRIVE
MILFORD, CT 06460'
203-877-9268
SORCIM CORPORATION
2310 LUNDY AVENUE
SAN JOSE, CA 95131
408-942 -1727'
SSR CORPORATION
1600 LYELL AVENUE
ROCHESTER, NY 14606
716-254-3200

SUPERSOFT, INC.
1713 SOUTH NEIL STREET
CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820
217-359-2112
SYSTEMS PLUS, INC.
1120 SAN ANTONIO ROAD
PALO ALTO, CA 94025
415-969-7047
TCS SOFTWARE, INC.
3209 FONDREN ROAD
HOUSTON, TX 77063
713-977-7505

STAR SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
20600 GRAMERCY PLACE
IDRRANCE, CA 90501
213-538-2511

TECHNOLOGY
DEVELOPMENT, INC.
P. O. BOX 1133
MANCHESTER, NH 03105
603-668-8637

STATCOM CORPORATION
5766 BALCONES STREET
AUSTIN, TX 78731
512-451-0221

THE COMPUTER CENTER
366 U.S. ROUTE 1
FALMOUTH, ME 04105
207-781-2260

9-140

Referral Software
THE INFORMATION PEOPLE
443 HUDSON AVENUE
NEWARK, OH 43055
614-349-8644

USER FRIENDLY SOFTWARE, INC.
1625 SOUTH 21ST AVENUE
HOLLYWOOD, FL 33020
305-925-8194

THE SOFTWARE TOOLWORKS
15233 VENTURA BLVD.
SHERMAN OAKS, CA 91403
213-986-4885

UVEON COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
300 SOUTH JACKSON
DENY.ER, CO 80209
303-831-7000

THE WALTON GROUP
12 CHESNUT STREET
BOSTON, MA 02108
617-720-4996

WBSYSTEMS
137 MAIN STREET
WESTERLY, RI 02891
401-596-1811

TICOM SYSTEMS, INC.
13470 WASHINGTON BLVD.
MARINA DEL REY, CA 90291
213-827-7118

WESTMINSTER SOFTWARE, INC.
3000 SAND HILL ROAD
MENLO PARK, CA 94025
415-854-1400

TIMBERLINE SYSTEMS, INC.
10550 S.W. ALLEN BLVD.
BEAVERTON, OR 97005
503-643-9461

WISCONSIN MICROWAVE
5201 OLD MIDDLETON ROAD
MADISON, WI 53705
608-233-4459

TMQ SOFTWARE, INC.
82 FOX HILL DRIVE
BUFFALO GROVE, IL 60090
312-520-4440

WPL ASSOCIATES, INC.
1105 SPRING STREET
SILVER SPRINGS, MD 20910
301-589-8588

TWENTY-TWENTY SOFTWARE, INC.
700 WHEATON PLAZA NORTH
WHEATON, MD 20902
301-565-2020

XIPHIAS
13470 WASHINGTON BLVD.
MARINA DEL REY, CA 90292
213-821-0074

UNIPRESS SOFTWARE, INC.
1164 RARITAN AVENUE
HIGHLAND PARK, NJ 08904
201-985-8000
UNIVAIR, INC.
9024 ST. CHARLES ROCK ROAD
ST. LOUIS, MO 63114
314-426-1099

9-141

Index

AK Marketing International, Inc.,
9-133
ALL-IN -1 software, Gold Key
keyboard for, 7-24-7-25
amber (VR20 I-C) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
American Business Systems, Inc., 9-133
American Computers and Engineers,
9-133
American Computer Software, 9-13 3
American Heritage Dictionary, 9-25
American Integrity Systems, Inc., 9-133
antiglare display screens, 2-4, 7-26, 7-31
antistatic mats, 8-22
Apple computers, communications
with, 7-13
applications
accounting, 3-17 -3-19
business forecasting, 4 -5 -4-6
for construction industry, 3-5-3-7
educational, 3 -21-3 -23
for farms, 3-1-3-3
financial analysis, 4-1-4-2
human resource management,
4-9-4-10
in law offices, 3-9-3-11
in manufacturing industries,
3-13-3-15
132 -column screen display format
used for, 7-26
referral software charts for,
9-81-9-132
training courses, in, 6-7 -6-8,
see also software

Abacus Data, Inc., 9-133
Access Technology, Inc., 9-133
accounting applications, 3 -17 -3-19
accounting software, see financial
management and accounting
software
accounts payable software
MBSI RealWorld Accounts
Payable, 9-46
MJAAccounts Payable, 9-48
accounts receivable software
Attorney's Time and Billing, 9-50
IMS Dental Office Management
System, 9-51
MBSI RealWorld Accounts
Receivable, 9-46
MJ A Accounts Receivable, 9-48
add-on and third-party hardware,
7-61-7-64
Ads Software, Inc., 9-133
Advanced Legal Software, 3-10, 9-133
Advanced Micro Techniques, 9-13 3
Advantage Systems, Inc., 9-133
adventure games, 9-78-9-79
Agradata, Inc., 9-133
agricultural software
applications, of, 3 -1-3-3
referral software chart for,
9-103-9-105
Agri-Management Services Inc., 9-133
Aha, Inc., 9-133
Aid Data Systems, Inc., 9-133

9-142

Applications Advisory Support
Services, 6-5,9-2
applications software, 1-4-1-5,
5-2-5-3,9-1
Digital Classified Software, 9-2
referral charts for, 9-81-9-132,
see also software
Applied Business Software, 9-13 3
Applied Education Systems, 9 -13 3
Applied Innovations, Inc., 9-134
architecture of Rainbow systems,
7-15-7-16
Articulate Publications, Inc., 9-134
Ashton-Tate, 9-35, 9-134
Ask Micro, Inc., 9-134
assembly language
AUTOSORT-86 Assembly
Language Subroutine,
9-59-9-60
FABS-86 Assembly Language
Subroutine for File
Maintenance, 9-58-9-59
asynchronous/byte-synchronous
communications port, 2 -3 - 2 -4,
7-13
Attorney's Time and Billing,
9-50-9-51
Australia Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
Autodesk, Inc., 9-134
AUTOSORT-86 Assembly Language
Subroutine, 9-59-9-60
Avatar Technologies, Inc., 7-61

Basic System Support, 6-2
batch files, 9-4
BCC04-10 cable, 8-23
BCC04-25 cable, 8-23
BCC04-50 cable, 8-23
Bear Computers, Inc., 9-50,9-134
Belgium Country Kits, 7-35
bell,7-23
Benchmark/Metasoft Corporation,
9-30,9-134
BENCHMARK Word Processing
System, 9-30-9-31
Berge Software, 9-134
Better Business Solutions, 9-134
bills of materials software, 9-52
Binary Synchronous Communication
(BSC) protocol, 9-73, 9-75
bit,mappedgraphics, 7-26, 7-37
Blue Chip Software, Inc., 9-134
games by, 9-80
Boffin, Inc., 9-134
BPI Systems, Inc., 9-134
Bridge Communications, Inc., 7-61
Bridge CP/M Emulator, The,
9-76-9-77
Brightbill-Roberts&Co., Ltd., 9-134
Brubaker & Associates, Inc., 9-134
Business Decision Systems, 9-134
business forecasting applications,
4-5-4-6
business-simulation games, 9-80
Business Software, 9-134
Bytel Corporation, 9-134

BACKUP utility, 5-2, 9-5, 9-7
Balcones Computer Corporation,
9-134
base systems, 7-2-7-5
BASIC (language), 3-22
AUTOSORT-86 used with, 9-59
CBASIC-86,9-55-9-56
MBASIC-86,9-55

C (language), 3-22
MWC-86 C Language Compiler,
9-56-9-57
cables
included in Country Kits, 7-34
for keyboard, 7-21
for modems and printers, 8-23

9-143

Cableshare, Inc., 9-134
CalcStar (spreadsheet), 1-6,9-20-9-21
Canada Country Kits, 7~ 36
carry-in per call service, 6-4
carry-in system support, 6-2
cash flow software, 9-54
Cawthon Scientific Group, 9-134
CBASIC-86 (language), 9-55-9-56
CBI (Computer-Based Instruction),
1-2,2-10
CCP/M -86, see Concurrent CP1M
operating system
chairs, 8-21
Chang Laboratories, 'Inc., 4-2, 9-13,
9-135
characters
international and special,
7-21-7-22
printed by LA50 Personal Printer,
8-3
printed by Letterprinter 100, 8-7
resolution of displays of, 7-26 .
special-character set generation kit
for, 7-53-7-54
supported by SELECT, 9-29
technical-character set for,
7-52-7-53
see also fonts
Claremont Controls, Ltd., 9-135
COBOL (language), RM/COBOL
ANSI- Standard COBOL
Compiler, 9-57 -9-58
color graphics, 1-9
color video monitors, 1-9,2-4,2-5,5-4,
7-30-7-33
graphics displayed on, 7-38
specifications of, 7-4
commands, in MS-DOS, 9-4
communications, 5-4
electronic mail for, 4-5
extended communications option
for, 7-55-7-56
modems for, 8-22 -8-23

communications port, 2-3-2-4,7-13
communications software, 1-8, 7-13
applications of, 3-22
The Bridge CP1M Emulator,
9-76-9-77
Context MBA, 9~15, 9-16
PhoneLink CP1M
Communications, 9-76-9-77
poly-BSC/3270 Communications,
9-73-9-75
poly-BSC/RJE Communications,
9-75-9-76
poly-COM Communications,
9-71-9-73
Rainbow ReGIS Remote Graphics
Instruction Set, 9-64-9-66
referral software chart for,
9-93-9-94
Compal, Inc., 9-135
compatibility
with CP/M systems, PhoneLink and
The Bridge for, 9-76
of software and data mes, 5 -3
compilers
CBASIC-86,9-56
MWC-86 C Language Compiler,
9-56-9-57
PASCAL/MT +86, 9-58
RM/COBOL ANSI-Standard
COBOL Compiler, 9-57 -'-9-58
components of Rainbow systems, 2-1
installation of, 2-6-2-9
keyboards,2-5-2-6,7-21-7-25
system units, 2-2-2-4, 7-6-7-19
video monitors, 2-4-2-5,
7-26-7-33
COMPOSE CHARACTER key, 7-21,
7-53
Compu-Law, Inc., 9-135
Computer-Based Instruction (CBI),
1-2,2-10
Computer Control Systems, 9-58, 9-59
Computerized Health Services, 9-135
9-144

Computer Program Associates, 9-135
Computing, Inc., 9-135
Comshare Target Software, 9-42, 9-135
Concurrent CP1M -86 operating
system, 1-5, 1-10,5-2,9-1,9-82
CONDOR 1 and 3 (relational database
management system), 1-8,
9-36-9-37
CONDOR 1 File Manager, 9-37
CONDOR3 Database Manager, 9-37
Condor ComputerCorporation, 9-36
configuration
of extended communications
option, 7-57
of hard-disk upgrade kits, 7-51
Construction Data Control, Inc., 3 -6,
9-135
construction industry applications,
3-5-3:7
referral software chart for,
9-94-9-95
Construction Management
Information System, 3-6
Context MBA, 9-15-9-16
Continental Software, Inc., 9-135
Contractor Management Systems,
9-135
CONTROL (CTRL) key, 7-21
copy holders, 8-21
cords
included in Country Kits, 7-34
for keyboard, 7-21
Corvus OMNINET (local area
network),1-8
Corvus Systems, 7-61
Country Kits (keyboards), 7-21-7-24
foreign language, 7-34-7-36
Gold Key keyboards, 7-25
Countryside Data, 9-135
courses
"Learn Rainbow," 1-2,2-6,
2-9-2-10,9-6
offered by Educational Services,
6-5-6-8

CPA-ll program, 3-18
Cpaids, Inc., 9-135
CP1M -80 operating system, 9-6
The Bridge for communications
with,9-77
CP1M -86/80 operating system, 1-3,
1-4; 1-5, 9-1, 9-6-9-8
documentation for, 2-6
GSX-86 graphics software for,
7-37-7-39,9-66-9-69
microprocessors for, 7-7
SIDEWAYS utility for, 9-62
Technical Documentation Kit for,
7-58-7-60
CPIM-86 operating systems, 9-6
CP1M operating system, 5-2
CP+ utility for, 9-62 -9-63
data file compatibility of, 5-3
files generated by, processed by
BENCHMARK, 9-30
files generated by, processed by
EasyWriter, 9-32
graphics on, 7-37-7-39
microprocessors for, 7-7
PhoneLink and The Bridge for
communications with,
9-76-9-77
RDCPM for converting files written
for, 1-3
see also Concurrent CP1M -86
operating system
CP+ CP1M Operating System Utility,
9-62-9-63
cursor control keys for, 7-22
CymaCorporation, 9-135

D
Daisy-Aids (letter-quality graphics
for daisywheel printers), 9-69-9-70
daisywheels (printwheels), 8-13
database and information management
software, 1-7-1-8
applications of, 3 -12, 4-10

9-145

CONDOR 1 and 3, 9-36-9-37
Context MBA, 9-15, 9-16
dBASE II -86, 9~35 .,--9-36
IMS Mailing List Management, 9-38
List Manager, 9-39-9-40
Lotus 1-2-3, 9~12-9-13
PFS:FILEand PFS:REPORT,
9-34-9-35
referral software chart for,
9-95-9-98
databases, 1-8
applications of, 4-5, 4-9-4-10
fmancial, 3 -17
legal, 3-9, 3-10
spreadsheets, 4-2
data communications, see
communications
data entry keypad, 7-22
data fIles, compatibility of, 5 -3
Data I/O Corporation, 7-61
Datamost, 9-135
Datatek, Inc" 9-135
Data Translation, Inc., 7-62
dBASE II-86 (relational database
management system), 1-8,
9-35-9-36
DB! Software Products, 9-135
DEADLINE (game), 9"79
debugging, 3-22
inRM/COBOL,9-57
DECmailer Service, 6-4
DECmats, 8-22
DECservice System Support, 6-2
DEC US (Digital Equipment Computer
Users Society), 1-11,6-9
Delta Point Corporation, 9-135
Denmark Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
dental practice software
IMS Dental Office Management
System, 9-51
referral software chart for,
9-115-9-118
desks, 8-20

9-146

DESQ Multi-Window Software
Integrator, 1-10,9-90-:--9-11
device drivers for printers, in GSX-86,
9-67
DF03-AA modem, 8-22 -8-23
DF03-AC modem, 8-22 -8-23
diagnostics, 7-15
for dual-diskette drive option, 7-52
on LA50 Personal Printer, 8-3
on Letterprinter 100; 8-9 .
R!linbow Diagnostic diskette for,
2-6
self-test, 2-9
specifications of, 7-4
dictionaries
for BENCHMARK, 9-31
SpellStar, 9-25
DigisoftComputers, Inc., 9-135
Digital Classified Software (DCS),
5-2-5-3,6-4-6-5,9-1-9-3
referral charts for, 9-81-9-132
Digital Communications Associates,
7-62
Digital Equipment Computer Users
Society (DECUS), 1-11,6-9
Digital Marketing Corporation, 9-136
Digital Press, 6-8
Digital Research, Inc., 9-136
CBASIC-86 by, 9-55
Concurrent CP1M -86 by, 1-5, 1-10,
5-2,9-1,9-82
CP/M-80 andCP/M-86 by, 9-6
PASCALlMT+86 by, 9-58
directories, in MS-DOS, 9-4
Discotech Microcomputers Products,
9-136
DISK COPY facility, 9-8
diskdrives,2-3,7-8-7-12
DPATCH Disk Error Recovery
System for, 9-62
dual-diskette drive option,
7-51-7-52
hard, on Rainbow 100+, 1-4

hard,asupgrades,5-1,7-47-7-51
in Rainbow base systems, 7-2
RX50 controller for, 7-7
diskette mailers, 8-19
diskettes
filing and storage supplies for,
8-18-8-19
read byCPIM-86/80 operating
system, 9-6
RX50K, 8-17 -8-18
safe and storage options for,
8-23-8-24
diskette safe, 8-24
display screens
antiglare coating on, 2-4
control keys for, 7-22
80-column and 132-column formats
for,2-5,4-2
resolution of, 7-26
windows on, 9-10
distribution software
IMS Manufacturing Inventory
Control System, 9-52-9-53
IMS WholesalelRetail Distribution
System, 9-53-9-54
D.J.R. Associates, Inc., 9-135
documentation, 2 -6, 5 -5
forCP/M-86/80,9-8
for Digital Classified Software, 6-5,
9-2
for MS-DOS, 9-5-9-6
Technical Documentation Kits,
7-58-7-60
dot-matrix printers
GSX-86 used with, 9-67
LA50 Personal Printer, 8-2 -8-6
Letterprinter 100, 8-6-8-11
Rainbow ReGIS used with, 9-65
SIDEWAYS utility for, 9-62 -9-63
supported by GSX-86 graphics
software, 7-39
Dow Jones NewslRetrieval service,
1-8,3-18,7-13

DPATCH Disk Error Recovery System,
9-62
dual-diskette drive option, 7-52 -7-53
Dun and Bradstreet Listings, 1-8
Dynamic Microprocessor Associates,
9-136

E
Eagle Software Publishing, 9-41, 9-43
EasyWriter (word processor), 9-32
ECOM Associates, Inc., 9-136
editing keypad, 2-6
editors
ALL-IN-l,7-24-7-25
EDLIN, 9-4, 9-5
RED,9-7
see also word processing software
EDLIN line editor, 9-4,9-5
educational applications, 3 -21-3 -23
referral software chart for,
9-99-9-100
Educational Services, 1-11, 6-5-6-8
EEC Systems, 9-136
8-bit software, 1-3,9-6
80-column screen display format, 7-26
8088 microprocessors, 2-2,7-7,7-8
in architecture of Rainbow systems,
7-15,7-16
CP/M-86 operating system on, 9-6
electrical assembly and hinge
(PCXXF-CC),8-20
Electric Blackboard Multi-Window
Text Editor, 1-7,9-32-9-33
electronic mail, 4-5
electronic spreadsheets, see
spreadsheets
Elite Software, 9-136
enclosures; system unit floor stand,
7-56-7-57
engineering software, referral chart for,
9-101-9-103
.

9-147

entertainment software
business-simulation games, 9-80
mysteries and adventures,
9-78-9-79
referral software chart for, 9-107
EPROM chips, 7-54
-equation-solving software
(TK!Solver-86),9-22-9-23
error handling
DPATCH Disk Error Recovery
System for, 9-62
in MS-DOS, 9-5
Escape Computer Software, 9-69
Exceptional Business Solutions, 9-136
Executec Corporation, 9-136
expansion of Rainbow systems, 2-4,
7-15
memory options for, 7-42 - 7-46
specifications for, 7-4
extended communications option,
7-55-7-56

F
FABS-86 Assembly Language
Subroutine
for File Maintenance, 9-58-9-59
farm applications, 3,1-3 -3
referral software chart for,
9-103 -9-105
Farm Management, Inc., 9-136
FBS Systems, Inc., 9-136
fiction games, 9-78-9-79
Field Service, 6-1-6-4
file-handling programs, 1-7 -1-8
PFS:FILE,9-34-9-35
files communications software for, 1-8
CP/M, processed by
BENCHMARK,9-30
CP/M, processed by EasyWriter,
9-32
CP/M-86/80 management of, 9-7
CP+ utility for, 9-61-9-62
data, compatibility of, 5-3
DPATCH utility for, 9-61
FABS-86 Assembly Language

9-148

Subroutine for File Maintenance,
9-58-9-59
poly-COM communications for
transfer of, 9-71-9-73
Final Word (word processor), 1-7
financial analysis applications,
4-1-4-2
financial applications
forecasting, 4-5-4-6
MicroPlan-86 for, 9-18
132-column screen display format
used for, 7-26
TK!Solver-86 for, 9-22 -9-23
fmancial databases, 3 -17
fmancial management and accounting
software, 1-5-1-6,3-6
accounting software referral
chart, 9-83-9-93
Attorney's Time and Billing,
9-50-9-51
business-simulation games, 9-80
fmance software referral chart,
9-105-9-106 Financier Tax Series, 9-42
IMS Dental Office Management
System, 9-51
IMS Job Accounting and Fund
Accounting Systems,
9-49-9-50
IMS Manufacturing Inventory
Control System, 9-52-9-53
IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribution
System, 9-53-9-54
MBSI RealWorld Business
Software, 9-45 -9-47
Money Decisions, 9-43-'-9-45
Multi Journal Accounting (MJA)
System, 9-47 -9-49
TARGET Financial Modeling,
9-42-9-43
Tax Decisions, 9 -41
taxes and tax planning software
referral chart, 9-127 -9-129
see also spreadsheets

free-standing copy holder (H980- EF),
8-21
function keys, 2 -6, 7-22 -7 -23
fund accounting software, 9-49
furniture, 8-16, 8-20-8-21

Financial Management TK!SolverPack,
9-22-9-23
Financier Tax Series, 9-42
Finar Research, 9-136
Finland Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
floor stand for system unit, 7-56-7-57
floppy disk drives, 2-3, 7-2, 7-8-7-10
dual diskette drive option,
7-51-7-52
RX50 controllerfor, 7-7
storage options for systems based
on, 7-47-7-52
floppy disks
filing and storage supplies for,
8-18-8-19
read by CP/M -86/80 operating
system, 9-6
RX50K, 8-17 -8-18
safe and storage options, for,
8-23-8-24
Florida Data Systems, Inc., 9-136
Font Editor program, 7-53, 7-54
fonts
printed by Letterprinter 100,
8-7-8-9
printed by LQP02 Letter-Quality
Printer, 8-13
SIDEWAYS utility used for, 9-62
supported by SELECT, 9-29
see also characters
forecasting applications, 4-5 -4-6
foreign -language options
Country Kits, 7-34-7-36,
7-21-7-25
special-character set generation kit,
7-53-7-54
FORMAT utility, 9-5
forms design software, Context MBA,
9-15,9-16
Fox & Geller, Inc., 9-136
France Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
Franklen Computer Systems, Inc.,
3-18,9-136

G
games
business-simulation, 9-80
mysteries and adventures,
9-78-9-79
referral software chart for, 9 -107
GDOS (Graphics Device Operating
System), 7-39, 9-67
general ledger software
Attorney's Time and Billing, 9-50
MBSI RealWorld General Ledger,
9-45-9-46
MJA General Ledger, 9-48
Germany Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
GIOS (Graphics Input/Output
System), 7-39, 9-67
GMS Computer Systems, 9-136
Gold Key keyboard, 7-24-7-25
government software, referral chart for,
9-108
Graphic Communications, Inc., 9-136
graphics
displayed on color monitors, 7-30,
7-31
displayed on monochrome
monitors, 7-27
high-resolution bit-mapped, 7-26
option for, 7-37 -7-41
printed by LA50 Personal Printer,
8-3
printed by Letterprinter 100, 8-7
video monitors for, 5-5
Graphics Device Operating System
(GDOS), 7-39, 9-67
Graphics Input/Output System
(GIOS), 7-39, 9-67
graphics module, 7-38

9-149

memory expansion options,
7-42-7-46
poly-BSC/3270 communications
with,9-73
printers and plotters, 8-1-8-16
required for Digital Classified
Software, 9 c2
storage, for floppy-disk based
systems, 7-47 -7-52
system units, 2-2-2-4,7-6-7-19
third-party and add-on, 7-61-7-64
video monitors, 2-4-2-5,
7-26-7-33
Harris Technical Systems/Agdisk,
9-136
Hayden Software Company, 9-136
Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.,
7-62,9-137
HELP key, 7-23
high-back chair, 8-21
high-resolution graphics, 1-9,7-26,
7-38
displayed on color monitors, 7-30,
7-31
displayed on monochrome
monitors, 7-27
HOLD SCREEN indicator light, 7-23
Holland Country Kit, 7-36
home applications, referral software
chart for, 9-109
Houghton Mifflin-TSC Division, 9-13 7
HST file transfer program, 9-71-9-72
human resource management
applications, 4-9-4-10
MJA Payroll and Personnel for, 9-48

Graphics Option (PC1XX-BA),
7-37-7-41
GSX -86 included with, 9-66
graphics plotter (LPV16 Six-pen
Graphics Plotter), 8-2,
8-15-8-16
graphics software, 1-9-1-10
Context MBA, 9-15, 9-16
Daisy-Aids, 9-69-9-70
GraphPlan-86,9-13-9-15
GSX-86,9-66-9-69
Lotus 1-2-3, 9-12-9-13
possible noncompatibility of, 5-3
Rainbow ReGIS. Remote Graphics
Instruction Set, 9-64-9-66
referral software chart for,
9-108-9-109
in system architecture, 7-16
GraphPlan-86 integrated package,
7-37,9-12-9-15
GSX-86 required for, 9-66
green (VR201-B) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
GSX-86 graphics software, 1-9,7-16,
7-37-7-39,9-66-9-69
included with Concurrent CP/M,
9-82
used by GraphPlan-86, 9-13

H
H980-EF free-standing copy holder,
8-21
H980-FA diskette safe, 8-24
H980-FC media safe, 8-23
hard-disk drives, 2-3,7-10-7-12
controller module for, 7-7
on Rainbow 100+,1-4,7-2
as upgrades, 5-1,7-47 -7-51
hardware, 5-4-5-5
base systems, 7-2 -7-5
Field Services of, 6-1-6-4
keyboards,2-5-2-6,7-21-7-25

I
IBM Personal Computers, 5 -3, 5-4
IBM systems, communications with,
5-4,7-13
data file compatibility of, 5 -3
extended communications option
for, 7-55

9-150

poly-BSC/3270 package for, 1-8,
4-6,9-73 -9-75
poly-BSC/RJE package for,
9-75-9-76
IE Systems, Inc., 9-137
IMS Dental Office Management
System, 9-51
IMS Job Accounting and Fund
Accounting Systems, 1-8,
9-49-9-50
IMS Mailing List Management
program, 1-8,9-38
IMS Manufacturing Inventory Control
System, 9-52-9-53
IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribution
System, 9-53-9-54
indexes, 9-26
indicator lights, 7-23
Infocom, Inc., 9-137
games by, 9-78-9-79
information management software, see
database and information
management software
information services, 1-8. 7-13
Information Unlimited Software, 9-32
Innosys, Inc., 9-137
Innovative Software, Inc., 9-137
installation, 1-2,2-6-2-9
of Country Kits, 7-34, 7-35
of Digital Classified Software, 6-5
of dual-diskette drive option, 7-51
of graphics option, 7-40
of hard-disk upgrade kits, 7-49
ofLA50 Personal Printer, 8-3
of Letterprinter 100, 8-9
ofLQP02 Letter-Quality Printer,
8-13
of memory expansion options,
7-42-7-43,7-45
insurance applications, referral
software chart for, 9-110
Insurance Sales Systems, 9-137

9-151

integrated productivity packages
Context MBA, 9-15-9-16
GraphPlan-86,9-13-9-15
Lotus 1-2-3, 9-12-9-13
Intel 8088 microprocessors, 2-2, 7-7,
7-8
in architecture of Rainbow systems,
7-15,7-16
CPlM-86 operating system on, 9-6
Intelligence, Ltd., 9-137
interactive fiction games, 9-78-9-79
interfaces
in extended communications
option, 7-56-7-57
serial interface switches for, 8-22
Interlan, Inc., 7-62
INTERLOGIC (machine language),
9-78
Intermedia Systems, 7-62
international characters and symbols,
7-21
International Micro Systems, 9-38
International Microvideo, 9-13 7
interpreters, CBASIC-86, 9-56
Intersoft, Inc., 9-137
inventory control software
IMS Manufacturing Control
System, 9-52-9-53
IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribution
System, 9-53-9-54
MBSI RealWorld Inventory
Control, 9-47
Investment Protection Plan (warranty
services), 6-1, 6-3, 9-2
invoice preparation software, 9-53
ISYS Corporation, 9-13 7
Italy Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36

J
JEB Systems, Inc., 9-137
job accounting software, 9-49

K
keyboards, 2-5-2-6, 7-21-7-25
foreign-language, 7-34-7-36
specifications of, 7-3
keyclick,7-23
keypads, 2 -6, 7-22
keys (on keyboard), 2-6, 7-21-7-23
Krown Computers, 9-137

L
LA50 Personal Printer, 8-1-8-6
GSX-86 used with, 9-67
Rainbow ReGIS used with, 9-65
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
LA50-RA Personal Printer, 8-2 -8-6
LA100 Letterprinter, see Letterprinter
100
LA100-PC Letterprinter 100,
8-6-8-11
see also Letterprinter 100
languages (natural)
characters for, 7-21, 7-53-7-54
Country Kits for, 7-34-7-36
languages (programming)
AUTOSORT-86 used with,
9-59-9-60
CBASIC-86,9-55-9-56
FABS-86 used with, 9-58-9-59
INTERLOGIC,9-78
learning, 3 -22
MBASIC-86,9-55
MWC-86,9-56-9-57
PASCALIMT +86,9-58
referral software chart for,
9-110-9-114
RM/COBOL, 9-57 -9-58
LANs (local area networks), 1-8
law office applications, 3-9-3-11
Attorney's Time and Billing for,
9-50-9-51
referral software chart for,
9-114-9-115

9-152

Lawyers Word Processing, Ltd., 9-137
"Learn Rainbow" Computer-Based
Instruction course, 1-2,2-6,
2-9-2-10,9-6,9-8
legal practice applications, 3 -9 - 3-11
Attorney's Time and Billing for,
9-50-9-51
referral software chart for,
9-114-9-115
Letterprinter 100, 8-1, 8-6-8-11
GSX-86 used with, 9-67
Rainbow ReGIS used with, 9-65
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
letter-quality printers
Daisy-Aids (letter-quality graphics
for daisywheel printers), for,
9-69-9-70
LQP02, 8-2, 8-12-8-14
Lifeboat Designer Team, 9-13 7
lights, indicator, 7-23
Link Systems, Inc., 9-137
List Manager, 1-8,9-39-9-40
LK20 1-BA USA Gold Key keyboard,
7-24,7-25
local area networks (LANs), 1-8
LOCK key, 7-21
LOGIMOUSE,9-11
Logitech,9-11
Lotus 1-2-3,1-6,1-10,9-12-9-13
applications of, 3 -15
graphics on, 1-9,7-38
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
Lotus Development Corporation, 3 -15,
7-38,9-1,9-12
LPV16 Six-pen Graphics Plotter, 8-2
LQP02 -AA Letter-Quality Printer,
8-12-8-14
LQP02 Letter-Quality Printer, 8-2,
8-12-8-14
Daisy-Aids for, 9-69
LQPX2 -SW serial interface switch,
8-22
LQPXF -CZ serial interface switch,
8-22

LVPI6-AA Six-pen Graphics Plotter,
8-15-8- 16
LVP16 Six-pen Graphic s Plotter,
8-15-8- 16

M
mailers for diskettes, 8-19
mailing list programs, 1-8
IMS Mailing List Management, 9-38
List Manager, 9-39-9- 40
MailMerge, 1-8,9-2 5-9-26
mail-merging software
for BENCHMARK, 9-30, 9-31
MailMe rge,9-2 5-9-26
in SELECT, 9-28
main memory, 2-2,7-8
Mainstreet Comput er Products, Inc.,
9-137
MAINT utility, 9-7
manufacturing and distribution
software
IMS Manufacturing Invento ry
Control System, 9-52-9- 53
IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribu tion
System, 9-53-9- 54
manufacturing applications,
3-13-3- 15
business forecasting for, 4-5 -4-6
referral software chart for,
9-118-9 -119
Mark of the Unicorn, 9-137
Mark Williams Company, 3-22
Martin Marietta Data Systems, 9, 13 7
mathematical applications, 3-21
mats, antistatic, 8-22
MBASIC-86 (language), 3-22, 9-55
AUTOSORT-86 used with, 9-59
MBSI RealWorld Accounts Payable,
9-46
MBSI RealWorld Accounts Receivable,
9-46
MBSI RealWorld Business Software,
9-45-9- 47

9-153

MBSI RealWorld General Ledger,
9-45-9- 46
MBSI RealWorld Invento ry Control,
9-47
MBSI RealWorld Payroll, 9-46
MBSI RealWorld Sales Analysis, 9-47
MCBA, Inc., 9-138
MDRlV E utility
in Concurr ent CP/M -86, 9-82
in CP/M-8 6/80, 9-6, 9-8
memory expansion options for, 7-42
in MS-DOS, 9-4, 9-5
MDS Associates, Inc., 9-138
Mechanical Engineering
TK!SolverPack,9-23
media, 2-6
filing and storage supplies for,
8-18-8- 19
read by CP/M -86/80 operating
system, 9-6
RX50K diskettes, 8-17 -8-18
safe and storage options for,
8-23-8- 24
medical practice applications,
referral software chart for,
9-115-9 -118
medium-resolution graphics, 1-9,7-38
displayed on color monitors, 7-31
displayed on monochrome
monitors, 7-27
memory
disk drives, 2-3,7-8 -7-12
expansion options for, 7-42 - 7-46
main, 2-2,7-8
in Rainbow base systems, 7-2
memory -mapped video, 7-26
mice, used with DESQ, 9-11
Micro-AP,9-138
Micro Applications Group, 9-138
Micro-A rt Corpora tion, 9-138
Micro Business Applications, 9-138
Microco mputer Consultants, 9-138
Microco mputer Tax Systems, Inc.,
9-138

Micro Information Systems, Inc., 9-138
MicroPlan-86 (spreadsheet), 1-6,4-2,
. 9-18-9-19
applications of, 3 -18
GraphPlan-86 compatible with,
9-13
Microprocessor Associates, Inc., 9-138
microprocessors, 2-2, 7-6-7-8
in architecture of Rainbow systems,
7-15
MicroPro International Corporation,
9-20,9-21,9-24,9-138
Microrim, Inc., 9-138
Microsoft Corporation, 7-62, 9-1, 9-138
languages by, 3-22
MOUSE by, 9-11
MS-DOS operating system by,
1-3-1-5,2-6,5-2,9-4
Muitiplan by, 4-6, 9-17
Microstuf, Inc., 9-138
Microsystems Engineering
Corporation, 9-138
Millionaire (game), 9-80
minidiskette binder, 8-19
minidiskette box, 8-19
minidiskette desk stand, 8-19
miscdlaneous applications, referral
software chart for, 9-119-9-121
MJA Accounts Payable, 9-48
MJAAccounts Receivable, 9-48
MJA General Ledger, 9-48
MJA Payroll and Personnd, 9-48
mobile file (PCXXF-CE), 8-21
modeling, see financial management
and accounting software;
spreadsheets
modems, 8-22-8-23
cables for, 8-23
communications port for, 7-13
Money Decision I and II, 1-6,3-18,
9-43-9-45
monitor copy holder (PCXXF -CH),
8-21

9-154

monitors (video), 2-4-2-5, 7-26
color, 1-9,5-4,7-30-7-33
graphics displayed on, 5-5,7-38
monochrome, 7-27-7-30
screen cleaning kit for, 8-22
specifications of, 7-3 -7-4
monochrome video monitors, 1-9,2-4,
2-5,5-4,7-27-7-30
graphics displayed on, 7-38
specifications of, 7:3
Mountain Computer, Inc., 7-62
MS-DOS operating system, 1-3, 1-4,
1-5,5-2,9-1,9-4-9-6
DESQ Multi-Window Software
Integrator for, 9-10
documentation for, 2-6
graphics for, 7-38
run under 8088 microprocessor, 7-7
SIDEWAYS utility for, 9-62
Technical Documentation Kit for,
7-58,7-59
Multi Journal Accounting (M]A)
System, 9A7 -9-49
Multiplan (spreadsheet), 1-5-1-6,
9-17-9-18
applications of, 3-6, 4-6
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
Multiplan-86 (spreadsheet),
9-17-9-18
multitasking, Concurrent CP/M-86
operating system for, 9-82
multiterminal systems, 5-5
multi-window software integrator
(DESQ),9-9-9-11
MWC-86 C Language Compiler, 3 -22,
9-56-9-57
Mycroft Labs, Inc., 9-138
mysteries (games), 9-78-9-79

N
National Instruments, 7-62, 9-138
NEC 7220 graphics chip, 7-38
Netherlands Country Kit, 7-35

networks
loal area networks, 1-8
supported by extended
communications option, 7-55
New York Stock Exchange database,
3-17
New York Times Information Service,
1"8,7-13
Norway Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
numeric keypad, 2 -6, 7-22

system unit floor stand, 7-56-7-57
technical-character set, 7-52 - 7-53
Technical Documentation Kits,
7-58-7-60
third-party hardware and add-ons,
7-61-7-64
order processing software, 9-53
Organic Software, Inc., 9-139
Osprey Business Software, Inc., 9-139

o
Oasis Systems, 9-138
Occupational Computing Co., Inc.,
9-138
Omtool Corporation, 9-138
132 -column screen display format, 2 -5,
4c2,7-26
1-2-3,see Lotus 1-2-3
onsite per-call service, 6-4
Open Systems, Inc., 9-139
operating systems, le3, 1-4,5-2,9-1
ConcurrentCP/M-86, 1-10,9-82
CP/M-86/80,9-7-9-11
CP+ utility for, 9-62 -9-63
data me compatibility of, 5 -3
documentation for, 2-6
microprocessors for, 7-7
MS-DOS, 9-4-9-6
Technical Documentation Kits for,
7-58-7-60
options, 7-37
extended communications,
7-55-7-56
foreign-language, 7-34-7-36
graphics, 7-37-7-41
for media storage, 8-23, 8-24
memory expansion, 7-42-7-46
special-character generation kit,
7-53-7-54
specifications for, 7-4
storage, for floppy-based systems,
7-47-7-52

9-155

Pacific Data Systems, Inc., 9-139
Palantir Software, 9-139
parallel processing, 7-7 -7-8
PASCAL/MT +86 (language), 9-58
payroll software, 3-6
MBSI RealWorld Payroll, 9-46
MJ A Payroll and Personnel, 9-48
PC1KI-AK memory adapter option,
7-45
PCIKI-BA USA keyboard, 7-21
PCIKI-CA USA Gold Key keyboard,
7-24
PCIXX-AA 64-Kbyte memory option,
7-45
PC1XX-AB 192-Kbyte memory
option, 7-45
PCIXX-AC 128-Kbyte base memory
module, 7-42
PC lXX-AD 256-Kbyte base memory
module, 7-42
PCIXX-AY 64-Kbyte add-on memory
chip set, 7-42
PC lXX-AZ256-Kbyte add-on
memory chip set, 7-42
PCIXX-BA graphics option,
7-37-7-41
PCIXX-BB extended communications
option, 7-55-7-56
PC lXX-FA technical-character set,
7-52
PC lXX -FB technical-character set,
7-52

PCIXX-FC special-character set
generation kit, 7-53-'-7-54
PC-DOS operating system (IBM),5-3
PCXXF -BA system unit floor stand,
7-56-7-57
PCXXF -CA workstation desk, 8-20
PCXXF-CB worktable desk, 8-20
PCXXF -CC electrical assembly and .
hinge, 8-20
PCXXF-CD system stand, 8-20
PCXXF -CE mobile me, 8-21
PCXXF-CH monitor copy holder, 8-21
PCXXF-CM high-back chair, 8-21
PCXXF-CN high-back chair, 8-21
PCXXF-CP high-back chair, 8-21
PCXXF-CRhigh-back chair, 8-21
PDP-11 systems, PhoneLink for
communications with 9-76,9-77
Peachtree Software, Inc., 9-139
Pearlsoft,9-139
per-call service, 6-2
Perfect Software, Inc., 9-139
Peripheral Interchange Program (PIP),
9-7
peripherals
modems, 8-22-8-23
printers and plotters, 8-1-8-16
see also hardware
personal applications, referral software
chart for, 9-109
Personal Computer Interest Group (in
DECUS),6-9
Personal Systems Technology, 7-62
personnel management applications,
4-9-4-10
MJA Payroll and Personnel for, 9-48
Perspective, 6-1
PFS:FILE (me-handling program), 1-7,
9-34-9-35
applications of, 4-10
PFS:REPORT, 9-34-9-35
applications of, 4-10
Pharmacy Automation Systems, Inc.,
9-139

PhoneLink CP/M Communications,
9-76-9-77
PIP (Peripheral Interchange Program),
9-7
plotter (LVPI6 Six-pen Graphics
Plotter),8-2
Polaroid Corporation, 7-62
poly-BSC/3270 communications
package, 1-8,4-2,4-6,7-13,
9-73-9-75
poly-BSC/RJE communications
package, 7-13, 9-75-9-76
poly-COM communications package,
1-8,3-22,4-10,7-13,9-71-9-73
Polygon Associates, Inc., 3-22, 4-2,
4-10,9-71
poly-HST me transfer program,
9-71-9"72
poly-TRM terminal emulator, 9-71
poly-XFR me transfer program,
9-71-9-72
ports
added with extended
communications option,
7-55-7-56
for communications; 2-3-2-4, 7-13
forprinter,2-3,7-12-7-13
post-warranty service, 6-1-6-4
power supply, 7-15
specifications of, 7-18
PPSNs (public packet-switching
networks),7-55
Praire Data Systems, 9-139
printer port, 2-3,7-12-7-13
printers, 5-4
cables for, 8-23
Daisy-Aids (letter-quality graphics
for daisywheel printers) for,
9-69-9-70
LA50 Personal Printer, 8-2 -8-6
Letterprinter 100, 8-6-8-11
LVP16 Six-pen Graphics Plotter,
8-15-8-16

9-156

Rainbow ReGIS used with, 9-65
SIDEWAYS utility for, 9-62 -9-63
specifications of, 8-1-8-2
supported by GSX-86 graphics
software, 7-39, 9-67
supported by SELECT, 9-29
technical-character set supported
by, 7-53
PRINT SCREEN utility, 9-4
PRINT utility, 9-4
printwheels (daisywheels), 8-13
processors, 2-2,7-6-7-8
Prodata, 9-47
Professional Data Management
Systems, Inc., 9-139
Professional Software, Inc., 9-139
ProfitPlan (spreadsheet), 1-6
program function (PF) keys, 7-22
programming
languages and aids for, 9-55 -9-60
learning languages for, 3-22
programming languages, see languages
(programming)
programs, see software
project management applications,
referral software chart for, 9-121
PROM chips, 7-54
protocols
Binary Synchronous
Communication (BCS), 9-73,
9-75
supported by extended
communications option, 7-55
p-System operating system, 1-5
public domain software, 9 -55
public packet-switching networks
(PPSNs),7-55
purchase order software, 9-53

QA068-C3 MWC-86, 9-56-9-57
QAI52-CM The Bridge for VAX with
VMS, 9-76
QAI55-CM The Bridge for PDP-ll
with RSX, 9-76
QA156-C3 CONDOR 1, 9-36
QA158-C3 CONDOR3, 9-36
QA193-C3 poly-COM
Communications, 9-71
QA206-C3 poly-BSC/3270
Communications, 9-73
QA208-C3 poly-BSC/R]E
Communications, 9-75
QA219-C3 TARGET Financial
Modeling, 9-42
QA268-CM PhoneLink CP/M
Communications for VAX with
VMS, 9-76
QA269-CM The Bridge and
PhoneLink for VAX with VMS,
9-76
QA270-CM PhoneLink CP/M
Communications for PDP-II
with RSX, 9-76
QA271-CM The Bridge and
PhoneLinkfor PDP-ll with
RSX, 9-76
QA272 -CM PhoneLink CP/M
Communications for PDP-ll
with RSTS/E, 9-76
QA273-CM The Bridge for PDP-ll
with RSTS/E, 9-76
QA274-CM The Bridge and
PhoneLinkfor PDP-ll with
RSTSIE,9-76
QA277-C3 List Manager, 9-39
QA281-C3 dBASE II-86, 9-35
QA282-C3 MicroPlan-86, 9-18
QA283-C3 TK!Solver-86, 9-22
QA291-C3 MBSI RealWorld Accounts
Receivable, 9-45
QA292-C3 MBSI RealWorldAccounts
Payable, 9-45

Q
QA063-C3 Multiplan-86 and
Multiplan, 9-17
QA066-C3 MBASIC-86, 9-55

9-157

QA293~C3 MBSI RealWorld General

QA427-C3 BENCHMARK Mail List,
9-30
QA428-C3 BENCHMARK Spelling
Checker, 9-30
QA460-C3 WordStar, 9-24
QA461-C3 MailMerge, 9-24
QA462-C3 SpellStar, 9-24
QA465-C3 RMlCOBOL, 9-57-9-58
QA469-C3 Financial Management
TK!SolverPack,9-22
QA472-C3 CBASIC-86, 9-55-9-56
QA475-C3 PASCALlMT+86, 9-58
QA489-C3 Mechanical Engineering
TK!SolverPack, 9-22
QA495 -C3 Attorney's Time and
Billing, 9-50
QA517-C3 Financier Tax Series, 9-42
QA528-C3 1-2-3,9-12
QA529-C3 SuperCalc, 9-19
QA530-C3 SuperCalc2, 9-19
QA539-C3 Millionaire, 9-80
QA541-C3 ZORKI, 9-78
QA542-C3 ZORK II, 9-78
QA543-C3 ZORK III, 9-78
QA544-C3 DEADLINE, 9-78
QA545-C3 WITNESS, 9-78
QA546-C3 SUSPENDED, 9-78
QA547-C3 STARCROSS, 9-78
QA549-C3 THE ZORK TRILOGY,
9-78
QA551-C3 Context MBA, 9-15
QA552-C3 SIDEWAYS Printing Utility
forCP/M-86/80, 9-62
QA559-C3 EasyWriter, 9-32
QA561-C3 GraphPlan-86, 9-13
QA570-C3 StarIndex, 9-24
QA575-C3 PFS:FILE, 9-34
QA577-C3 PFS:REPORT, 9-34
QA581-C3 Tycoon, 9-80
QA588-C3 Multiplan-86 and
Multiplan,9-17
QA589-C3 SAMNA WORD II, 9-27
QA590-C3 SIDEWAYS Printing Utility
for MS-DOS, 9-62

Ledger, 9-45
QA295-C3 MBSI RealWorld Sales
Analysis, 9-45
QA296-C3 MBSI RealWorld Payroll,
9-45
QA297-C3 MBSI RealWorld Inventory
Control,9-45
QA298-C3 Electric Blackboard
Multi-Window Text Editor,
9-32-9-33
QA299-C3 FABS-86, 9-58-9-59
QA300-C3 AUTOSORT-86,
9-59-9-60
QA301-C3 Money Decisions I, 9-43
QA302 -C3 Money Decisions II, 9-43
QA320-C3 Tax Decisions, 9-41
QA325 -C3 PhoneLink CP/M
Communications, 9-76
QA329-C3 IMS Fund Accounting,
9-49
QA330-C3 IMS Job Accounting, 9-49
QA331-C3 IMS Manufacturing
Inventory Control System, 9-52
QA332-C3 IMS Wholesale/Retail
Distribution System, 9-53
QA334-C3 IMS Dental Office
Management System, 9-51
QA346-C3 IMS Mailing List
Management, 9-38
QA362-C3 DPATCH Disk Error
Recovery System, 9-61
QA399-C3 MJA General Ledger, 9-47
QA400-C3 MJA Payroll and Personnel,
9-47
QA401-C3 MJA Accounts Receivable,
9-47
QA402-C3 MJA Accounts Payable,
9-47
QA419-C3 CP+ CP/M Operating
System Utility, 9-61
QA426-C3 BENCHMARK Word
Processor, 9-30

9-158

QA691-C3 DESQ Multi-Window
Software Integrator, 9-9
QA743-C3 Rainbow ReGIS Remote
Graphics Instruction Set, 9-64
Quadram Corporation, 7-63
Quarterdeck Office Systems, 1-lO, 9-9
Quces, Inc., 7-63
QV025-GZ Rainbow MS-DOS V2.01
Technical Documentation Kit,
7-58,7-59
QV043-GZ RainbowCP/M-86/80
V1.0 Technical Documentation
Kit, 7-59-7-60
QV061-A3 CP/M-86/80 V2.0, 9-6
QV062-A3 MS-DOS V2.05, 9-4
QV066-A3 MS-DOS V2.05 &
CP/M-86/80V2.0, 9-4, 9-6

R
Rainbow 100B Personal Computers,
1-3,5-1
base systems, 7-2
disk drives on, 2 -3
dual-diskette drive option for,
7-51-7-52
hard-disk drive option for,
7-47-7-49
options for, 7-37
specifications of, 7-3 -7-4
Rainbow 100+ Personal Computers,
1-4,5-1
base systems, 7-2
disk drives on, 2 -3
hard-disk drive on, 7-lO-7-12
options for, 7-37
specifications of, 7-3 -7-4
Rainbow 100 (PClOO-A) Personal
Computers, 7-2
dual-diskette drive option for,
7-51-7-52
foreign-language options for,
7~35-7-36

9-159

hard-disk drive options for,
7-49-7-51
memory adapter options for,
7-45-7-46
options for, 7-37
Technical Documentation Kits for,
7-58
Rainbow diagnostic diskette, 2-6
Rainbow Personal Computers
base system, 7-2-7-5
components of, 2-1
Digital Classified Software for,
9-2-9-3
furniture and supplies for,
8-16-8-24
installation of, 2-6-2-9
keyboards for, 2-5-2-6, 7-21-7-25
options for, 7-37-7-64
peripherals for, 8-1-8-16
software for, 9-1
system units for, 2-2-2-4
third-party hardware and add-ons
for, 7-61-7-64
video monitors for, 2-4-2-5
Rainbow Personal Presentation System,
7-64-7-65
Rainbow ReGIS Remote Graphics
Instruction Set, 1-9 -l-lO,
9-64-9-66
Rainbow System Kit, 2-6
RAM disk, see MDRIVE utility
random access memory (RAM)
memory expansion options,
7-42-7-46
used by microprocessors, 7-15, 7-16
see also memory
RCD50-BB5-Mbytehard-disk
upgrade kit, 7-49-7-51
RCD51-BA lO-Mbyte hard-disk drive
option, 7-47-7-48
RCD51-BB lO-Mbyte hard-disk
upgrade kit, 7-49 -7-51
RDCPMutility,1-3,5-2,5-3
read-only memory (ROM) chips, 7-6,
7-16

RX50 controller module, 7-7
RX50K diskettes, 8-17 -8-18
RX50-XA dual-diskette drive option,
7-51-7-52

for Country Kits, 7-34, 7-35
for special-character set generation
kit, 7-53, 7-54
technical-character set on, 7-52,
7-53
real estate applications, referral
software chart for, 9-122-9-123
Realty Automation, Inc., 9-139
recreational software
business-simulation, 9-80
mysteries and adventures,
9-78-9-79
referral software chart for, 9-107
RED editor, 9-7
Red Wing Business Systems, Inc.,
9-139
re~erral software charts, 9-81-9-132
relational database management
systems
CONDOR 1 and3, 9-36-9-37
dBASEII-86,9-35-9-36
see also database and information
management software
remote job-entry (R]E) stations,
emulation of, 9-75
report generation
PFS:REPORTfor,9-34-9-35
see also word processing software
resolution of displays, 7-26
Resource Software International, Inc.,
9-139
RESTORE function, 9-7
retail/wholesale distribution software,
9-53-9-54
RGB (red/blue/green) video monitors,
5-4
Richard Gainer & Company, 9-139
RM/COBOL ANSI-Standard COBOL
Compiler, 9-57 -9-58
RS232 interfaces, 7-12
RS422 half duplex interface, 7-56
RS423 fulVhalf duplex interface, 7-56
RVA Technology, Inc., 9-139

s
sales applications
IMS Wholesale/Retail Distribution
System for, 9-53 -9-54
MBSI RealWorld Sales Analysis,
9-47
referral software chart for, 9-123
SAMNA Corporation, 4-10
SAMNA WORD II (word processor),
1-7,9-27-9-28
applications of, 3 -10, 4-10
Santa Cruz Software Services, 9-32
scientific applications
technical-character set for,
7-52-7-53
TK!Solver-86 for, 9-22 -9-23
Scitor Corporation, 9-139
screen cleaning kit (VT1XX-KF), 8-22
screens
antiglare coating on, 2-4
control keys for, 7-22
80-column and 132-column formats
for, 2-5, 4-2
resolution of, 7-26
windows on, 9-10
SELECT (word processor), 1-7,3-22,
9-28-9-29
List Manager used with, 9-39
Select Information Systems, 3-22
self-test diagnostics, 2-9
serial interfaces, 7-12
serial interface switches, 8-22
services, 1-11
Applications Advisory Support
Services, 6-5
DECUS (Digital Equipment
Computer Users Society), 6-9

9-160

Educational Services, 6-5 -6-8
Field Service, 6-1-6-4
Software Service, 6-4-6-5
SET-UP function, 7-23
shadow bolding printing, 8-12
SIDEWAYS Printing Utility,
9-62-9-63
Silicon Valley Corporation, 9-139
simulation games, 9-80
16-bitsoftware, 1-3,9-6
slots, expansion, 2-4
Small Business Systems, Inc., 9-139
SoITech Microsystems, Inc., 1-5, 9-1,
9-140
Softtran Corporation, 9-140
software, 9-1
applications, 1-4-1-5,5-2-5-3
Applications Advisory Support
Services for, 6-5
business forecasting, 4-6
communications, 1-8,5-4
9-71-9-77
compatibility of, 5-3
for construction industry, 3-6
forCPAfirms,3-18
database and information
management, 1-7 -1-8,
9-34-9AO
DECUS library of, 6-9
Digital Classified Software,
9-2-9-3
educational, 3-22
entertainment, 79-78-9-80
equation-solving, 9-22-9-23
farming, 3-2
financial analysis, 4-2
financial management and
accounting, 9-41-9-51
graphics, 1-9-1-10,7-37 -7A1,
9-64-9-70
integrated productivity packages,
9-12-9-16
for law offices, 3-9-3-10

for LPV16 Six-pen Graphics
Plotter, 8-15
manufacturing and distribution,
3-13-3-15,9-52-9-54
operating systems, 1-3,5-2,
9-4-9-8
personnel management, 4-10
producers of, 9-133-9-141
programming languages and
programmer aids, 9-55-9-60
referral charts for, 9-81-9-132
services for, 6-4-6-5
spreadsheets, 1-5-1-6,9-17-9-21
training courses in, 6-7 -6-8
utilities, 9-61-9-63
windowing systems, 9-9-9-11
word and text processing, 1-6-1-7,
Software Arts, Inc., 3-22, 9-22, 9-140
Software Publishing Corporation,
4-10,9-140
Software Solutions, Inc., 9-140
Sorcim Corporation, 9-140
sort/merge/select subroutine
(AUTOSORT-86),9-59-9-60
Source, The, 1-8
Spain Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
speakers, 7-23
special characters and symbols,
7-21-7-22
special-character set generation kit,
7-53-7-54
specialfunction keys, 7-22 -7-23
spelling checkers
for BENCHMARK, 9-30, 9-31
in SELECT, 9-28
SpellSrar,9-25
SpellStar, 9-25
spreadsheets
applications of, 3 -6, 3 -13, 3 -18,
4-1-4-2,4-5-4-6
CalcStar,9-20-9-21
Context MBA, 9-15
GraphPlan-86,9-13-9-15

9-161

support services, 1-11
Applications Advisory Support
Services, 6-5
DECUS (Digital Equipment
Computer Users Society), 6-9
Educational Services, 6-5-6-8
Fidd Service, 6-1-6-4
Software Service, 6-4-6-5
SUSPENDED (game), 9-79
suspension fIles for mini- diskettes,
8-19
Sweden Country Kits,7-35 , 7-36
switches, serial interface, 8-22
SWITCH program, 9-72-9-73
Switzerland Country Kits, 7-35, 7-36
symbols, international and special, 7-21
system boards, 7-6-7-7
system expansion, 2-4
system software
referral software chart for,
9-126-9-127
see also operating systems
Systems Plus, Inc., 9-140
system stand (PCXXF-CD), 8-20
system units, 2-2-2-4,7-6-7-19
floor stand for, 7-56-7-57
specifications of, 7-3, 7-18

Lotus 1-2-3, 9-12-9-13
MicroPlan-86, 1-6,9-18-9-19
MultiPlan-86 and MultiPlan,
1-5-1-6,9-17-9-18
132 ~column screen display format
used,7-26
referral software chart for,
9-123-9-125
SIDEWAYS utility for, 9-62 -9-63
SupetCalc and SupetCalc2,
9-19-9-20
SSRCorporation, 9-140
STARCROSS (game), 9-79
StarIndex, 9-26
Star Software Systems, 9-140
StatcomCorporation, 9-140
State of the Art, 9-140 .
statistical software, referral chart f~r,
9-126
Stenholm & Quint, 9-140
storage
options for, for floppy-based
systems, 7-47 :-7-64
options for, for media, 8-23 -8-24
see also disk drives; memory
Strobe, Inc., 7-63, 9-140
Structured Systems Group, Inc., 9-140
subroutines
AUroSORT-86 Assembly
Language Subroutine,
9-59-9-60
FABS-86 Assembly Language
Subroutinefor File Maintenance,
9-58-9-59
Sunburst Software, Ltd., 9-140
SupetCalc (spreadsheet), 1-6,
9-19-9-20
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
SupetCalc2 (spreadsheet), 1-6,9-19,
9-20
Supersoft, Inc., 9-140
Superwriter (word processor), 1-7
supplies, 8-16-8-24

T
TARGET Financial Modding,
9-42-9-43
Taurus Software, 9-62
Tax Decisions, 1-6,9-41
tax software
Financier Tax Series, 9-42
referral software chart,
9-127-9-129
Tax Decisions,9-41
TCS Software, Inc., 9-140
technical-character set, 7-54
Technical Documentation Kits, 5 -5,
7-58-7-60

9-162

Technology Development, Inc., 9-140
telecommunications software
Context MBA, 9-15, 9-16
see also communications software
terminal emulation, 1-8
ALL-IN-1 softwarefor, 7-24-7-25
applications of, 3-22
built-in, 5-4, 7-13
of CP1M terminals, The Bridge for,
9-76,9-77
in extended communications
option, 7-55
poly-BSC/3270 communications
for, 9-73 -9-75
poly-BSC/RJE communications for,
9-75-9-76
poly-COM cOllimunications for,
9-71-9-73
Rainbow ReGIS Remote Graphics
Instruction Set for, 1-10,9-64
text processing software, see
editors; word processing
software
Textwriter II (word processor), 1-7
The Bridge CP1M Emulator,
9-76-9-77
The Computer Center, 9-140
The Information People, 9-141
The Software Toolworks, 9-141
The Walton Group, 9-141
third-party and add-on hardware,
7-61-7-64
Ticom Systems, Inc., 9-141
. Timberline Systems, Inc., 9-141
time and billing software, 9-50-9-51
TK!Solver-86, 1-6,9-22-9-23
applications of, 3 -22
TK!SolverPacks,9-22-9-23
TMQ Software, Inc., 9-141
TPS Electronics, 7-63
training courses, 6-5-6-8
TransAction program, 3-2
TRM terminal emulator, 9-71

9-163

Twenty-Twenty Software, Inc., 9-141
Tycoon (game), 9-80
typing keys (on keyboard), 7-21-7-23

u
UCSD p-System operating system, 9-1
Unipress Software, Inc., 9-141
United Kingdom Country Kits, 7-35,
7-36
Univair, Inc., 9-141
Univation, Inc., 7-63
UNIXV7 operating system, 9-56
upgrades
floppy disk drives, 7-51-7-52
hard disk drives, 5-1, 7-47-7-51
USA keyboards
Country Kits, 7-35
LK201-BA (Gold Key), 7-24
PC1Kl~BA, 7-21
PC1KI-CA (Gold Key), 7-24
User Friendly Software, Inc., 9-141
users' group (DECUS), 6-9
utilities
AUroSORT-86 Assembly
Language Subroutine,
9-59-9-60
CP+ CP1M Operating System
Utility, 9-61-9-62
inCP/M-86/80, 9-7, 9-8
DPATCH Disk Error Recovery
System, 9-61
FABS-86 Assembly Language
Subroutine for File.
Maintenance, 9-58-9-59
MDRIVE, 7-42, 9-5
in MS-DOS, 9-4
RDCPM, 1-3,5-2,5-3
SIDEWAYS Printing Utility,
9-62-9-63
Uveon Computer Systems, Inc., 9-141

white (VR201-A) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
wholesalel retail distribution software,
9-53-9-54
Winchester disks, see hard disk drives
windowing systems, 1-10,9-9-9-11
in Electric Blackboard, 9-32-9-33
Wisconsin Microwave, 9-141
WITNESS (game), 9-79
word processing software, 1-6-1-7
applications of, 3-10, 3-21-3-22,
3-22,4-6,4-10
BENCHMARK,9-30-9-33
EasyWriter, 9-32
Electric Blackboard, 9-32 -9-33
referral software chart,
9-129-9-132
SAMNA WORD II, 9-27 -9-28
SELECT, 9-28-9-29
SIDEWAYS utility used with, 9-62
WordStar, 9-24-9-26
WordStar (word processor), 1-7,
9-24-9-26
applications of, 4-6
CalcStar compatible with, 9-21
IMS Mailing List Management used
with,9-38
workstation desk (PFXXF-CA), 8-20
worktable desk (PCXXF-CF), 8-20
WPL Associates, Inc., 9-141

VAX systems, PhoneLink for
communications with, 9-76
vendors
of Digital Classified Software, 9-2
of referral software, 9:133-9-141
of third -party and add -on
hardware, 7-61-7-64
video monitors, 2-4-2-5, 7-26
color, 5-4, 7-30-7-33
graphics on, 5-5, 7-38
monochrome, 7-27 -7 -30
screen cleaning kit for, 8-22
specifications of, 7-3 - 7-4
VIDTEX, 1-8
virtual disk, see MDRIVE utility
virtual floppies, 9-77
Virtual Microsystems, Inc. 9-76
Votrax Division of Federal Screw
Works, 7-63
VR20 1-A (white) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
VR201-B (green) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
VR20 1-C (amber) monochrome video
monitor, 7-27
VR241-AA color video monitor, 7-30
VT100 Advanced Video Option, 7-16
VT100-series terminal emulation, 5-4
VT102 terminal emulator, 1'8,7-13
display characteristics of, 7-26
VT240/VT241 terminal emulation by
Rainbow ReGIS Remote
Graphics Instruction Set, 9-64
VTIXX-KF screen cleaning kit, 8-22

x
X.25 communications protocol, 7-55
XFRfile transfer program, 9-71-9-72
Xiphias, 9-141
XON,XOFFprotocol,5-4,7-12

w
WAIT indicator light, 7-23
warranties, 1-lD-1-11, 6-1
WB Systems, 9-141
WESTLAW (law database), 3-10, 7-13
Westminster Software, Inc., 9-141

9-164

z
Zilog ZSOA microprocessors, 2-2,7-7,
7-S
in architecture of Rainbow systems,
7-15-7-16

CP/M-SO operating system on, 9-6
ZORK I (game), 9-7S
ZORK II (game), 9-79
ZORK III (game), 9-79
ZORK TRILOGY, THE (games), 9-79

9-165

For Mor e Information

If you would like more details on how and where you can buy a Rainbow persona

l
computer, or would just like to see a Rainbow demons tration- here
is the
number to call:

I-SOO-DIGITAL
Our staff will be happy to answer your questions and point you to your
nearest
Digital Sales office or Authorized Digital dealer.

Reader COlnments
We welcome your comments and suggestions, as they provide essential feedback to
help us improve the quality and usefulness of this handbook. Please take a moment
to fill out this questionnaire. Thanks for your help.
What is your general reaction to this handbook (organization, format, accuracy,
completeness,etc.)? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

What features are most useful? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

What features are least useful? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Does this publication meet your needs? And if not, why? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

What would make this handbook more useful? How could it be improved? _ _ __

Additional comments: --'-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Name: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Title: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Company:-------------------------Address:-------------------------C i t y - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - State
Zip - - - Telephone

EB 26204 69

"'D~Dr"!IID
I:j
~ U~

Digital Equipment Corporation

(staple here)

(please fold here) -

No Postage
Necessary
if Mailed in the
United States

BUSINESS REPLY CARD
FIRST CLASS

PERMIT NO. 33

MAYNARD, MASS

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORAnON
200 BAKER AVENUE
AlTENTION: MEDIA RESPONSE MANAGER
CF01·IIM94
CONCORD, MASS. 01742

MWC-B6 is a trademark of Mark Williams Company.
New York Times Information Service is a trademark of The New York Times Company.
Omninet is a trademark of Corvus Systems, Inc.

Osborne I is a trademark of Osborne Computer Corporation.
PFS is a registered trademark of Software Publishing Corporation.
PhoneLink and The Bridge are trademarks of Virtual Microsystems, Inc.
poly-BSC/RJE, poly-BSC/3270, poly-COM, poly-XFR, and poly-TRM are trademarks of Polygon
Associates, Inc.

p-System is a trademark of SofTech Microsystems, Inc.
RM/COBOL is a trademark of Ryan-McFarland Corporation.
SAMNA WORD is a trademark of SAMNA Corporation.
Secretary of Agriculture is a registered trademark ofFBS Systems, Inc. TransAction is a trademark of
FBS Systems, Inc.
SELECT is a trademark of Select Information Systems.
Sideways is a trademark of Funk Software, Inc.
SuperCalc is a registered trademark of SORCIM CORPORATION. SuperCalc2 and SuperWriter
are trademarks of SORCIM CORPORATION.
TARGET Financial Modeling is a trademark of Comshare Target Software, Inc.
Tax Decisions is a trademark of Eagle Software Publishing, Inc.
TextWriter is a trademark of Organic Software, Inc.
The Attorney Time and Billing is a trademark of Bear Computers, Inc.
THE BENCHMARK is a registered trademark of BENCHMARK/METASOFT Corporation.
The Source is a trademark of Source Telecomputing Corporation.
TOUCH-TONE is a trademark of American Telephone & Telegraph.
TK!Solver and TK!SolverPack are trademarks of Software Arts, Inc.
TRS-BO Model II is a trademark of Tandy Corporation.
UNIX is a trademark of Bell Laboratories.
Videx is a trademark of Videx, Inc.
WESTLAW is a trademark of West Publishing Company.
WordStar, SpellStar, and MailMerge are registered trademarks of MicroPro International
Corporation. CaleStar, InfoStar, and StarIndex are trademarks of MicroPro International
Corporation.

Xerox 820 is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
Zeflon is a trademark of Badsilite Corporation.
ZORK, DEADLINE, INTERLOGIC, STARCROSS, WITNESS, and SUSPENDED are
trademarks ofInfocom, Inc.
Z80 is a trademark of Zilog Corporation.
1-2-3 is a trademark of Lotus Development Corporation.
B08B is a trademark of Intel Corporation.

Cl
LU

>
a:

~LU

a:
en
f-

iI'

::J

..:

~
a:

~ .

el
LU

~
@)
f-

\2
a:
>"-

8
o

26204-69